Episodes

13h ago

Howard Bloom joins Art to examine geopolitical chaos and revolutionary energy solutions that could reshape global power structures. What alternative fuels might liberate humanity from petroleum dependence and Middle Eastern conflicts? Bloom, author and expert on cultural evolution, analyzes the complex forces driving violence and instability across the Middle East while exploring breakthrough technologies that could transform civilization's energy foundation. The conversation examines how oil dependency has created global vulnerabilities and examines green fuel alternatives that might break the stranglehold of fossil fuel politics. As Vice President Cheney accidentally shoots a hunting companion, making national headlines, the discussion touches on leadership accountability and the human costs of political decisions. Art reflects on record-breaking snowstorms burying the Northeast and the government's inadequate Hurricane Katrina response, questioning institutional competence during national crises. Bloom's insights into social dynamics and technological innovation provide hope that humanity might transcend current limitations through scientific advancement and cultural evolution. The episode explores how energy independence could reduce international conflicts while examining the psychological and sociological factors that perpetuate violence. This wide-ranging conversation connects environmental solutions with geopolitical stability, suggesting that breakthrough technologies might offer paths toward a more peaceful and sustainable future for human civilization.

1d ago

Dianne Arcangel and Lauren Weinstein examine communication beyond death and digital surveillance threatening the living. What messages reach us from departed souls, and who monitors our electronic conversations? Arcangel, a leading researcher in after-death communication, shares compelling evidence of continued consciousness beyond physical death. Having worked with Elisabeth Kubler-Ross and other pioneers in thanatology, she reveals how the deceased attempt contact through various phenomena including electronic voice communications, synchronicities, and direct spiritual encounters. The discussion explores scientific approaches to studying afterlife communication and the comfort such experiences provide to grieving families. In the first hour, internet privacy expert Lauren Weinstein exposes the erosion of digital rights and the growing surveillance state monitoring citizens' online activities. As one of the internet's founding figures, Weinstein warns about corporate data mining, government eavesdropping, and the loss of anonymity in digital communications. The conversation examines identity theft, online fraud, and the vulnerability of personal information in an interconnected world. Art explores these parallel themes of communication, whether with departed loved ones or through compromised digital channels, reflecting on the various ways our messages travel through realms both mystical and technological, often monitored by forces beyond our understanding.

2d ago

Richard Tarnas and Major Ed Dames explore the hidden patterns governing reality through archetypal astrology and remote viewing mysteries. What cosmic forces shape human consciousness and terrestrial events? Tarnas presents his groundbreaking work connecting astrological cycles with historical patterns, revealing how planetary alignments correspond to collective psychological transformations. The discussion examines how archetypal energies manifest through political, cultural, and spiritual movements across centuries. In the second hour, remote viewing expert Ed Dames shares startling revelations about Bigfoot encounters and their connection to extraterrestrial technology. Through professional remote viewing protocols, Dames and his team discovered that Bigfoot phenomena link to mysterious devices operating from space, suggesting these creatures may be artificially projected manifestations rather than biological entities. The conversation explores the "controllers," enigmatic beings that seem to orchestrate reality across galactic distances. Dames discusses his upcoming Project Starman, a field exercise designed to make contact with these controlling intelligences after decades of remote viewing research. Art navigates through his personal grief while engaging with these profound mysteries that challenge conventional understanding of consciousness, reality, and humanity's place in a vast cosmic hierarchy. This episode weaves together archetypal psychology and psychic research, revealing hidden connections between mind, cosmos, and unexplained phenomena.

3d ago

Glenn Steckling and Dr. Nick Begich join Art to examine extraterrestrial presence and weather manipulation technology. What evidence suggests alien bases operate on the lunar surface right under our noses? The discussion explores controversial claims of ET installations on the Moon, examining photographic evidence and NASA's alleged cover-up of otherworldly structures. Steckling presents his research into anomalous lunar features that may indicate ongoing alien operations within Earth's sphere of influence. In the second hour, Dr. Nick Begich updates listeners on HAARP, the mysterious Alaskan facility capable of heating the ionosphere with unprecedented power. As climate change accelerates globally, Begich examines whether weather modification technology represents humanity's salvation or damnation. They discuss the environmental transformation occurring in Alaska, rising global temperatures, and the geopolitical implications of weather control capabilities. The conversation explores the intersection of advanced technology and environmental manipulation, questioning whether natural climate change can be distinguished from artificial intervention. Art shares personal observations about his cats' reactions to music and the therapeutic value of sound during the grieving process. This episode combines cosmic mysteries with terrestrial concerns, examining how both alien presence and human technology might be reshaping our world in ways we barely comprehend.

4d ago

Kevin Mitnick , the world's most famous former hacker, explores the dark side of cyberspace with Art. What invisible armies of compromised computers threaten our digital civilization? Mitnick reveals the shocking reality of botnets, massive networks of hijacked computers controlled by cyber-criminals who profit from digital chaos. He explains how unsuspecting victims become unwilling soldiers in virtual armies, their machines transformed into weapons for distributed attacks, spam campaigns, and identity theft. The conversation exposes the vulnerability of our computerized infrastructure, from power grids to nuclear facilities, and examines whether our critical systems are truly protected from sophisticated attackers. Mitnick discusses social engineering techniques, the psychology of hackers, and the cat-and-mouse game between security researchers and malicious actors. They explore zero-day vulnerabilities, government cyber-warfare capabilities, and the disturbing ease with which critical systems can be compromised. The first hour also features Lloyd Carpenter discussing catastrophic pole shift scenarios and biblical end times prophecy. Art and his guests examine whether humanity faces existential threats from both natural disasters and our own technological creations. This sobering episode reveals how our increasing dependence on vulnerable computer systems may have created the tools of our own potential destruction.

5d ago

Dr. Michio Kaku , renowned theoretical physicist and string theory pioneer, joins Art for a mind-expanding journey through the cosmos and cutting-edge physics. How will string theory revolutionize our understanding of reality itself? Fresh from personal tragedy, Art immerses himself in Kaku's brilliant exploration of civilization types, parallel universes, and the mathematical beauty underlying existence. The conversation examines Kaku's classification system for civilizations, from our current Type 0 status struggling with planetary energy to hypothetical Type III civilizations commanding galactic power. Kaku explains string theory as the "theory of everything," describing reality as vibrating rubber bands creating the symphony of physics through mathematical harmonies. They discuss the upcoming Large Hadron Collider experiments that could validate or destroy string theory forever, the possibility of multiple universes, and how advanced civilizations might escape our dying cosmos through dimensional portals. The dialogue explores whether humanity will survive its transition to Type I status, the probability of contact with alien intelligences, and why such encounters might be beneficial rather than threatening. Kaku's infectious enthusiasm for physics illuminates concepts from time travel to the death of the universe, offering hope that consciousness itself might transcend physical limitations through the profound mathematics governing reality.

6d ago

Art Bell concludes his annual prediction marathon on New Year's Eve with Part 2 of this mystical tradition. As 2006 rushes toward the West Coast, the final predictions are sealed away in the Bell family vault for another year. What supernatural insights will prove prophetic when reviewed twelve months hence? Art reviews corrections to previous predictions, including a celebrity tree accident that claimed former Pittsburgh Steeler Steve Corson and breakthrough technology developments from IBM and Toshiba. The conversation reflects on the passage of time itself as Art remembers wondering as a child whether he would ever see the year 2000. Now, facing 2006, he continues this remarkable ritual that has connected him with his audience's collective psychic abilities for over a decade. Callers share their deepest premonitions about the coming year while Art maintains the sacred protocols that have made these shows legendary. The discussion touches on record-breaking winter storms battering the Northeast and the government's slow response to Hurricane Katrina. As the final predictions are numbered and stored away, listeners contribute to a unique archive of human intuition that has produced surprisingly accurate results over the years. The mystical countdown to 2006 concludes another chapter in this ongoing experiment in mass precognition.

Dec 12

Art Bell opens the annual prediction shows with Part 1 of his legendary New Year tradition. Following decades of this mysterious ritual, listeners are invited to reach deep into their psychic centers and share their visions for 2006. What cosmic insights will emerge from the collective consciousness of Coast to Coast's audience? Art establishes the sacred rules: only one prediction per caller, no emails or fast blasts, and most importantly, genuine psychic impressions rather than wishful thinking. Before opening the phone lines, he reviews the mixed results from 2005 predictions stored in the Bell family vault, noting both remarkable hits and notable misses. The show explores humanity's natural ability to perceive future events and the responsibility that comes with such gifts. Art discusses the record-breaking hurricane season, the formation of Tropical Storm Zeta after the official season ended, and reflects on 2005's defining moments including Hurricane Katrina and rising gas prices. As midnight approaches on the West Coast, listeners prepare to contribute their supernatural insights to this annual repository of human precognition. The first wave of predictions begins building toward what promises to be another fascinating glimpse into tomorrow's mysteries.

Dec 11

Tess Gerritsen , bestselling author and former physician, joins Art to explore the dark side of medical practice. What happens when those sworn to heal become instruments of harm? From her unique perspective as both doctor and thriller writer, Gerritsen reveals chilling true stories from hospital corridors and operating rooms. The conversation delves into medical malpractice, surgical nightmares, and cases where patients faced unthinkable horrors at the hands of their caregivers. Art and Tess examine the psychological pressures of medical training, the culture of silence that protects incompetent doctors, and how institutional arrogance has led to countless preventable deaths. They discuss historical medical disasters, from contaminated surgical instruments to the deliberate withholding of anesthesia, and explore modern concerns including the looming threat of avian flu. Gerritsen shares her family emergency plan and offers sobering insights into what a pandemic might look like. The discussion touches on the spiritual aspects of medicine, near-death experiences during surgery, and whether evil can manifest through medical practice. This haunting episode reveals how the healing profession can sometimes become a gateway to unspeakable darkness.

Dec 10

Major Ed Dames returns with startling revelations about remote viewing applications in extraterrestrial research and psychological warfare operations. Can trained psychic spies accurately target UFO phenomena and alien civilizations using only their minds? Dames shares insights from his military remote viewing background, explaining how this intelligence-gathering technique has been applied to studying extraterrestrial visitors and their technology. He discusses remote viewing sessions targeting specific UFO incidents, including analysis of the compelling Bulgarian UFO footage recently captured on video. The conversation explores the intersection of consciousness-based intelligence gathering and extraterrestrial contact, revealing how remote viewers can obtain information about alien civilizations and their intentions. Dames addresses the military applications of psychic warfare, explaining how remote viewing has evolved from CIA experiments into operational intelligence tools. He shares protocols for targeting extraterrestrial subjects while maintaining the objectivity essential to accurate remote viewing results. The discussion reveals how remote viewing data correlates with physical UFO evidence and witness testimonies, providing independent verification of the extraterrestrial presence. This mind-bending exploration of psychic espionage and alien contact demonstrates how consciousness itself becomes a tool for investigating the greatest mystery of our time, offering unprecedented insights into both human potential and extraterrestrial reality.

Dec 9

Nuclear physicist Stanton Friedman , the grandfather of scientific UFO research, delivers a comprehensive update on the current state of extraterrestrial evidence and disclosure efforts. What happens when a respected scientist with nuclear physics credentials declares that "UFOs are as real as airplanes that fly over your head"? Friedman provides his authoritative analysis of recent UFO developments, government disclosure progress, and the scientific community's evolving attitude toward extraterrestrial visitation. He discusses his involvement in Canadian parliamentary hearings, White House communications studies, and the mounting evidence for ethical advanced civilizations visiting Earth. The conversation explores the most significant UFO studies ever conducted, examining both compelling video evidence and witness testimonies that defy conventional explanation. Friedman addresses the time factor in disclosure, suggesting that mounting evidence will eventually force official acknowledgment of extraterrestrial contact. He analyzes recent Bulgarian UFO footage that provides rare clear documentation of unidentified craft with proper scale reference points. This authoritative examination of UFO evidence comes from one of the field's most credible researchers, offering both scientific rigor and insider knowledge about government awareness of the phenomenon that continues to challenge our understanding of humanity's place in the universe.

Dec 8

Art Bell presents the annual Halloween tradition that has become legendary among paranormal enthusiasts, opening phone lines exclusively for genuine ghost encounters. What lies beyond our brief physical existence, and can the dead truly communicate with the living? This special broadcast focuses on life's most fundamental question through real ghost stories from ordinary people experiencing extraordinary phenomena. Bell shares his conviction that consciousness survives death, supported by electronic voice phenomena and countless listener testimonials. The program features carefully screened callers sharing encounters with spirits, from childhood apparitions to haunted houses where previous residents refuse to leave. Bell explores whether human spirits can manipulate physical objects, move through rooms, and maintain contact with the living world. The discussion includes mysterious figures approaching vehicles, unexplained sounds, and spirits that seem to interact intelligently with their environment. Callers describe encounters with deceased family members, unknown entities, and residual hauntings that suggest multiple types of spiritual manifestation. This haunting compilation of supernatural experiences offers both comfort to those who have lost loved ones and evidence that our existence extends far beyond physical death, making it essential listening for anyone questioning the nature of mortality.

Dec 7

Dr. Nick Begich , author of "Angels Don't Play This HAARP," and hurricane researcher Mark Suddeth expose the terrifying potential of weather manipulation technology. Could the recent devastating hurricanes be products of atmospheric tampering rather than natural phenomena? Begich reveals how HAARP's transition to DARPA control signals the weaponization of ionospheric research, potentially enabling weather modification and mind control applications. He explains the technology's ability to manipulate the ionosphere, creating artificial aurora and potentially steering weather systems. Suddeth provides firsthand hurricane research experience, documenting these massive storms while Begich connects their unusual behavior to possible HAARP interference. The discussion explores Russian Pravda articles about American weather manipulation, suggesting international awareness of these capabilities. Begich details how electromagnetic fields can influence human consciousness, making HAARP a dual-purpose weapon for both weather control and population manipulation. The conversation reveals Bernard Eastland's original HAARP concepts and how military applications have expanded beyond stated research goals. This explosive investigation into government weather control capabilities raises disturbing questions about recent natural disasters and the hidden potential for atmospheric warfare that could reshape global power dynamics.

Dec 6

Chip Proser presents his revolutionary Gaia Selene concept, proposing that colonizing the Moon represents humanity's best hope for planetary survival. What if the Earth-Moon system functions as a unique two-planet configuration that we're criminally underutilizing? Proser argues that we abandoned lunar exploration just when we should have been building permanent bases, missing our chance to harvest the Moon's abundant Helium-3 for fusion energy. He explains how the Moon's lack of atmosphere and magnetosphere has allowed solar winds to deposit this precious fuel source across the lunar surface for billions of years. The discussion explores practical lunar base construction, the economics of space-based industry, and why returning to the Moon could solve Earth's energy crisis. Proser challenges the notion that space exploration is too expensive, demonstrating how lunar resources could revolutionize both energy production and space travel. He reveals the technical feasibility of current lunar colonization using existing technology and explains why the Moon goddess Selene should inspire our return to space. This visionary conversation combines hard science with ambitious planning, offering a concrete roadmap for humanity's expansion beyond Earth while addressing our planet's most pressing environmental challenges.

Dec 5

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath bring the spirit world directly into listeners' homes through electronic voice phenomena recordings captured in notoriously haunted locations. Can the voices of the dead actually be recorded, and what do they reveal about life after death? This paranormal investigation team shares their most compelling EVP evidence, demonstrating how modern technology captures communications from beyond the veil. They discuss the technical aspects of EVP recording, from basic equipment setups to sophisticated laptop systems designed specifically for spirit communication. The duo reveals how they achieve responsive EVP, where spirits appear to answer direct questions in real time, creating genuine two-way conversations with the deceased. They explore the troubling implications of what these voices represent and why some EVP recordings contain disturbing or unexpected content. Cook and McBeath share their experiences investigating locations where supernatural activity runs high, explaining how they distinguish authentic spirit voices from environmental noise. This chilling exploration of electronic voice phenomena provides both evidence for survival after death and practical guidance for anyone interested in attempting their own spirit communication experiments.

Dec 4

Art Bell provides live, unfiltered coverage as Hurricane Katrina bears down on New Orleans, offering a radio perspective during one of America's most devastating natural disasters. What happens when a major American city faces complete destruction, and how do media and citizens respond in real time? Bell critiques the ratings-driven coverage of reporters "hanging on lampposts" while providing genuine concern for affected listeners. He shares personal worry for his longtime friend Lynn Whitlake in Lake Charles, Louisiana, offering his home as sanctuary while communication to the region remains severed. The broadcast captures the eerie prescience of his novel's scenario playing out in reality, as New Orleans faces potential burial under twenty feet of water. Bell discusses the bowl-like geography that makes New Orleans uniquely vulnerable and the national impact this disaster will have on all Americans. Throughout the coverage, he balances criticism of sensationalized media coverage with genuine compassion for those in the storm's path. This historic broadcast documents a pivotal moment in American history through the lens of late-night radio, offering both immediate crisis coverage and broader social commentary.

Dec 3

Sir Charles Shults III , brilliant scientist and Mars researcher, reveals shocking discoveries about the Red Planet's hidden past. What if Mars was once teeming with life and possessed Earth-like oceans before becoming the fossil planet we see today? Shults presents evidence that Mars and Earth began with similar thick atmospheres and abundant water, but Mars lost its protective environment due to weaker gravity and a cooling core. He discusses the massive Olympus Mons volcano and explains why Martian volcanic activity has virtually ceased, leaving the planet essentially dead. The conversation explores the implications of water evidence on Mars, continental drift differences between the planets, and what Mars' geological history reveals about planetary evolution. Shults addresses whether life could have developed simultaneously on both worlds and what conditions led to Mars' atmospheric collapse. Art Bell probes deeper into the timeline of Martian civilization, the planet's current state, and what this research means for future Mars exploration. This scientific investigation challenges our understanding of planetary development and the potential for life beyond Earth.

Dec 2

Jim Bell, international expert on life support systems, and Major Ed Dames unite to discuss humanity's survival through renewable energy and space exploration. With the Space Shuttle Discovery facing unprecedented repair challenges in orbit, Bell advocates for complete renewable energy self-sufficiency as our path forward. The discussion reveals how advanced life support technologies could transform both space missions and Earth's energy crisis. Dames chillingly connects the shuttle's troubles to his previous remote viewing sessions that predicted catastrophic space events involving meteor showers. As the shuttle orbits dangerously close to potential meteor activity, his predictions take on new urgency. Bell outlines practical solutions for achieving energy independence while Dames provides his remote viewing insights into upcoming space-related disasters. The conversation explores the intersection of sustainable technology, space exploration, and psychic prediction, offering both hope for renewable energy solutions and warnings about space program dangers. This dual-guest format combines hard science with paranormal investigation during a critical moment in space exploration history.

Dec 1

Derrel Sims , known as the "Alien Hunter," presents his groundbreaking research into alien abductions and the physical evidence left behind. What if alien encounters leave tangible proof in the form of implants removed from human bodies? Sims discusses his pioneering work with surgical extractions of mysterious objects, analyzing them through CAT scans, MRIs, and X-rays. He reveals the stunning properties of these metallic implants and his theory that biological implants may represent the next evolution in alien technology. The discussion explores Native American perspectives on implants related to end times prophecies, while Sims shares details about the seven implants in his own body. Art Bell and Sims examine the rarity of implant cases, the physics-defying properties of these objects, and what they might reveal about extraterrestrial visitation. This compelling investigation into physical evidence challenges skeptics and provides concrete data for one of the most controversial aspects of the UFO phenomenon.

Nov 30

Dr. Dean Radin presents fascinating research from the Global Consciousness Project revealing how human consciousness creates measurable effects worldwide. Can collective human emotion actually influence random number generators across the planet? Radin, senior scientist at the Institute of Noetic Sciences, details the groundbreaking experiment monitoring random event generators globally to detect consciousness-based anomalies during major world events. The discussion explores how moments of intense collective focus, from September 11th to major disasters, create statistically significant patterns in supposedly random data streams worldwide. Radin explains the theoretical framework suggesting consciousness operates as a field effect capable of influencing physical systems at quantum levels. The conversation examines 15 years of data revealing how human awareness appears to create order from randomness during events that capture global attention. Art Bell investigates the implications for understanding consciousness as a fundamental force in nature rather than merely a byproduct of brain activity. The research suggests human minds are interconnected through mechanisms science is only beginning to recognize, creating measurable effects that transcend individual awareness. This exploration of consciousness research reveals how scientific methodology is documenting phenomena that mystics have claimed for millennia, suggesting reality operates through principles that unite mind and matter in ways mainstream science has yet to fully acknowledge.

Nov 29

Command Sergeant Major Robert O. Dean presents explosive evidence for government knowledge of alien presence, followed by rock legend Mark Farner of Grand Funk Railroad. What documents prove world governments have maintained decades-long contact with extraterrestrial civilizations? Dean, with top-secret NATO clearance, reveals classified materials documenting official alien encounters and the coordinated cover-up spanning multiple nations. The discussion explores government protocols for managing alien contact while maintaining public denial of extraterrestrial presence. Dean details his access to NATO documents revealing systematic alien monitoring of human military activities and the official response strategies developed by world powers. The conversation examines why disclosure remains suppressed despite mounting evidence and public awareness of government deception. Then Mark Farner, the voice and driving force behind Grand Funk Railroad's phenomenal success, shares his musical journey from small-town Michigan to selling 25 million records worldwide. Farner discusses the band's historic achievements, including setting attendance records at Shea Stadium that surpassed even the Beatles. Art Bell explores how both guests achieved extraordinary impact in their respective fields while challenging established systems. This unique pairing demonstrates how truth-seeking transcends traditional boundaries, whether exposing alien cover-ups or creating revolutionary music that defined a generation.

Nov 28

Major Ed Dames , the world's foremost remote viewing expert, discusses psychological warfare applications of consciousness-based intelligence gathering. How do military forces weaponize human psychic abilities for strategic advantage? Dames, former military intelligence officer and remote viewing trainer, reveals classified programs that developed human consciousness as an intelligence asset during the Cold War. The conversation explores how remote viewing transcends physical limitations to gather information from distant locations and future events. Dames details the military applications of controlled clairvoyance, including target acquisition, enemy intelligence gathering, and strategic planning based on consciousness-derived information. The discussion examines cultural differences in psychic warfare capabilities, comparing American, Russian, and Asian approaches to consciousness-based military operations. Art Bell investigates the ethical implications of mind warfare while exploring the documented successes of government remote viewing programs. The conversation covers training methodologies for developing psychic abilities, the accuracy rates achieved by trained viewers, and the ongoing applications in modern intelligence operations. This exploration of consciousness as a weapon reveals how military organizations worldwide have secretly developed human potential far beyond conventional recognition, suggesting the mind's capabilities extend far beyond mainstream understanding while raising profound questions about the future of psychological warfare.

Nov 27

Dr. Claude Swanson bridges the gap between mainstream physics and paranormal phenomena with rigorous scientific analysis. Why does traditional science ignore compelling evidence for psychic phenomena and consciousness-based effects? Swanson, a physicist with over 20 years of paranormal research experience, presents scientific frameworks for understanding telepathy, remote viewing, and consciousness anomalies. The discussion explores how quantum mechanics and field theory may explain paranormal experiences that materialist science typically dismisses. Swanson examines laboratory evidence for psychokinesis, precognition, and consciousness survival that meets rigorous scientific standards yet remains marginalized by academic institutions. The conversation covers the institutional biases that prevent paranormal research from receiving serious scientific consideration despite mounting experimental evidence. From Princeton's PEAR laboratory to Stanford Research Institute's remote viewing programs, Swanson reveals how legitimate scientific institutions have documented anomalous consciousness effects for decades. Art Bell explores the implications for human potential and our understanding of reality itself. This investigation demonstrates how expanding scientific paradigms to include consciousness phenomena could revolutionize physics, medicine, and technology while validating experiences millions report but science refuses to acknowledge. The evidence suggests reality operates according to principles far more expansive than current scientific models recognize.

Nov 26

Bestselling author Dale Brown explores military decision-making under extreme pressure, followed by Susan Meckley's remarkable solo sailing adventure. How do individuals make life-altering choices when facing seemingly impossible odds? Brown, master of techno-thriller fiction, discusses the psychological and strategic factors behind history's most consequential military decisions, including the atomic bombing campaigns of World War II. The conversation examines how commanders balance moral considerations against strategic necessities during wartime. Then Susan Meckley, the 72-year-old grandmother who successfully completed a grueling 34-day solo Pacific crossing from Mexico to Hawaii, shares her extraordinary journey. Meckley describes the physical and mental challenges of navigating alone across thousands of miles of open ocean, surviving on 25-minute sleep cycles while monitoring for massive cargo ships. The discussion reveals parallels between military commanders and solo adventurers: both must maintain focus under extreme stress while making critical decisions that determine survival. Art Bell explores how age, experience, and determination enable individuals to achieve what others consider impossible, whether in warfare or personal adventure. This dual conversation celebrates human resilience and the courage required for extraordinary accomplishments.

Nov 25

Dr. William Tiller, Stanford University Professor Emeritus, presents groundbreaking research on consciousness affecting physical reality. Can human intention actually alter the fundamental properties of matter? Tiller, with over 250 published scientific papers, reveals his three decades of experimental research into psychoenergetics and consciousness-based phenomena. The discussion explores how focused human intention appears to influence physical systems, from water pH levels to biological processes in controlled laboratory conditions. Tiller explains how consciousness may represent a fundamental force in physics, potentially rivaling electromagnetism and gravity in importance. The conversation examines the theoretical framework for understanding how mind interfaces with matter, challenging the strict materialist worldview that dominates mainstream science. From his laboratory at Stanford, Tiller has documented measurable changes in physical systems exposed to conditioned electromagnetic fields influenced by human intention. Art Bell explores the implications for healing, technology, and human potential development. This investigation into the frontiers of consciousness research reveals how science is beginning to validate ancient wisdom about the power of mind over matter, suggesting reality may be far more malleable than conventional physics suggests.

Nov 24

John Hutchison discusses his controversial electromagnetic experiments that appear to defy known physics. Can the Hutchison Effect explain how UFOs achieve their incredible flight capabilities? Hutchison demonstrates how specific electromagnetic field combinations produce effects including levitation, metal transmutation, and gravitational anomalies in his laboratory. The conversation explores the potential connection between these experimentally produced phenomena and the flight characteristics observed in UFO encounters. Hutchison details how his electromagnetic apparatus creates conditions that seemingly violate conventional physics, producing levitation of heavy objects and spontaneous material changes. The discussion examines whether alien technology might operate on similar electromagnetic principles, explaining the silent, gravity-defying movement patterns witnesses consistently report. Art Bell explores the implications of these experiments for understanding both terrestrial technology development and extraterrestrial propulsion systems. The conversation covers the scientific controversy surrounding Hutchison's work, the reproducibility challenges, and the potential applications for revolutionary transportation technology. This investigation into fringe physics reveals how experimental breakthroughs might bridge the gap between human science and alien technology, offering clues to unlock the secrets of UFO propulsion.

Nov 23

Paul Stonehill reveals decades of suppressed UFO encounters from behind the former Iron Curtain. What secrets did the Soviet Union hide about extraterrestrial contact during the Cold War? With unprecedented access to previously classified Russian documents and witness testimonies, Stonehill exposes a hidden history of UFO incidents spanning the vast Soviet territories. The discussion explores how Russian authorities documented and investigated alien encounters while maintaining absolute secrecy from the Western world. From military installations to remote Siberian villages, the evidence reveals systematic alien visitation throughout Soviet history. Stonehill examines the Russian approach to UFO research, comparing Soviet methodologies with Western investigations. The conversation covers major incidents involving Soviet aircraft, nuclear facilities, and space programs that were buried in classified archives for decades. Art Bell references the recent Las Vegas UFO incident with Prophet Yahweh, connecting contemporary sightings with historical Russian encounters. This revelatory discussion demonstrates how the fall of the Soviet Union has opened doors to understanding the global scope of alien visitation throughout the twentieth century.

Nov 22

Physicist Dr. Brian Greene brings cutting-edge physics to the masses in this mind-expanding discussion. Can time travel actually exist within the laws of physics? Greene, professor at Columbia University and acclaimed author, explores Einstein's revolutionary discoveries and their modern implications for understanding reality. The conversation covers string theory breakthroughs, the nature of time itself, and how recent physics discoveries are reshaping our understanding of the universe. Greene explains complex concepts in accessible terms, revealing how quantum mechanics and relativity theory intersect to create possibilities once relegated to science fiction. The discussion examines parallel universes, dimensional theory, and the fundamental forces that govern existence. From the smallest subatomic particles to the largest cosmic structures, Greene illuminates how modern physics reveals a universe far stranger than common sense suggests. This exploration of 2005 being the International Year of Physics celebrates Einstein's centennial contributions while looking toward future discoveries that may revolutionize human understanding of space, time, and reality itself.

Nov 21

Dr. Roger Leir returns to explore the compelling alien encounters emerging from Brazil. What makes South American UFO cases so unique compared to worldwide phenomena? Leir examines the surge of extraterrestrial activity in Brazilian regions, analyzing witness testimonies and physical evidence that challenge conventional explanations. The discussion delves into the distinctive patterns of alien contact occurring in Brazil's vast landscape, exploring why this region has become a hotspot for close encounters. From rural abductions to urban sightings, Leir presents documented cases that reveal startling similarities across different Brazilian states. The conversation examines the cultural and geographical factors that may attract alien visitation to this part of South America. Listeners will discover how Brazilian encounters differ from North American cases, what evidence supports these claims, and why researchers consider Brazil a critical location for understanding the alien presence on Earth. This investigation reveals patterns that may unlock deeper mysteries about extraterrestrial intentions.

Nov 20

Howard Bloom presents his analysis of three interconnected global threats: militant Islamic extremism, potential avian flu pandemic, and energy resource conflicts. Art Bell discusses Bloom's unique perspective on mass behavior and social psychology as applied to contemporary geopolitical challenges. The conversation examines disturbing changes in the H5N1 avian flu virus and growing international concerns about pandemic preparation as wealthy nations stockpile antiviral medications. Bloom analyzes the psychological and social dynamics driving militant Islamic movements and their potential impact on global stability. The discussion connects energy scarcity with religious extremism and health crises, exploring how these converging factors could reshape civilization. This episode offers Bloom's characteristically provocative insights into human nature and social dynamics during periods of crisis, examining whether humanity can navigate these multiple challenges simultaneously without catastrophic consequences.

Nov 19

Nick Cook investigates the hunt for zero-point energy technology while Jeff Willes presents new video evidence of Phoenix Lights phenomena. Art Bell first explores Cook's extensive research into classified aerospace projects and the military's investigation of antigravity propulsion systems. The discussion examines documented evidence of advanced propulsion research and the possibility that breakthrough energy technologies already exist in secret programs. The episode then shifts to Jeff Willes' dramatic new footage of Phoenix Lights-type objects captured on May 12, 2005, providing fresh evidence of unexplained aerial phenomena. Willes, who runs UFOs over Phoenix and videotaped the original 1997 Phoenix Lights, shares his ongoing documentation efforts. This episode combines cutting-edge physics research with contemporary UFO evidence, exploring whether advanced propulsion technologies might explain some unexplained aerial phenomena.

Nov 18

Dr. Bruce Lipton challenges fundamental assumptions about genetics by presenting his groundbreaking research on how consciousness and belief can override genetic programming. Art Bell explores Lipton's revolutionary work demonstrating that genes do not control human destiny as previously believed. The conversation delves into fifteen years of research that led Lipton away from genetic determinism toward understanding how environmental perception and conscious belief influence biological expression. Dr. Lipton explains how cells respond to consciousness and environmental signals, effectively reprogramming genetic activity based on mental and emotional states. This episode examines the profound implications of quantum physics meeting cell biology, suggesting that changing beliefs can literally change biological reality. The discussion offers hope for human potential while challenging the scientific establishment's views on genetic fate and the power of consciousness over biology.

Nov 17

James Howard Kunstler presents his sobering analysis of the coming energy crisis and its potential to reshape civilization. Art Bell discusses Kunstler's research into peak oil theory and the mounting evidence that global oil production is approaching or has already reached its maximum capacity. The conversation explores the economic and social implications of declining petroleum availability, examining how energy scarcity could affect everything from transportation to food production. Kunstler shares insights from his extensively researched article "The Long Emergency," detailing how modern society's dependence on cheap oil makes it vulnerable to systemic collapse. This episode confronts uncomfortable truths about energy sustainability and questions whether alternative energy sources can adequately replace petroleum before critical shortages occur. The discussion offers a stark warning about the potential consequences of energy depletion.

Nov 16

Peter Cochrane presents his vision of future technology through the lens of "Uncommon Sense," examining where current innovations are leading humanity. Art Bell discusses Cochrane's insights into emerging technologies that will reshape society, from advanced surveillance capabilities to breakthrough communication systems. The conversation explores the double-edged nature of technological progress, examining both the benefits and potential dangers of rapid advancement. Cochrane addresses practical applications of cutting-edge technology, including border security systems and the ongoing evolution of human-machine interfaces. This episode offers a glimpse into tomorrow's world while questioning whether we're prepared for the social and ethical implications of the technologies we're creating. The discussion balances optimistic possibilities with realistic concerns about technology's impact on privacy, security, and human interaction.

Nov 15

Gregg Braden examines ancient texts and archaeological evidence suggesting that nuclear technology may have existed in prehistoric times. Art Bell explores Braden's research into what he calls the "God Code," investigating whether advanced civilizations possessed destructive capabilities similar to our modern nuclear weapons. The discussion covers mysterious ancient sites that show evidence of extreme heat and vitrification, potentially indicating nuclear events in humanity's distant past. Braden presents his analysis of ancient Sanskrit texts and other historical documents that appear to describe weapons of mass destruction predating known history. This thought-provoking episode challenges conventional timelines of human technological development and asks whether we are repeating cycles of advancement and destruction that have occurred before in human history.

Nov 14

Dr. Tess Gerritsen , a practicing physician turned bestselling author, shares the most unsettling and bizarre medical cases from her career. Art Bell welcomes this unique guest who combines medical expertise with a fascination for the weird and unusual aspects of medicine. Dr. Gerritsen discusses the darkest moments of medical practice, including the nightmarish scenarios that every doctor fears most, from patients declared dead who return to life to inexplicable medical phenomena that challenge conventional understanding. The conversation explores the psychological toll of practicing medicine and the strange cases that haunt medical professionals throughout their careers. This episode offers a rare glimpse into the eerie side of healthcare from someone who has experienced both the scientific rigor of medicine and the unexplained mysteries that occasionally surface in clinical practice.

Nov 13

Bill Sweet, a ham radio operator and consciousness researcher, explores the scientific investigation of prayer and its measurable effects on healing. Art Bell discusses Sweet's fascinating journey into the intersection of spirituality and science, including controlled experiments examining the power of prayer on living organisms. The conversation covers groundbreaking research into consciousness and prayer, including studies involving soybean seeds and other biological subjects that demonstrated unexpected results when targeted with focused intention. Sweet shares his experiences navigating the often controversial territory where science meets spirituality, revealing how researchers attempt to isolate and measure the characteristics of prayer. This episode examines whether prayer can be scientifically validated and what the implications might be for our understanding of consciousness and healing.

Nov 12

Dr. Ronald Klatz joins Art Bell to discuss the emerging threat of the Marburg virus and its current outbreak in Africa. The conversation examines this rare but deadly hemorrhagic fever virus, exploring its origins, transmission patterns, and potential for global spread. Dr. Klatz provides crucial updates on the latest outbreak developments and discusses the similarities and differences between Marburg and other viral threats like Ebola. The discussion covers the challenges of containing such outbreaks in remote African regions and the potential implications for international health security. This timely episode offers expert analysis of a developing health crisis and the ongoing efforts to understand and combat one of nature's most dangerous pathogens.

Nov 11

Dr. Raymond Moody , the world's foremost expert on near-death experiences, explores the profound mysteries of what happens when we die. Art Bell welcomes the pioneering researcher who coined the term "NDE" and has spent decades documenting the remarkable consistency of near-death experiences across cultures and belief systems. Dr. Moody discusses the typical elements of NDEs, from the tunnel of light to life reviews and encounters with deceased loved ones, examining what percentage of people who experience clinical death actually report these phenomena. The conversation delves into the most fascinating cases from his extensive research, exploring whether these experiences represent glimpses of an afterlife or something else entirely. This episode offers compelling insights into one of humanity's greatest mysteries and the scientific study of consciousness beyond physical death.

Nov 10

What connections exist between voices from the dead and humanity's approaching apocalypse? Remote viewing expert Major Ed Dames applies his controversial psychic espionage techniques to analyze Electronic Voice Phenomena, revealing startling conclusions about the source of these mysterious recordings. Dames suggests that EVP communications may originate from future timeline echoes or dimensional bleed-through rather than traditional spirits of the deceased. He discusses his latest remote viewing sessions predicting catastrophic events, including massive seismic activity and potential civilization-ending scenarios that he calls "the killshot." The Major explains how his team uses controlled remote viewing to investigate the origins of the child's voice featured in previous EVP recordings, uncovering disturbing implications about the nature of consciousness and temporal mechanics. Dames argues that these phenomena represent warnings about humanity's trajectory toward self-destruction, whether through environmental collapse, technological disasters, or cosmic events beyond our control. His combination of military-grade remote viewing and paranormal investigation creates a uniquely ominous perspective on both spirit communication and human survival.

Nov 9

How will molecular engineering reshape human civilization within the next decade? Nanotechnology expert Charles Ostman reveals that this revolutionary science has already moved from science fiction to commercial reality, with over 1,000 companies producing nanoscale materials and devices. From paint that generates electricity for your home to microscopic machines that could repair human arteries, nanotechnology promises to transform everything from medicine to military applications. Ostman discusses nano-enhanced solar cells, carbon nanotubes stronger than steel, and biological systems that could manufacture materials at the molecular level. However, the technology also raises terrifying possibilities: self-replicating nanomachines could theoretically consume all organic matter on Earth, while nanobiological weapons might target specific genetic populations. The race between beneficial applications and potentially catastrophic misuse has already begun, with classified military research advancing faster than public oversight can follow. Ostman warns that nanotechnology represents humanity's next great leap forward or potentially its final mistake, depending on how wisely we navigate this unprecedented power over matter itself.

Nov 8

Can electronic devices actually capture conversations with the deceased? Ghost Investigators Society members Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath present their most disturbing Electronic Voice Phenomena recordings, including chilling messages from what appear to be spirits trapped in mental hospitals and crime scenes. Their evidence includes the voice of a drowning child saying "I can't breathe," threatening messages like "I will kill you bastards," and conversations that seem to respond directly to questions posed by the living. The team explains their recording techniques, the different types of spirit voices they encounter, and why these communications often occur in locations associated with trauma or violent death. Some EVPs feature multiple distinct voices, including children and adults speaking in different languages or dialects. The researchers discuss the international scope of EVP work, particularly advances in Germany, and the emotional toll of capturing these often disturbing messages from beyond. Their findings suggest consciousness survives bodily death and desperately seeks communication with the living world.

Nov 7

Is America heading toward an energy apocalypse that will destroy our way of life? Art Bell presents a sobering analysis of peak oil theory, warning that global petroleum production may have already reached its maximum output, triggering an irreversible decline that threatens industrial civilization itself. Open lines reveal passionate debates about whether the energy crisis is real or manufactured, with callers arguing about OPEC manipulation, hidden oil reserves, and corporate conspiracy theories. The program examines everything from the collapse of suburbia to regional survival strategies, as rising fuel costs make long commutes economically impossible. Discussions range from alternative energy solutions and hydrogen fuel cells to the geopolitical implications of resource wars over dwindling supplies. Some callers dismiss peak oil as propaganda, while others prepare for societal breakdown. The fundamental question becomes whether America would go to war to secure energy resources, and how quickly our modern lifestyle could unravel when cheap oil disappears forever.

Nov 6

What drives the world's most notorious hacker to break into virtually any computer system on Earth? Kevin Mitnick , once hunted by the FBI as a cybercriminal, reveals the psychological addiction behind his legendary exploits and the current state of digital security that should terrify every internet user. From his early days phone phreaking to infiltrating major corporations, Mitnick explains how social engineering often proves more effective than technical attacks. He discusses the shocking vulnerabilities in everyday software like Internet Explorer, the ease of identity theft through electronic means, and why even security professionals were once hackers themselves. Mitnick shares real stories of wireless network penetration, corporate espionage, and the cat-and-mouse games that define modern cybersecurity. His transformation from digital outlaw to legitimate security consultant offers unique insights into protecting personal data in an increasingly connected world. The sobering reality: if Mitnick wanted your information, he could probably get it.

Nov 5

Are we living through Earth's sixth mass extinction event right now? Paleontologist Peter Ward presents his chilling analysis of how rapid climate change triggers species die-offs on a planetary scale, warning that our current trajectory mirrors the conditions that caused previous mass extinctions. His research reveals that rising temperatures and carbon dioxide levels create hydrogen sulfide poisoning in the oceans, turning life-sustaining waters into toxic death zones. Ward argues that we're already witnessing the early stages of this process, with accelerating species loss that could ultimately include humanity itself. From the Permian extinction that killed 95% of all life to the patterns emerging today, he explains why global warming represents an existential threat unlike any in human history. The terrifying truth is that Earth has experienced these catastrophic climate shifts before, and the geological record shows they happen faster than complex life can adapt. Time is running out to prevent the next great dying.

Nov 4

What if humanity has been infiltrated by an alien species for millennia? Mythologist John Lash presents the stunning Gnostic teachings about Archons, described in ancient texts as artificial beings created from premature cosmic plasma who have manipulated human consciousness since before recorded history. These entities allegedly cannot reproduce with humans but instead implant delusional beliefs, particularly the messianic complex central to Judaism and Christianity. Lash argues that modern alien abduction reports match precisely the Gnostic descriptions of Archonic encounters, suggesting these experiences represent ongoing interference by the same inorganic beings. Drawing from the Nag Hammadi library and other suppressed texts, he reveals how these cosmic predators simulate human experiences they cannot truly understand. The Gnostics viewed Earth as a living being under assault, with humanity caught between our divine potential and these parasitic forces. This forbidden knowledge challenges the foundations of Western religion while offering startling explanations for humanity's perpetual conflicts.

Nov 3

Could your pet's behavior predict the next devastating earthquake? Seismologist Jim Berkland reveals his controversial methods for forecasting major quakes using animal behavior, magnetic field fluctuations, and tidal forces that mainstream science refuses to acknowledge. With thousands of recent earthquakes rattling the Pacific Northwest and unusual volcanic activity worldwide, Berkland explains why conventional earthquake prediction has failed so catastrophically. He discusses the connection between solar flares and seismic events, the cover-up of true casualty numbers from historical disasters, and how Princeton's consciousness experiments might relate to geological upheavals. From the 1906 San Francisco quake's hidden death toll to modern-day patterns emerging in missing pet reports, Berkland demonstrates how bureaucratic resistance has prevented life-saving earthquake warnings. His track record of successful predictions challenges everything the scientific establishment claims about the unpredictability of Earth's most destructive forces.

Nov 2

Can the human soul actually split in two after death? Peter Novak presents his revolutionary Binary Soul Doctrine, proposing that consciousness divides into unconscious spirit and conscious soul at the moment of death, explaining everything from reincarnation to ghostly encounters. Before diving into this metaphysical territory, Willie Nelson joins the program to discuss his pioneering work with biodiesel fuel, demonstrating how vegetable oil can power vehicles while reducing environmental impact. Novak's theory suggests this soul division influences political polarization, religious conflicts, and even alien abduction reports. Drawing from ancient Gnostic texts and modern near-death experiences, he argues that understanding our binary nature could revolutionize how we perceive consciousness, afterlife communication, and human psychology. This exploration challenges conventional beliefs about death, offering a startling new framework for understanding the eternal mysteries of human existence.

Nov 1

What happens when private enterprise races ahead of government space programs? Space historian Robert Zimmerman explores the dramatic transformation occurring in America's quest to return to space. While NASA struggles with bureaucratic timidity and safety concerns that threaten to ground the shuttle program permanently, private companies are developing revolutionary spacecraft at breakneck speed. Zimmerman reveals how ventures like SpaceShipOne are pioneering commercial space travel, potentially making NASA's expensive programs obsolete by 2010. From the Crew Exploration Vehicle competition to the future of the International Space Station, this discussion exposes the internal battles, budget crises, and technological breakthroughs reshaping humanity's journey beyond Earth. The cosmic irony becomes clear: while NASA aims for the moon, private companies may wave goodbye as they pass them en route to the stars.

Oct 31

Are 9/11 conspiracy theories dangerous myths or legitimate questions about official explanations? Ben Chertoff, research editor for Popular Mechanics magazine and distant cousin of Michael Chertoff, joins Art for an explosive discussion about their investigation into 9/11 conspiracy claims. This highly contentious program examines Popular Mechanics' systematic debunking of alternative theories about the World Trade Center collapse, Pentagon attack, and Flight 93 crash. Chertoff presents the magazine's research methodology and findings while addressing criticism from conspiracy theorists who question his family connections and motivations. The heated conversation explores structural engineering evidence, aviation mechanics, government response protocols, and witness testimonies that both support and challenge official narratives. Art acknowledges the program will be "extremely contentious" as he prepares to read listener emails that demonstrate the passionate divide on this subject. The discussion becomes a battleground between official explanations and alternative theories, with Chertoff defending mainstream scientific analysis against claims of government coverup. This confrontational examination reveals the deep skepticism many Americans harbor about official accounts of national tragedies.

Oct 30

What happens when a government disinformation specialist confesses to planting UFO myths? Greg Bishop , publisher of "The Excluded Middle" and author of "Project Beta," reveals the disturbing story of Paul Bennewitz and how intelligence agencies deliberately created modern UFO mythology. Bishop exposes how the Air Force and Defense Intelligence Agency systematically dispensed disinformation to UFO researchers, turning genuine investigations into elaborate deception operations. The discussion examines specific disinformation techniques, training programs for government agents, and how officials manipulated public perception about extraterrestrial phenomena. Bishop details how disinformation campaigns work against anyone with sensitive information, not just UFO witnesses, revealing a broader pattern of intelligence manipulation. The conversation explores whether UFO researchers have been unwitting participants in government psychological operations designed to discredit legitimate investigations while covering up classified military projects. This expose demonstrates how easily disinformation can create lasting myths that serve official purposes while leading researchers down carefully constructed false paths, raising questions about what other subjects might be similarly manipulated.

Oct 29

Could nanotechnology become humanity's greatest achievement or our final mistake? Leading nanotechnology journalist Douglas Mulhall explores the revolutionary potential and terrifying dangers of molecular-scale engineering. Mulhall examines how nanotechnology enables the creation of devices smaller, more powerful, and more efficient than ever imagined, with applications spanning medicine, computing, and materials science. The discussion delves into the darker possibilities, including the nightmare scenario of "gray goo" where self-replicating nanobots consume all matter on Earth. Art and Mulhall explore ethical concerns about nanotechnology's rapid development outpacing our ability to understand its implications, much like nuclear technology in previous decades. They discuss potential weaponization of nanotechnology, from nanoneedles that could manipulate individual atoms to molecular machines capable of rewriting biological systems. The conversation addresses how nanotechnology investment is accelerating despite inadequate safety protocols and regulatory frameworks. This technological examination reveals how we stand at a crossroads where our greatest scientific breakthrough could either solve humanity's problems or create unprecedented existential threats.

Oct 28

Can the human mind truly see across vast distances without any physical connection? Physicist Russell Targ , co-founder of the government's remote viewing program at Stanford Research Institute, reveals the scientific investigation into psychic abilities that operated for decades within U.S. intelligence agencies. Targ, author of six books on psychic research and current ESP investigator in Palo Alto, discusses how remote viewing was developed and tested under controlled laboratory conditions during the 1970s and 80s. The conversation explores the Fort Meade remote viewing program, training methods for developing psychic abilities, and documented cases where remote viewers successfully described distant locations and events. Targ addresses skepticism by presenting scientific protocols used to validate results and eliminate fraud or chance. He explains how remote viewing differs from other psychic phenomena and why intelligence agencies invested millions in psychic espionage programs. This exploration of consciousness and perception challenges materialist assumptions about the nature of mind and its ability to transcend physical limitations through focused intention and training.

Oct 27

What connects UFO coverups with the psychology of poker champions? Art presents an unusual double feature beginning with UFO researcher Timothy Good discussing government secrecy and disclosure ahead of ABC's major UFO special. Good examines decades of official coverups, witness testimonies, and the ongoing effort to keep UFO evidence from public scrutiny. The program then shifts to 2003 World Series of Poker champion Chris Moneymaker , the Tennessee accountant who transformed a $40 entry fee into $2.5 million and sparked poker's television revolution. Moneymaker discusses the explosion of poker popularity driven by televised tournaments where viewers can see players' cards, creating the "purest form of reality TV." He explains poker psychology, reading tells, strategic aggression, and how knowing your opponent's mental state becomes the ultimate advantage. This eclectic combination reflects Art's philosophy that the program covers whatever strikes his interest, from extraterrestrial mysteries to human psychology and the art of deception in high-stakes competition.

Oct 26

What happens when Art opens a special phone line exclusively for people who have made pacts with the devil? This remarkable open lines program features an unusual twist inspired by the late Father Malachi Martin's claims that many people have entered into supernatural agreements. Art dedicates one phone line specifically for callers willing to discuss their deals with dark forces, asking how they came to make such pacts and how those arrangements are working out. The evening unfolds with callers sharing extraordinary personal accounts of supernatural encounters, unexplained phenomena, and mysterious experiences that defy conventional explanation. From paranormal encounters to strange coincidences, the conversations explore the intersection of faith, supernatural beliefs, and modern life. This unique format allows listeners to hear firsthand testimonies about experiences most people would never discuss publicly. The program demonstrates Art's willingness to explore the most controversial and taboo subjects while maintaining respect for callers' deeply personal spiritual experiences.

Oct 25

Is the universe losing control of itself and racing toward an inevitable end? Science Magazine writer Charles Seife , author of "Zero" and "Alpha and Omega," explores cutting-edge cosmological theories about the universe's ultimate fate. Seife explains how recent discoveries about dark energy have revolutionized our understanding of cosmic expansion, revealing that the universe is not just expanding but accelerating at an alarming rate. The discussion examines two possible endings: the Big Crunch, where expansion eventually reverses and everything collapses back together, or heat death, where expansion continues until nothing but radiation remains. Seife delves into extra dimensions, parallel universes, and the concept of infinite space that could "break your brain" if contemplated too deeply. The conversation addresses how Edwin Hubble's 1920s discoveries about cosmic expansion laid the groundwork for our current understanding, while modern observations suggest we may be witnessing the universe literally "losing it" as dark energy tears apart the very fabric of space-time.

Oct 24

Are the ancient giants mentioned in biblical texts connected to the builders of the pyramids? Dublin-born author Patrick Heron presents his theory that the Nephilim, fallen angels described in the Old Testament, were responsible for constructing the pyramids and other ancient megalithic structures. Heron, whose book "Apocalypse Soon" became a bestseller in Ireland, explores the Hebrew word "Nephilim" derived from "nephal" meaning "to fall," and traces these beings through biblical texts and archaeological evidence. He discusses how these spirit beings allegedly produced hybrid offspring with humans, creating a race of giants whose influence shaped ancient civilizations. The conversation delves into prophetic texts suggesting these entities will return during end times, creating what Heron calls "the shadows of the apocalypse" that he believes are already manifesting in current world events. This biblical archaeology examination offers a supernatural explanation for humanity's most enduring construction mysteries.

Oct 23

Could someone be manipulating the weather on a global scale? Meteorologist Scott Stevens, who studied at the University of Kansas, presents compelling evidence that weather control technology may already be in operation. Stevens examines unusual weather patterns, atmospheric anomalies, and meteorological data that suggest natural weather systems are being artificially influenced or directed. Through his professional analysis of weather systems and forecasting experience, he identifies signatures in storm patterns that appear inconsistent with natural meteorological processes. The discussion explores the technology behind weather modification, the potential players involved in such operations, and the implications for agriculture, economics, and national security. Stevens connects his observations to broader geopolitical strategies and questions whether recent extreme weather events might be the result of undisclosed weather warfare capabilities. This examination challenges listeners to consider whether the atmosphere itself has become a battlefield in modern conflicts.

Oct 22

What happens when two heavyweight scientists can only speak about classified government projects under senatorial approval? Dr. Joseph Resnick and Guy Kramer join Art to discuss HAARP experiments and ionospheric research, though their conversation comes with unusual restrictions. The guests hold patents they cannot discuss and required approval at the senatorial level just to appear. Art explores HAARP's potential effects on the ionosphere and its possible connection to mysterious atmospheric phenomena like TIGER (Transient Ionospheric Glow Emission in Red), which appears hundreds of milliseconds after lightning strikes at distances that suggest no natural correlation. With classified information hanging in the balance and scripts that Art refuses to follow, this interview reveals as much through what cannot be said as what can. The evening becomes a careful dance around government secrecy while probing one of the most controversial atmospheric research programs ever created.

Oct 21

Could humanity harness unlimited solar power from space and gain the ability to control Earth's weather systems? Sir Charles Schultz III announces his company's revolutionary plan to deploy massive solar collection satellites that would beam clean energy to Earth via precision microwave transmission. Schultz explains how space-based solar power could provide abundant electricity while simultaneously offering unprecedented control over hurricanes, droughts, and other weather phenomena through careful atmospheric heating. The discussion examines the technical challenges of building kilometer-wide solar arrays in orbit, the safety considerations of microwave power transmission, and the geopolitical implications of weather modification technology. Schultz reveals his negotiations with China to implement this technology, questioning why such transformative innovations often find more support abroad than in America. The conversation explores connections to Nikola Tesla's wireless power transmission experiments and examines how space-based solar systems could revolutionize both energy production and climate control. This ambitious vision represents either humanity's next great leap forward or a dangerous attempt to engineer forces beyond our complete understanding.

Oct 20

What secrets did Howard Hughes take to his grave, and how did his stolen documents expose the hidden connections between wealth, power, and government? Michael Drosnin , author of "Citizen Hughes," reveals the extraordinary story behind nearly 10,000 stolen Howard Hughes documents that exposed the billionaire's secret dealings with presidents, politicians, and intelligence agencies. Drosnin discusses how Hughes operated as a power broker between corporate America and the highest levels of government, using his vast wealth to influence elections, policies, and covert operations. The conversation explores the mysterious circumstances surrounding the theft of Hughes' personal papers and the subsequent cover-up that reached into the highest echelons of power. Drosnin examines Hughes' transformation from aviation pioneer and Hollywood mogul into a reclusive puppet master whose paranoid genius shaped American politics for decades. Through Hughes' own handwritten memos and secret communications, this investigation reveals how concentrated wealth and government power intersect in ways that fundamentally challenge our understanding of democratic institutions and corporate influence in America.

Oct 19

Will technology soon make death optional, and are we the last generation that must face mortality? Futurist and inventor Ray Kurzweil outlines his radical vision for defeating aging and achieving practical immortality through emerging biotechnology and nanotechnology. Kurzweil discusses his book "Fantastic Voyage," detailing three bridges to life extension that could allow humans alive today to live indefinitely by maintaining their bodies faster than they deteriorate. The conversation explores current life extension research, from genetic therapies to nanotechnological cellular repair, examining how artificial intelligence will accelerate medical breakthroughs beyond current imagination. Kurzweil addresses the social, economic, and philosophical implications of radical life extension, considering how immortality might transform human civilization and individual purpose. As someone actively pursuing life extension through strict health regimens and supplement protocols, Kurzweil embodies his own theories about bridging to future longevity technologies. This vision of transcending biological limitations challenges our most fundamental assumptions about human existence and the nature of consciousness itself.

Oct 18

Can training your brain waves unlock extraordinary human potential and reverse the effects of aging? Dr. Jim Hardt, a leading researcher in neurofeedback technology, reveals how alpha wave training can dramatically enhance mental clarity, emotional stability, and even physical health. Hardt explains his groundbreaking work with biofeedback systems that teach people to consciously control their brain wave patterns, producing measurable improvements in anxiety, depression, and cognitive function. The discussion explores how alpha waves decrease with age due to reduced blood flow to the brain, and demonstrates how neurofeedback training can restore youthful brain patterns in elderly subjects. Hardt shares remarkable case studies of individuals who experienced profound personality changes, increased creativity, and enhanced spiritual awareness through alpha wave enhancement. The conversation examines the relationship between consciousness and brain states, investigating how deliberate brain wave training might represent a new frontier in human development and the practical achievement of higher states of awareness.

Oct 17

Could our universe be just one of infinite parallel realities, and might we someday travel between them? Dr. Michio Kaku , one of the world's premier theoretical physicists, explores the mind-bending implications of parallel universe theory and its revolutionary impact on our understanding of reality. Kaku discusses his book "Parallel Worlds," examining how recent discoveries in cosmology and quantum mechanics point toward a multiverse containing countless alternate versions of ourselves and our universe. The conversation delves into string theory, higher dimensions, and the possibility that our cosmos is approaching a transition that could fundamentally alter the nature of space and time itself. Kaku explains how parallel universe theory moves beyond speculation into testable science, with potential applications for understanding consciousness, free will, and the ultimate fate of intelligence in the cosmos. As humanity stands on the threshold of discoveries that could rewrite physics itself, this exploration reveals how parallel worlds might hold the key to our species' survival and transcendence.

Oct 16

Have you experienced direct contact with non-human intelligence, and what can these encounters teach us about our cosmic neighbors? Art Bell dedicates this open lines show specifically to alien encounters, creating a safe space for listeners to share their most profound and transformative contact experiences. The special first-time caller line focuses exclusively on those who have had genuine alien encounters, cutting through speculation to reach authentic accounts of contact, abduction, and communication with extraterrestrial beings. Callers share detailed experiences ranging from childhood abductions to ongoing contact relationships, examining common patterns in alien behavior, technology, and apparent agendas. The discussion explores various types of beings encountered, from the familiar Greys to more unusual entities, and investigates the psychological and spiritual impact of contact on human consciousness. These firsthand accounts provide rare insight into the reality of alien presence on Earth and the profound implications for human understanding of our place in the universe.

Oct 15

What catastrophic events has remote viewing revealed for the year ahead, and should humanity prepare for unprecedented challenges? Major Ed Dames returns on New Year's Day to share his most urgent remote viewing sessions, including disturbing glimpses of potential disasters and global upheavals awaiting 2005. Dames discusses how the recent tsunami validates earlier remote viewing predictions and demonstrates the accelerating pace of earth changes his team has been tracking. The conversation explores advanced remote viewing protocols developed by military intelligence, examining how trained psychic perception can penetrate future timelines and identify critical events before they manifest. Dames shares specific targets his remote viewers have been tasked with, revealing concerning patterns in global weather systems, geological instability, and solar activity. As humanity enters 2005 still reeling from the Indian Ocean disaster, this session offers both warnings and insights for navigating the turbulent times ahead through enhanced awareness and preparation.

Oct 14

As the devastating tsunami reshapes our understanding of nature's power, can we predict what other earth-changing events await humanity? Art Bell concludes the annual predictions tradition on New Year's Eve, with the recent Indian Ocean disaster serving as a sobering reminder of how quickly our world can transform. The show opens with reflection on this biblical-scale catastrophe that caught the world unprepared, demonstrating both the fragility of human civilization and the limitations of our forecasting abilities. Against this backdrop, listeners share their final predictions for 2005, each vision carefully recorded and numbered for future verification. Bell explores how major disasters like the tsunami affect our collective consciousness and ability to perceive coming changes. The evening captures the tension between our desire to know the future and our humbling recognition that some events exceed all prediction, leaving us to face tomorrow with both wisdom and uncertainty.

Oct 13

What secrets does the coming year hold, and can ordinary people glimpse the future? Art Bell opens the annual tradition of listener predictions for 2005, inviting callers to tap into their deepest psychic intuition and share their visions of tomorrow. Before collecting new forecasts, Bell reviews the surprisingly accurate predictions made by listeners for 2004, including several remarkable hits that demonstrated the collective wisdom of the audience. The show emphasizes thoughtful, considered predictions rather than casual speculation, with each caller limited to one numbered prediction that will be recorded in the Bell Family Vault for review next year. From natural disasters to political upheavals, technological breakthroughs to personal insights, listeners share their most compelling glimpses into 2005. This first installment captures the unique power of collective prediction, where individual intuition combines with shared consciousness to peer beyond the veil of time itself.

Oct 12

Can nuclear power provide a safe solution to America's growing energy crisis? Dr. Charles Till, the physicist responsible for Canada's first commercial nuclear reactor, brings decades of hands-on experience to examine our nation's nuclear future. Till discusses his groundbreaking work at Argonne National Laboratory developing the Integral Fast Reactor, a revolutionary design that could solve nuclear power's most persistent problems by efficiently burning fuel, eliminating long-term waste, and preventing weapons proliferation. The conversation explores why this promising technology was cancelled in 1994, comparing different reactor designs from Canada, the US, and Russia, and examining lessons learned from Three Mile Island and Chernobyl. With America facing desperate energy needs and mounting environmental concerns, Till argues that advanced nuclear technology represents our best hope for large-scale clean power generation. Could the future of energy lie not in avoiding nuclear power, but in finally perfecting it?

Oct 11

What deadly secrets might be hidden within alleged debris from the 1947 Roswell incident? This episode features Whitley Strieber and Dr. Roger Leir investigating a mysterious metallic fragment that purportedly originated from a New Mexico crash site, possibly the famous Roswell event. The piece came to Dr. Leir through a complex chain of ownership involving loans, collateral, and tragic circumstances. What makes this investigation particularly unsettling is the pattern of death and misfortune that seems to follow anyone who becomes involved with this artifact. Multiple researchers and scientists who have examined the material have subsequently died under unusual circumstances, including cases of rare dual leukemia and mysterious accidents. Dr. Russell Vernon Clark, who conducted major analysis of the fragment, lost his job, funding, marriage, and ultimately disappeared entirely after presenting findings at a Roswell anniversary press conference. The conversation explores the scientific analysis of the material while examining whether these deaths represent an extraordinary coincidence or something more sinister. This chilling episode raises disturbing questions about whether some discoveries are too dangerous to pursue, and whether the truth about extraterrestrial contact carries a price too high for those who seek to reveal it.

Oct 10

Could memories of past lives hold the key to healing present-day trauma and understanding our soul's journey? Dr. Brian Weiss , a pioneer in past-life regression therapy, explores the compelling evidence for reincarnation through decades of clinical experience. Originally a traditional psychiatrist, Dr. Weiss accidentally discovered past-life memories during routine hypnotherapy sessions, fundamentally changing his understanding of human consciousness and healing. The discussion covers dramatic cases where patients have recalled detailed past-life experiences that provided healing for present-day phobias, relationships problems, and unexplained physical symptoms. Dr. Weiss shares insights into the soul group phenomenon, where individuals reincarnate together across multiple lifetimes, playing different roles in an eternal spiritual curriculum. The conversation examines both the therapeutic benefits of past-life regression and the broader implications for understanding human consciousness beyond the boundaries of a single lifetime. This fascinating exploration challenges listeners to consider whether death is truly the end of consciousness, or merely a transition in an ongoing journey of spiritual development that spans multiple incarnations across time.

Oct 9

Is religious experience merely a function of brain chemistry, or does neuroscience reveal something deeper about human spirituality? Matthew Alper returns with his controversial theories about the biological basis of religious belief, armed with new evidence from recent genetic research. As Alper notes, recent media attention surrounding the discovery of a "God gene" has provided substantial support for his arguments about the neurological foundations of spiritual experience. The discussion explores how human brain cells function in religious contexts, examining research that suggests spiritual experiences may be hardwired into our neural architecture. Alper's theories have consistently provoked intense reactions from audiences, challenging fundamental assumptions about the nature of faith, consciousness, and divine experience. The conversation covers cutting-edge neuroscience research that maps the brain regions activated during religious experiences, raising profound questions about free will, spiritual authenticity, and the relationship between mind and spirit. This thought-provoking episode forces listeners to grapple with uncomfortable questions about whether their deepest spiritual convictions might be products of evolutionary biology rather than divine revelation.

Oct 8

Are we overestimating the terrorist threat while underestimating emerging technological dangers? Professor Bart Kosko, holding degrees in philosophy, economics, mathematics, and electrical engineering, challenges conventional wisdom about terrorism while exploring the revolutionary implications of nanotechnology. In a recent Los Angeles Times piece, Kosko argued that we have grossly overestimated the terrorist threat, questioning whether our obsessive focus on terrorism is blinding us to more significant challenges. The discussion examines the intersection of fear-based policy making and emerging technologies that could reshape human civilization. Professor Kosko explores how nanotechnology could revolutionize everything from medicine to warfare, potentially creating both unprecedented opportunities and existential risks. The conversation delves into the mathematical and philosophical frameworks needed to properly assess threats in an age of exponential technological change. This episode challenges listeners to reconsider their assumptions about security, technology, and the future, asking whether we are preparing for the right challenges or fixating on yesterday's fears while tomorrow's transformative technologies develop in the shadows.

Oct 7

What dark forces might be shaping our immediate future? Dr. Evelyn Paglini, a returning guest known for her striking predictions, presents troubling visions of what lies ahead for humanity. As snow falls unusually in the Nevada desert and highways close due to unexpected weather patterns, the atmosphere seems perfectly suited for Paglini's ominous forecasts. Drawing from her background in metaphysical studies and predictive work, she explores the convergence of political, environmental, and spiritual influences that suggest difficult times approaching. The discussion covers both immediate and long-term concerns, examining patterns that suggest significant upheavals in the months and years to come. Dr. Paglini's previous appearances have earned her a reputation for accuracy in her more disturbing predictions, making her current warnings particularly unsettling. This episode invites listeners to consider whether we are adequately prepared for the challenges that may be heading our way, and whether understanding these potential futures might help us navigate the turbulent times that could lie ahead.

Oct 6

What if death from aging could become optional within our lifetime? Dr. Terry Grossman , a pioneer in longevity medicine and anti-aging research, explores the revolutionary medical advances that could extend human life indefinitely. Through his specialized longevity medical practice, Dr. Grossman has witnessed firsthand the potential of emerging technologies to halt and even reverse the aging process. The conversation covers cutting-edge treatments, genetic therapies, and nutritional protocols that are already showing promise in extending healthy human lifespan. Dr. Grossman discusses the scientific basis for believing that the first person to live to 1,000 years old may already be alive today, examining the convergence of biotechnology, nanotechnology, and artificial intelligence that could make extreme longevity possible. This episode challenges listeners to imagine a world where aging becomes a curable condition rather than an inevitable fate, and to consider the profound social, economic, and philosophical implications of a society where death from old age becomes increasingly rare.

Oct 5

Are we truly safer in the post-9/11 world, or have recent conflicts created new vulnerabilities? Joel Skousen provides a critical analysis of America's approach to terrorism, the ongoing war in Iraq, and the lasting implications of September 11th. As fierce fighting continues in Fallujah with significant casualties mounting, Skousen examines whether military interventions in the Middle East are effectively addressing terrorism or potentially exacerbating the threats we face. The discussion explores the complex relationship between the war on terror and the Iraq conflict, questioning whether resources are being allocated effectively to protect American interests. Skousen offers insights into intelligence failures, strategic miscalculations, and the broader geopolitical consequences of military actions taken since 9/11. This thought-provoking analysis challenges listeners to consider whether current anti-terrorism strategies are creating the security they promise, or whether alternative approaches might better serve long-term peace and stability in an increasingly volatile world.

Oct 4

Is time travel merely science fiction, or could it represent our future reality? Dr. Fred Alan Wolf , a theoretical physicist with an optimistic view of temporal manipulation, explores the scientific foundations that might make traveling through time possible. Unlike more cautious physicists, Dr. Wolf enthusiastically examines the quantum mechanical principles and relativity concepts that could theoretically allow for temporal displacement. The conversation addresses the fundamental question of whether time itself is real or merely a human construct, delving into the physics of time dilation, closed timelike curves, and the possibility that time travelers may already be moving among us. Dr. Wolf discusses both forward and backward time travel scenarios, explaining how quantum mechanics might provide pathways through the temporal landscape. This fascinating exploration invites listeners to reconsider their assumptions about the nature of time and contemplate whether the barriers between past, present, and future might be more permeable than we ever imagined.

Oct 3

Could advanced alien vehicles be operating in our skies right now? Bill McDonald, whose background spans military aviation and criminal justice, investigates the compelling evidence for unidentified flying objects and their potential extraterrestrial origins. Drawing from his experience in UFO and paranormal case research, McDonald examines a significant UFO flap that occurred in 1977, the same year he had his own close encounter. The discussion covers the technical aspects of alleged alien craft, analyzing their reported capabilities and flight characteristics that seem to defy conventional physics. McDonald presents case studies and witness testimonies that suggest these vehicles demonstrate technology far beyond current human capabilities. This episode challenges listeners to consider whether the mounting evidence for structured craft of unknown origin represents the most significant discovery in human history, or whether conventional explanations can account for these persistent and puzzling observations.

Oct 2

What happens when theoretical physics meets philosophical inquiry? Dr. Anthony Rizzi , a renowned theoretical physicist who discovered groundbreaking definitions in 1997, explores the intersection of advanced physics and fundamental questions about reality. From discussions of black holes consuming entire stars to explorations of teleportation physics research conducted by the Air Force, this episode delves into concepts that challenge our understanding of the universe. Dr. Rizzi, who has taught graduate physics at Louisiana State University, brings both rigorous scientific methodology and philosophical depth to complex topics that bridge the gap between what we can measure and what we can comprehend. The conversation examines how theoretical frameworks in physics might reveal deeper truths about the nature of existence itself, inviting listeners to consider whether the boundaries between science and philosophy are as solid as we might assume.

Oct 1

Art Bell opens the phone lines for the annual Halloween tradition, inviting listeners to share their most terrifying supernatural encounters and paranormal experiences. The special Ghost to Ghost format encourages callers to tell their true stories of hauntings, entity encounters, and unexplained phenomena that have shaped their understanding of reality beyond the ordinary world. Throughout the night, listeners share accounts of spectral visitations, poltergeist activity, shadow people, and other mysterious beings that challenge conventional explanations for what is possible. The program captures the full spectrum of supernatural experience, from gentle spirit contacts that bring comfort to terrifying encounters that leave lasting psychological impact. Bell's masterful hosting creates an atmosphere where even the most skeptical listeners find themselves drawn into the mystery and wondering what lies beyond the veil of normal perception. Each caller's story adds another piece to the vast puzzle of human experience with the unknown, creating a collective testimony to the reality of forces that science has yet to explain or acknowledge. The episode serves as an annual reminder that the boundaries between our world and whatever lies beyond remain permeable, accessible to those willing to open their awareness to the extraordinary.

Sep 30

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath demonstrate electronic voice phenomena, presenting evidence that consciousness survives physical death and can communicate through electronic devices. As experienced EVP researchers, they reveal techniques for capturing disembodied voices on recording equipment and share their most compelling examples of apparent spirit communication. Their work builds on decades of research into the mysterious ability of deceased individuals to influence electronic equipment and leave voice messages that can be recorded and analyzed. The conversation covers the history of EVP research, proper recording techniques, and methods for distinguishing genuine spirit voices from audio artifacts and environmental noise. Cook and McBeath examine patterns in EVP communications, including the tendency for voices to respond to direct questions and provide information unknown to the researchers. They discuss the emotional impact of receiving messages from deceased loved ones and the healing potential such communications offer to grieving families. Their presentation includes live demonstrations of EVP techniques and analysis of recorded voices that appear to originate from sources beyond our physical dimension. The episode explores the possibility that death represents a transition rather than an ending, offering hope that consciousness continues beyond bodily existence.

Sep 29

Matt Savinar presents a sobering analysis of peak oil and its devastating implications for modern civilization's survival in the coming decades. As a researcher who has studied global energy production patterns and depletion rates, Savinar warns that the world's oil supplies are approaching their maximum extraction capacity, after which production will irreversibly decline while demand continues growing. His presentation covers the mathematical certainty of resource depletion and the inadequacy of alternative energy sources to replace petroleum's unique properties and energy density. The conversation explores how the end of cheap oil will trigger economic collapse, social upheaval, and geopolitical conflicts as nations compete for remaining resources. Savinar examines the vulnerability of modern agriculture, transportation, and manufacturing systems that depend entirely on abundant petroleum for their operation. He discusses preparation strategies for individuals and communities facing a post-petroleum world, including relocalization of production, sustainable agriculture, and building resilient social networks. His analysis suggests that the transition away from oil dependence will be the defining challenge of the 21st century, requiring fundamental changes to how human societies organize themselves. The conversation serves as both warning and call to action for those willing to face this unprecedented challenge.

Sep 28

J.J. Hurtak explores advanced concepts of human consciousness expansion and humanity's spiritual evolution toward higher dimensions of existence. As a scholar of ancient wisdom traditions and futuristic consciousness research, Hurtak presents techniques for accessing elevated states of awareness that transcend ordinary perception. His work combines mystical traditions with cutting-edge research into the nature of consciousness, suggesting that humans possess latent abilities that can be awakened through proper training and understanding. The discussion covers meditation practices, energy work, and spiritual disciplines that can facilitate direct experience of expanded awareness beyond the limitations of conventional thinking. Hurtak examines the role of sacred geometry, sound frequencies, and light in consciousness transformation, drawing connections between ancient temple practices and modern discoveries about brain function. He presents a vision of human potential that includes telepathic communication, multidimensional perception, and direct access to universal knowledge through consciousness expansion. His teachings suggest that humanity stands at a crucial threshold where expanded awareness becomes necessary for navigating the challenges and opportunities of our evolving reality. The conversation offers practical guidance for those seeking to explore the frontiers of human consciousness.

Sep 27

Michael Shermer offers a rational counterpoint to paranormal claims, examining why extraordinary assertions require extraordinary evidence before acceptance by the scientific community. As publisher of Skeptic magazine and a prominent debunker of pseudoscientific claims, Shermer explains the psychological and cognitive factors that lead people to believe in phenomena that lack empirical support. His analysis covers the importance of controlled testing, peer review, and reproducible results in distinguishing genuine discoveries from wishful thinking or outright fraud. The conversation explores specific cases where paranormal claims have been thoroughly investigated and found wanting, as well as the methods skeptics use to evaluate extraordinary assertions objectively. Shermer discusses the appeal of mystery and the human tendency to find patterns and meaning even in random events, explaining how these natural inclinations can lead to false conclusions about supernatural phenomena. He emphasizes that skepticism serves an important function in protecting society from deception while remaining open to genuine breakthroughs that can survive rigorous scrutiny. His perspective challenges believers to strengthen their evidence while encouraging critical thinking about claims that seem too extraordinary to be true.

Sep 26

Sir Charles Shults III analyzes compelling evidence that suggests Mars may harbor life forms that have remained hidden from conventional detection methods. As a researcher specializing in planetary science and astrobiology, Shults examines recent discoveries that challenge the assumption that Mars is a dead world. His presentation covers anomalous formations captured by orbiting spacecraft, unusual mineral deposits that suggest biological processes, and atmospheric readings that hint at ongoing chemical activity consistent with living systems. The discussion delves into the possibility that Martian life exists in subsurface environments where liquid water and protective conditions might support complex organisms. Shults explores why official space agencies might be reluctant to announce definitive proof of extraterrestrial life, including the profound social and scientific implications such a discovery would create. His analysis includes examination of meteorite evidence and the controversial debate over fossilized microorganisms found in Martian rocks. The conversation raises fundamental questions about life's adaptability and the likelihood that Earth represents the only known harbor for biological complexity in our solar system.

Sep 25

Zeph Daniel presents a controversial thesis that challenges conventional thinking about extraterrestrial encounters, spiritual warfare, and the nature of human souls. Drawing from biblical prophecy, ancient texts, and modern UFO research, Daniel argues that alien abduction experiences may actually represent demonic deception designed to mislead humanity about its spiritual destiny. His analysis connects apparent extraterrestrial contact with end-times prophecy, suggesting that non-human entities are preparing for a final confrontation between good and evil. The conversation explores how advanced technology might be used to simulate alien contact while serving darker spiritual purposes. Daniel examines patterns in abduction accounts that align with traditional descriptions of demonic activity, including the trauma, deception, and spiritual confusion often reported by experiencers. He warns that humanity may be caught in an elaborate deception that exploits our fascination with space travel and advanced civilizations. His perspective challenges listeners to consider whether the extraterrestrial hypothesis adequately explains the full range of anomalous phenomena, or whether a spiritual interpretation provides crucial missing pieces to the puzzle.

Sep 24

Major Ed Dames shares disturbing visions obtained through military-grade remote viewing techniques that paint a troubling picture of humanity's near future. As a former intelligence officer who helped develop the U.S. Army's psychic espionage program, Dames brings decades of experience in using controlled remote viewing to gather information across time and space. His latest sessions focus on potential catastrophic events that could reshape civilization, from natural disasters to technological failures that threaten global stability. The discussion covers Dames' methodology for distinguishing between symbolic and literal information in remote viewing data, as well as his track record of predictions that have materialized. He explores timeline variations and the possibility that focused awareness of potential futures might influence their probability of occurrence. Dames warns that the convergence of multiple threat vectors suggests a period of unprecedented challenges ahead, making his remote viewing work more urgent than ever before. His insights force listeners to consider whether humanity is prepared for the trials that may lie ahead.

Sep 23

Cleve Baxter presents groundbreaking research that challenges our fundamental understanding of consciousness and communication in the plant kingdom. As the original pioneer who discovered that plants respond to human emotions and intentions, Baxter reveals decades of experiments that suggest vegetation possesses a form of awareness far beyond what mainstream science acknowledges. His work demonstrates that plants can react to threats against them before physical harm occurs, respond to the emotional states of their caregivers, and even react to violence committed against other life forms in their vicinity. The conversation explores the implications of primary perception in plants, including real-time polygraph measurements that capture these mysterious responses. Baxter's research extends beyond simple stimulus-response patterns to suggest a deeper interconnectedness between all living things. His findings raise profound questions about the nature of consciousness itself and force us to reconsider our relationship with the natural world around us.

Sep 22

Dr. Tess Gerritsen explores the terrifying possibilities that could turn humanity's greatest achievements in space exploration into our most catastrophic failures. As both a physician and bestselling novelist, Gerritsen brings unique insights to the medical and technological challenges that astronauts face in the hostile environment of space. The conversation delves into scenarios where equipment failures, human error, or unforeseen circumstances could lead to disaster far from Earth's protective atmosphere. From life support system breakdowns to the psychological pressures of isolation, Gerritsen examines how quickly triumph can turn to tragedy when operating at the edge of human capability. Her medical background provides chilling authenticity to discussions of what happens to the human body when things go catastrophically wrong in the vacuum of space. The episode serves as both a tribute to human courage and a sobering reminder of the razor-thin margin between success and disaster in our quest to explore the cosmos.

Sep 21

Dr. David Darling , renowned astronomer and author, examines the possibility that alien civilizations may already be present within our solar system. Could advanced extraterrestrial intelligence be operating in Earth's vicinity while remaining undetected by conventional astronomical surveys? Darling discusses the limitations of current search strategies and why alien presence might go unnoticed if visitors employ technology beyond our understanding. He explores potential hiding places throughout the solar system, including asteroid belts, moons, and regions where artificial objects could exist without triggering detection by existing monitoring systems. The conversation examines theoretical approaches aliens might use to study Earth while maintaining concealment, including miniaturized probes, camouflaged installations, and observation posts. Darling addresses the Drake Equation and statistical arguments suggesting that if intelligent life exists elsewhere, it should already have reached our solar system given the age of the galaxy. He discusses how alien technology might operate on principles unknown to human science, making their presence virtually invisible to our detection methods. The interview explores the implications of alien presence for human development and whether such civilizations might be deliberately avoiding contact until humanity reaches certain technological or social milestones.

Sep 20

Sean David Morton returns with his latest psychic predictions and analysis of current events through his claimed prophetic abilities. Having made numerous predictions on previous shows, Morton presents new forecasts about political developments, natural disasters, and social changes he sees coming in the near future. How accurate have his past predictions proven, and what new challenges does he foresee for America and the world? Morton discusses his methodology for receiving psychic information and distinguishing genuine insight from imagination or wishful thinking. He reviews the accuracy of previous predictions made on the show, addressing both successful forecasts and those that failed to materialize as expected. The conversation covers upcoming presidential elections, potential terrorist attacks, economic fluctuations, and geopolitical shifts that Morton claims to perceive through psychic perception. He discusses the responsibility and burden of claiming prophetic abilities, particularly when predicting negative events that could cause public alarm. Morton addresses criticism from skeptics while maintaining confidence in his psychic abilities and their value for understanding probable future timelines. The interview explores the nature of prophecy and whether future events are predetermined or represent potential outcomes that human choices might alter.

Sep 19

Dr. Jeffrey Long presents compelling scientific evidence that consciousness survives bodily death through his extensive research into near-death experiences. Having studied over 1,300 cases through the Near Death Experience Research Foundation, Long reveals consistent patterns that challenge materialist explanations of consciousness. What happens when medical equipment shows flat brain activity yet patients report detailed, verifiable experiences during clinical death? Long discusses cases where individuals accurately describe events occurring while they were unconscious, including conversations in distant hospital rooms and details impossible to perceive through normal sensory channels. He examines the profound transformational effects of NDEs, noting how experiencers often report enhanced psychic abilities, spiritual insights, and loss of death anxiety. The conversation explores the consistency of NDE elements across cultures, ages, and belief systems, suggesting universal features rather than culturally constructed hallucinations. Long addresses skeptical explanations including oxygen deprivation, medication effects, and brain chemistry changes, demonstrating why conventional theories fail to account for NDE characteristics. He discusses the implications of his research for understanding consciousness as potentially independent of brain function, offering scientific support for spiritual concepts of soul survival beyond physical death.

Sep 18

William Thomas investigates the controversial phenomenon of chemtrails and their potential connection to covert weather modification programs. Are persistent aerial sprays over populated areas evidence of large-scale atmospheric experimentation that could affect human health and climate patterns? Thomas presents extensive photographic documentation and witness testimony describing unusual aircraft emissions that differ significantly from normal contrails in persistence, composition, and formation patterns. He discusses reports from aviation professionals, meteorologists, and military personnel who describe coordinated spraying operations involving unmarked aircraft. The conversation examines potential purposes for atmospheric modification, including weather control, population reduction, or experimental testing of chemical dispersal systems. Thomas addresses health concerns raised by citizens reporting increased respiratory problems coinciding with heavy spray activity in their regions. He explores connections between chemtrail activity and patents for atmospheric modification technologies held by government agencies and defense contractors. The interview examines soil and water testing that allegedly shows elevated levels of aluminum, barium, and other chemicals following spray operations. Thomas discusses official denials and the difficulty of investigating classified programs while presenting evidence that suggests widespread atmospheric manipulation may be occurring without public knowledge or consent.

Sep 17

Lynne McTaggart explores groundbreaking research into the power of human intention to affect physical reality at a distance. Could focused consciousness actually alter matter, influence biological systems, and heal others through invisible energy fields? McTaggart, author of "The Field," presents scientific evidence from quantum physics and consciousness research demonstrating that mind and matter are far more interconnected than previously understood. She discusses experiments showing how human intention can influence everything from random number generators to the growth rate of bacteria and plants. The conversation examines the role of zero-point energy fields in mediating these effects and how meditation and focused intention might tap into fundamental forces of nature. McTaggart describes large-scale intention experiments involving thousands of participants attempting to influence global events and healing outcomes. She addresses the implications of these findings for medicine, prayer, and our understanding of human potential. The interview explores how intention-based healing might work through quantum field effects rather than conventional biochemical mechanisms. McTaggart discusses resistance from mainstream science while presenting compelling data suggesting that consciousness plays an active role in shaping physical reality through mechanisms that challenge materialist assumptions about mind-matter separation.

Sep 16

Tom Kasmer introduces revolutionary Hydristor technology that could transform energy production by extracting power directly from water molecules. What if the solution to the world's energy crisis has been hiding in plain sight within the most abundant substance on Earth? Kasmer explains how his proprietary process separates hydrogen from water more efficiently than conventional electrolysis, potentially providing unlimited clean energy at minimal cost. He describes the technical principles behind Hydristor reactors and their ability to produce hydrogen gas continuously without external energy input beyond initial startup power. The conversation explores the implications of cheap hydrogen production for transportation, electrical generation, and industrial applications that could eliminate dependence on fossil fuels. Kasmer discusses the resistance he faces from entrenched energy interests and the challenges of bringing disruptive technology to market against powerful opposition. He details test results demonstrating energy output that exceeds input, suggesting the technology taps into previously unknown energy sources. The interview examines the potential for distributed energy production that could democratize power generation and reduce environmental impact while addressing skeptical criticism from conventional scientists who question claims of over-unity energy production.

Sep 15

Dr. Rupert Sheldrake presents his groundbreaking theory of morphic resonance, which suggests that nature's patterns are maintained through mysterious fields rather than genetic programming alone. Could invisible organizing forces shape everything from crystal formation to animal behavior and human learning? Sheldrake, a Cambridge-trained biologist, challenges conventional scientific thinking by proposing that memory exists not just in brains but throughout nature itself. He explains how morphic fields could account for unexplained phenomena like simultaneous discoveries, the rapid spread of new behaviors in animal populations, and the sense of being stared at. The conversation explores evidence for morphic resonance in chemistry, biology, and psychology, including experiments showing that laboratory rats learn mazes faster when previous generations have already mastered them. Sheldrake discusses the implications of his theory for evolution, consciousness, and the fundamental nature of reality. He addresses fierce resistance from orthodox scientists while presenting data that suggests information can be transmitted across space and time through non-material means. The interview examines how morphic resonance might explain telepathy, precognition, and other psychic phenomena as natural manifestations of universal memory fields.

Sep 14

Stephan Schwartz explores the practical applications and scientific validation of remote viewing, demonstrating how consciousness can access information across space and time. How does the human mind transcend physical limitations to perceive distant locations and future events with documented accuracy? Schwartz, a researcher who has conducted remote viewing experiments for decades, presents compelling evidence from archaeological discoveries and intelligence applications. He describes successful projects including locating ancient sites, finding lost artifacts, and predicting future events through non-local consciousness. The conversation examines the methodology behind controlled remote viewing experiments and the statistical significance of results that far exceed chance probability. Schwartz discusses the role of remote viewing in military intelligence and its potential applications in medicine, business, and scientific research. He addresses skeptical criticism while presenting data from peer-reviewed studies demonstrating the reality of these phenomena. The interview explores the implications of remote viewing for our understanding of consciousness, suggesting that awareness extends far beyond the physical brain and can access information through unknown mechanisms that challenge materialist assumptions about human capabilities.

Sep 13

Dr. Roger Leir presents his investigation into Brazil's most famous UFO incident, the 1996 Varginha case involving crashed craft and alleged alien recovery operations. Could this Brazilian encounter represent the most well-documented UFO crash since Roswell? Leir, a podiatric surgeon known for removing alleged alien implants, traveled to Varginha to interview witnesses and examine physical evidence. He details testimony from firefighters, military personnel, and civilians who claim to have encountered extraterrestrial beings following the crash of multiple UFOs. The conversation explores the Brazilian government's apparent openness about UFO phenomena compared to American secrecy, with official acknowledgment of unusual events in Varginha. Leir discusses physical evidence including soil samples, vegetation damage, and witness accounts of non-human entities with distinct physical characteristics. He addresses the credibility of multiple independent witnesses and the coordinated response by Brazilian authorities to the incident. The interview examines how the Varginha case differs from other UFO reports through its extensive documentation and official government involvement, potentially representing a breakthrough in UFO evidence gathering and disclosure.

Sep 12

Eric Brende shares his extraordinary journey of abandoning modern technology to embrace Amish-style simple living for 18 months. What happens when a MIT graduate student rejects technological society to discover humanity's relationship with progress and happiness? Brende describes his immersion into a community that deliberately limits technology use, working fields by hand and traveling by horse-drawn buggy. He explores the paradox of modern conveniences that often create more stress rather than leisure, examining how technology can isolate people from meaningful work and community connections. The conversation delves into whether technological progress actually improves quality of life or merely creates new dependencies and anxieties. Brende discusses the physical and psychological benefits of manual labor, the stronger social bonds formed in low-tech communities, and the environmental sustainability of traditional lifestyles. His experience challenges assumptions about progress and development, suggesting that simpler ways of living might offer greater satisfaction and purpose. The interview examines practical aspects of transitioning away from technological dependence while considering which modern conveniences truly enhance human wellbeing versus those that merely complicate life unnecessarily.

Sep 11

Art Bell opens all phone lines for an unpredictable evening of caller stories, with special attention to those claiming time travel experiences. The show features completely unscreened calls covering a vast range of topics, from unusual personal encounters to conspiracy theories and unexplained phenomena. Bell establishes a dedicated time traveler hotline, expressing his belief that if time travel becomes possible in the future, temporal visitors might already be present in our timeline. Callers share stories of missing time, prophetic dreams, and apparent temporal anomalies that suggest reality may be more fluid than commonly understood. The conversation explores theoretical aspects of time travel, including potential rules governing temporal manipulation and the paradoxes such travel might create. Bell discusses how time travelers might logically choose a show like his as a relatively safe venue for revealing their experiences without triggering major historical disruptions. The evening demonstrates the unpredictable nature of open lines programming, where absolutely anything can emerge from the darkness of the American night, creating genuine moments of mystery and wonder alongside more conventional discussions.

Sep 10

Howard Bloom presents a chilling analysis of nuclear terrorism threats facing America in the post-9/11 era. Drawing from intelligence sources and his research into terrorist organizations, Bloom describes how groups like Al-Qaeda have actively sought nuclear materials and weapons since the 1990s. He details the vast quantities of missing Soviet nuclear materials and the real possibility that terrorist organizations have already acquired functional nuclear devices. The conversation explores scenarios involving nuclear submarines falling into terrorist hands, creating virtually undetectable delivery systems for devastating attacks on American cities. Bloom discusses the psychological impact of 9/11 on terrorist recruiting and planning, noting how that "blessed day" inspired increased organizational growth and ambition. He analyzes the difficulty of detecting and preventing nuclear terrorism given the materials' availability and terrorists' demonstrated willingness to sacrifice everything for their cause. The interview examines the inadequacy of current security measures against determined nuclear terrorists and the catastrophic consequences of a successful nuclear attack on American soil. Bloom argues that nuclear terrorism represents an existential threat requiring fundamental changes in national security thinking.

Sep 9

Dr. Steven M. Greer , founder of the Disclosure Project and CSETI, discusses his ongoing campaign to force government revelation of UFO evidence and advanced energy technologies. Following his landmark 2001 National Press Club event featuring military and intelligence witnesses, Greer reports continued resistance from entrenched interests protecting classified information. He describes receiving serious death threats related to his disclosure activities, demonstrating the high stakes involved in challenging official secrecy. The conversation explores Greer's CE-5 initiative, which attempts to make peaceful contact with extraterrestrial civilizations through consciousness-based protocols. He argues that suppressed technologies related to UFO propulsion could solve global energy crises and environmental problems if released to the public. Greer discusses the military-industrial complex's role in maintaining secrecy around these phenomena and advanced technologies. He emphasizes that disclosure represents more than curiosity about UFOs, potentially offering solutions to humanity's most pressing challenges. The interview covers his work training others in contact protocols and the growing international movement demanding government transparency about extraterrestrial presence.

Sep 8

Richard Perez from Home Power Magazine shares practical strategies for achieving energy independence through renewable power systems. Living completely off-grid himself, Perez explains how solar panels, wind power, and energy storage systems can eliminate dependence on traditional utility companies. He details the economics of solar installations, describing how costs have decreased dramatically while efficiency has improved, making renewable energy increasingly viable for average homeowners. The conversation covers both active and passive solar heating systems, demonstrating how homes can be designed to maximize natural energy capture. Perez discusses battery storage technology and backup power systems that ensure reliable electricity even during extended cloudy periods. He addresses common misconceptions about renewable energy limitations, explaining that most locations receive sufficient solar resources for residential power needs. The interview explores incremental approaches to energy independence, allowing homeowners to gradually reduce grid dependence without massive upfront investments. Perez emphasizes the long-term economic benefits and environmental advantages of renewable energy adoption.

Sep 7

Dr. Ronald Klatz , a recognized authority in anti-aging medicine, explains the revolutionary potential of stem cell research to extend human lifespan dramatically. As president of the American Academy of Anti-Aging Medicine, Klatz describes how pluripotent stem cells can differentiate into any of the body's 200 cell types, offering unprecedented healing possibilities. He details how embryonic stem cells show superior therapeutic potential compared to adult stem cells, despite the ethical controversies surrounding their use. The conversation explores current applications in treating heart disease, brain damage, and other degenerative conditions through stem cell injections that naturally migrate to damaged tissue. Klatz addresses the political restrictions limiting embryonic stem cell research in America while other countries advance rapidly in this field. He discusses the practical aspects of stem cell cultivation, including the ability to grow unlimited quantities for therapeutic applications. The interview examines the intersection of stem cell technology with broader anti-aging research, suggesting that dramatic life extension may be achievable within current lifetimes rather than distant future possibilities.

Sep 6

James Bamford , author of "A Pretext for War," delivers a devastating analysis of intelligence failures and political manipulation surrounding the Iraq invasion. Drawing from his decades of experience investigating the NSA and intelligence agencies, Bamford reveals how the Bush administration had predetermined plans to attack Iraq regardless of evidence. He exposes the role of neoconservative intellectuals who advocated regime change in Iraq as early as 1996, long before 9/11 provided political cover. The conversation explores how intelligence was distorted to support predetermined policy goals and why no weapons of mass destruction were found despite confident government assertions. Bamford discusses the deliberate conflation of 9/11 and Iraq in public messaging, creating false associations that persist in public opinion polls. He analyzes the growing insurgency and terrorist influx into Iraq, arguing that American presence has created more problems than it solved. The discussion examines whether the invasion was based on genuine intelligence failures or deliberate deception, with profound implications for American credibility and Middle Eastern stability.

Sep 5

Peter Davenport , director of the National UFO Reporting Center, unveils a revolutionary proposal that could transform UFO research forever. Having collected eyewitness reports for decades with limited scientific progress, Davenport presents a practical solution using passive radar technology to detect unidentified aerial phenomena without government cooperation. His system would listen for radio and television signals reflected off UFOs rather than transmitting active radar beams, making it nearly impossible to detect or jam. Davenport explains how this approach could finally provide objective, repeatable scientific data about UFO activity while avoiding the limitations of eyewitness testimony. The conversation covers the technical aspects of passive versus active radar and why this technology poses potential security concerns for stealth aircraft detection. Davenport discusses the overwhelming response from the MUFON symposium and his belief that such systems could revolutionize our understanding of aerial phenomena. He argues that this democratization of UFO detection technology could force government disclosure by making concealment impossible.

Sep 4

Professor Bart Kosko, an electrical engineering expert from USC, explores the revolutionary potential and terrifying implications of nanotechnology. Kosko explains how nanomaterials operate at the molecular level, creating possibilities that sound like science fiction but are rapidly becoming reality. He discusses current applications in computer chip manufacturing and the exponential growth in nanotechnology patents, with over 8,000 filed in recent years. The conversation delves into military applications, including self-destructing weapons systems and microscopic devices capable of dismantling aircraft carriers at the molecular level. Kosko addresses concerns about nanotechnology's potential for creating ethnically targeted biological weapons while acknowledging the difficulty of such applications. He explores how nanotubes and other nanomaterials could revolutionize everything from body armor to computer processing power. The discussion touches on the philosophical implications of technology that could grant near-omniscience and the economic disruption that nanotechnology might cause across traditional industries.

Sep 3

Charles Smith, a leading expert on cyber technology and warfare, presents alarming scenarios for potential military conflict between the United States and China. Smith reveals how Chinese military-controlled companies like Great Wall Industries have gained access to sensitive American aerospace technologies, potentially compromising national security. He discusses China's development of radiation-hardened computer systems and pre-aimed nuclear missiles targeting the US, warning that traditional military doctrine may be obsolete against Chinese asymmetrical warfare strategies. The conversation explores China's willingness to absorb massive casualties while believing they could survive a nuclear exchange with America. Smith details how Chinese intelligence operatives have infiltrated American political circles and defense contractors throughout the 1990s. He argues that mutual economic dependence offers no protection against conflict, particularly over Taiwan, which remains the most likely flashpoint. The discussion reveals the fundamental misunderstanding between American and Chinese military philosophies, with potentially catastrophic consequences for global stability.

Sep 2

Major Ed Dames , the world's foremost remote viewing teacher and former military intelligence operative, returns to discuss his most chilling prediction yet. Having worked for 20 years in the CIA-funded remote viewing program, Dames reveals terrifying visions of massive solar flares he calls "kill shots" that could devastate Earth's population. Through detailed remote viewing sessions, he identifies specific geographic zones where survival might be possible during this cosmic catastrophe. Dames explains how his team uses consciousness-based tools to peer through time and spot discontinuities that traditional analysis cannot predict. While critics question the timeline accuracy of his predictions, Dames stands by his data showing these unprecedented solar events will reshape civilization. He discusses the psychological burden of viewing such catastrophic futures and his efforts to prepare humanity for what may be an inevitable solar apocalypse. The conversation explores the evolution of remote viewing from military intelligence to civilian applications, including treasure hunting and criminal investigations.

Sep 1

Dr. Evelyn Paglini examines the profound connections between sexuality and spiritual practice throughout esoteric traditions. How do ancient tantric and occult teachings view sexual energy as a pathway to higher consciousness and magical power? Paglini, an expert in esoteric sexuality and occult practices, discusses the role of sexual energy in various mystical traditions, from Eastern tantra to Western ceremonial magic. She explores how sexual practices have been used for spiritual transformation, energy cultivation, and the development of psychic abilities. The conversation covers the distinction between spiritual sexuality and mere physical gratification, addressing how conscious sexual practice can become a form of meditation and self-development. Paglini discusses the historical suppression of sexual spirituality by religious institutions and the modern recovery of these ancient teachings. She addresses common misconceptions about tantric practices while explaining how intimate relationships can become vehicles for mutual spiritual growth and expanded consciousness.

Aug 31

Daniel Pinchbeck explores the transformative potential of psychedelic substances and their role in expanding human consciousness. Could these powerful compounds hold keys to solving personal and planetary crises through radical shifts in awareness? Pinchbeck, author of "Breaking Open the Head," shares his personal journey through various psychedelic experiences and indigenous shamanic traditions. He discusses encounters with DMT, ayahuasca, peyote, and other consciousness-altering substances, describing the profound realizations and spiritual insights they can provide. The conversation examines the therapeutic potential of psychedelics for treating depression, addiction, and trauma, while exploring their capacity to catalyze environmental and social consciousness. Pinchbeck addresses the legal and cultural barriers to psychedelic research and therapy, advocating for renewed scientific investigation into these substances. He discusses the integration of psychedelic insights into daily life and the potential for these experiences to accelerate human evolution and ecological awareness.

Aug 30

In this special Independence Day edition of "The Prophet Show," callers share their visions, dreams, and prophetic insights about America's future. What do ordinary citizens see when they glimpse beyond the veil of present circumstances? Art Bell opens the phone lines to those who have experienced prophetic dreams, supernatural encounters, or intuitive insights about coming events. Callers discuss visions related to natural disasters, political changes, technological developments, and spiritual awakenings. The show explores the democratization of prophecy, examining how prophetic gifts appear across diverse backgrounds and belief systems. Listeners share personal experiences with precognitive dreams that later manifested, encounters with spiritual guides offering warnings or guidance, and intuitive impressions about collective human destiny. This unique format allows for an exploration of prophecy as a grassroots phenomenon, revealing the widespread nature of psychic experiences and their potential significance for understanding our shared future.

Aug 29

John Hogue , perhaps the world's foremost expert on Nostradamus, examines prophecies relevant to our current global situation. What did the 16th-century seer predict about America's role in Middle Eastern conflicts and the challenges facing our nation today? Hogue discusses his remarkably accurate prediction made years earlier on this very program about America becoming embroiled in a major Middle Eastern war under President Bush. He analyzes specific quatrains that appear to describe contemporary events, including terrorism, political upheaval, and climate change. The conversation explores Nostradamus's methodology for encoding future events and the symbolic language used to convey prophetic visions across centuries. Hogue addresses the challenges of interpreting prophetic texts while distinguishing between inevitable futures and potential timelines that human choices might alter. He discusses upcoming predictions that could affect global stability and offers insights into how understanding prophecy might help humanity navigate uncertain times ahead.

Aug 28

Dean Radin presents the latest scientific findings in consciousness research that challenge materialist assumptions about the nature of mind and reality. How do rigorous laboratory studies demonstrate abilities that conventional science insists are impossible? Radin, a respected researcher at the Institute of Noetic Sciences, discusses decades of controlled experiments showing statistical evidence for telepathy, precognition, and psychokinesis. He explains the methodological rigor applied to psi research and addresses common criticisms from skeptical scientists. The interview explores how quantum mechanics may provide theoretical frameworks for understanding consciousness-mediated effects on physical systems. Radin discusses the implications of accepting psi phenomena for our understanding of human potential and the fundamental nature of reality. He addresses the resistance within academic institutions to acknowledging research that contradicts materialist worldviews, while presenting compelling data that suggests consciousness extends far beyond the confines of individual brains.

Aug 27

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath present their ongoing research into Electronic Voice Phenomena, the mysterious voices that appear in recordings without explanation. What happens when the boundary between life and death becomes permeable through technology? These dedicated researchers share their methods for capturing EVPs and the profound personal experiences that have resulted from their work. They discuss the technical aspects of recording unexplained voices, the emotional impact of seemingly communicating with deceased individuals, and the patterns they've observed in these otherworldly transmissions. The conversation explores the controversial nature of EVP research within both scientific and paranormal communities, addressing skeptical explanations while presenting evidence that challenges conventional understanding. Cook and McBeath share specific recordings and describe the protocols they follow to ensure authenticity, offering listeners a rare glimpse into direct contact with what may be consciousness surviving beyond physical death.

Aug 26

David Sereda investigates the remarkable wave of UFO sightings captured on video across Mexico in recent years. Why has Mexico become such a hotbed of documented aerial anomalies, and what do these sightings reveal about the phenomenon? Sereda, a filmmaker and UFO researcher, analyzes multiple video recordings of unusual craft exhibiting flight characteristics that defy conventional explanation. He discusses the credibility of witnesses, including Mexican Air Force personnel who have officially acknowledged encounters with unidentified objects. The interview explores the technical analysis of recorded footage, examining propulsion systems that appear to operate outside known physics. Sereda considers why Mexico's government has been more open about UFO encounters compared to other nations and what this transparency might reveal about the global nature of the phenomenon. The discussion includes implications for understanding non-human intelligence and advanced aerospace technology.

Aug 25

Dr. Lauren Weinstein examines the rapidly eroding landscape of online privacy and digital rights in America. As government surveillance expands and corporate data collection becomes ubiquitous, what freedoms are we surrendering in exchange for convenience and security? Weinstein, a computer scientist and privacy advocate, discusses the technical mechanisms behind data collection and the legal frameworks that enable widespread monitoring of citizens' digital activities. He explains how seemingly innocent online behaviors create detailed profiles that can be used for commercial manipulation or government oversight. The conversation covers emerging technologies that threaten anonymity, the effectiveness of privacy protection tools, and the long-term consequences of accepting a surveillance-based digital society. Weinstein offers practical advice for protecting personal information while highlighting the broader implications of our collective digital footprint for democratic freedoms and personal autonomy.

Aug 24

Sir Charles Shults III presents his extraordinary analysis of what may be fossilized remains discovered on Mars. Could these formations represent evidence of past life on the Red Planet? Shults, a researcher with expertise in geology and astrobiology, shares detailed examination of unusual structures captured in Mars imagery that exhibit characteristics consistent with biological origins. He discusses the scientific methodology behind identifying potential fossils in extraterrestrial environments and addresses the skeptical scientific community's response to such claims. The interview explores the implications of discovering proof of life beyond Earth and how such findings might reshape our understanding of planetary evolution and the prevalence of life in the universe. Shults explains the careful analysis required to distinguish between geological formations and genuine biological remains, presenting evidence that challenges conventional assumptions about Mars' capacity to support life.

Aug 23

Maurice Cotterell returns to explore the profound connections between ancient wisdom and modern scientific understanding. How did civilizations thousands of years ago possess knowledge about solar cycles, consciousness, and spiritual truth that we're only beginning to rediscover today? Cotterell, engineer and author of "The Supergods," presents compelling evidence that ancient cultures understood sophisticated astronomical cycles and their effects on human consciousness. He discusses his groundbreaking research into Mayan and Egyptian knowledge systems, revealing how solar radiation patterns influence fertility, personality, and spiritual development. The conversation delves into how ancient monuments encode astronomical data and spiritual teachings that challenge our understanding of prehistoric capabilities. Cotterell's work suggests that recovering this lost wisdom could be crucial for humanity's spiritual evolution in our current age.

Aug 22

An open lines discussion explores humanity's ultimate fate as callers share their theories about how our world might meet its end. What apocalyptic scenarios keep people awake at night wondering about Earth's final chapter? The conversation ranges across multiple extinction possibilities, from natural cosmic events like asteroid impacts and supervolcanic eruptions to human-caused disasters including nuclear war and environmental collapse. Callers discuss evidence of accelerating climate change, with unprecedented storm systems and weather patterns suggesting fundamental shifts in Earth's atmospheric dynamics. The discussion examines biblical prophecies, ancient predictions, and scientific models that attempt to forecast humanity's survival prospects. Various scenarios emerge from religious apocalypse to technological singularity, pandemic outbreaks to alien intervention. The conversation reveals deep anxieties about civilization's fragility while exploring whether advanced warning systems and preparation might help humanity survive whatever catastrophe awaits. The open format allows diverse perspectives on mankind's mortality and the planet's finite lifespan.

Aug 21

Robert Felix challenges conventional wisdom about global warming, arguing that Earth may be heading toward a devastating ice age rather than continued warming. Could climate scientists have the threat completely backwards? Felix presents evidence suggesting that current warming trends represent the calm before a catastrophic climatic storm that could plunge civilization into a new ice age within decades. The discussion examines historical climate patterns showing how previous ice ages began suddenly, often triggered by volcanic activity that blocks solar radiation and disrupts ocean currents. Felix argues that increased seismic activity and volcanic eruptions worldwide signal an impending shift toward glaciation that will make current global warming concerns obsolete. The conversation explores how unprepared modern civilization would be for such a dramatic climate reversal, with agricultural collapse and mass migration threatening billions of lives. Felix's analysis suggests that focusing exclusively on carbon emissions may distract from more immediate threats posed by natural climate cycles that dwarf human influences on global temperature patterns.

Aug 20

Dr. Michio Kaku celebrates the life and revolutionary contributions of Albert Einstein, exploring how his theories transformed our understanding of reality itself. What drove the greatest mind in physics to unlock the universe's deepest secrets? Kaku, one of the world's leading theoretical physicists and co-founder of string theory, examines Einstein's journey from patent clerk to scientific icon. The conversation explores Einstein's groundbreaking theories of relativity, which shattered Newton's clockwork universe and revealed the malleable nature of space and time. Kaku discusses Einstein's later quest for a unified field theory that would explain all fundamental forces, a dream that continues to drive modern physics. The discussion covers Einstein's philosophical struggles with quantum mechanics and his famous declaration that "God does not play dice with the universe." Kaku reveals how Einstein's work laid the foundation for technologies from GPS satellites to nuclear energy, while his unfinished theories continue inspiring scientists seeking to understand consciousness, parallel universes, and the ultimate nature of existence.

Aug 19

Richard C. Hoagland discusses recent developments in space exploration and their implications for Earth's future, following the shocking murder of cold fusion researcher Dr. Eugene Mallove. Could suppressed energy technologies hold the key to humanity's survival? Hoagland, leading an independent analysis of potential artifacts on Mars, connects ancient civilizations' warnings encoded in zodiacal symbols to modern threats facing our planet. The conversation examines how breakthrough energy technologies might free Earth from dependence on fossil fuels and the vested interests that may suppress such innovations. Hoagland explores the suspicious circumstances surrounding the deaths of researchers working on alternative energy projects, questioning whether powerful forces actively prevent technological advancement. The discussion covers the potential for new physics and energy sources that could transform civilization, while addressing the tragic loss of scientists who dedicate their lives to humanity's betterment. Hoagland argues that breakthrough technologies are essential for Earth's survival and that ancient knowledge may guide us toward solutions.

Aug 18

Budd Hopkins delves into the most controversial aspect of UFO phenomena through his pioneering research into alien abduction experiences. What secrets lie behind the systematic encounters between humans and non-human intelligences? Hopkins, a world-renowned artist turned abduction researcher, explores decades of documented cases involving the alleged kidnapping of humans by UFO occupants. The conversation examines patterns emerging from hundreds of testimonies describing similar medical procedures, psychological testing, and genetic sampling performed aboard alien craft. Hopkins discusses his methodical approach to investigating these claims, including hypnotic regression techniques used to recover suppressed memories of traumatic encounters. The discussion addresses the psychological and physical evidence supporting abduction accounts, from unexplained scars and implants to shared experiences among family members. Hopkins explores the apparent agenda behind these encounters, questioning whether humanity is subject to an ongoing alien study or genetic manipulation program that operates beyond governmental knowledge or control.

Aug 17

Professor Guillermo Gonzales examines the profound question of whether Earth hosts the only life in the universe, considering recent discoveries that challenge our cosmic isolation. Has science finally found evidence that we are not alone? Gonzales, an astronomer specializing in stellar evolution and planetary formation, discusses the discovery of methane and other organic compounds in Mars' atmosphere by the Mars Express spacecraft. The conversation explores how these chemical signatures strongly suggest active biological processes on the Red Planet, as no known geological mechanisms can account for their presence. Gonzales explains the significance of finding short-lived compounds that must be continuously replenished, pointing to ongoing life processes. The discussion expands to consider the implications of confirmed Martian life for the broader search for extraterrestrial intelligence. With billions of potentially habitable rocky planets in our galaxy alone, Gonzales addresses the paradox of why the universe appears so quiet despite the apparent abundance of life-supporting worlds.

Aug 16

Bryan Sykes reveals his groundbreaking genetic research suggesting that the male Y chromosome is deteriorating, potentially leading to the extinction of men within 100,000 years. Is this nature's way of phasing out half of humanity? Sykes, a renowned geneticist from Oxford University, explains how his analysis of the Y chromosome reveals alarming patterns of genetic decay that could spell doom for the male gender. The discussion explores the scientific mechanisms behind chromosome deterioration and why the Y chromosome appears uniquely vulnerable to evolutionary pressures. Sykes presents evidence from his book "Adam's Curse," detailing how mutations accumulate faster than natural selection can eliminate them from the male genetic line. The conversation examines potential implications for human reproduction, society, and the future of our species. Sykes discusses whether technological intervention might prevent this genetic catastrophe and what alternative reproductive strategies might emerge if current trends continue unchecked.

Aug 15

Joe Meyer delivers a sobering analysis of America's economic trajectory, warning of an impending financial collapse that could reshape society as we know it. Could the very foundations of our monetary system be crumbling beneath our feet? Meyer, an economic researcher, dissects the mounting debt crisis, unsustainable spending patterns, and systemic vulnerabilities plaguing the U.S. economy. The discussion examines how artificially low interest rates, massive government deficits, and speculative bubbles have created a house of cards waiting to tumble. Meyer outlines specific scenarios that could trigger economic catastrophe, from currency devaluation to bank failures and social unrest. The conversation explores historical parallels to previous economic collapses and the warning signs that suggest America may be heading toward its own day of reckoning. Meyer's analysis challenges listeners to prepare for potential scenarios where traditional financial systems fail and alternative survival strategies become essential for weathering economic chaos.

Aug 14

George Green presents information he claims originates from extraterrestrial sources regarding humanity's future and our planet's destiny. What revelations await those brave enough to confront messages from beyond our world? Green, who describes himself as a conduit for alien intelligence, shares communications allegedly received from advanced civilizations monitoring Earth's development. The discussion covers warnings about environmental catastrophes, social upheaval, and technological advancement that these entities predict for humanity. Green outlines specific timeframes and events that these extraterrestrial sources claim will unfold, including dramatic changes to Earth's climate and geopolitical structure. The conversation explores the challenge of verifying such extraordinary claims while examining the consistency of these messages with current global trends. Green's presentation forces listeners to consider whether humanity is truly alone and what responsibilities come with potential contact from advanced alien civilizations.

Aug 13

Colm Kelleher explores the mysterious wave of black triangle UFO sightings sweeping across America. Are these massive, silent aircraft of unknown origin evidence of advanced military technology or something far more extraordinary? Kelleher, a biochemist and researcher, presents compelling eyewitness accounts of enormous triangular craft moving at impossible speeds, often appearing near military installations. The discussion delves into the famous Illinois-Missouri sightings of January 2000, where multiple witnesses reported identical encounters with these enigmatic objects. With nearly 500 documented cases, Kelleher examines patterns in the sightings, their concentration around sensitive military bases, and the flight paths that suggest coordinated operations. The conversation reveals how these silent behemoths challenge conventional explanations, leaving investigators grappling with technology that defies current understanding of aerodynamics and propulsion systems.

Aug 12

Sir Charles Shults III , former Martin Marietta aerospace engineer and nuclear weapons systems expert, presents stunning evidence of fossilized life forms discovered in NASA's own Mars rover imagery. Shults reveals how careful analysis of original NASA photographs shows clear fossil structures embedded in Martian rocks, indicating ancient life once flourished on the red planet. He explains his methodical approach to identifying biological remains that NASA apparently missed or ignored in their official analysis. The discussion covers multiple fossil discoveries including what appear to be organized biological structures, layered sedimentary formations, and preserved organic materials. Shults details his aerospace background working on Pershing missiles, Patriot systems, and advanced helicopter technologies before turning to Mars research. He addresses why NASA might be reluctant to acknowledge these discoveries and discusses the implications for understanding life's distribution throughout the solar system. The conversation explores Mars' ancient climate, water evidence, and how the planet's smaller size led to atmospheric loss and biological extinction. Shults reveals how citizen scientists can make important discoveries by carefully examining publicly available space imagery. This episode presents compelling visual evidence that life once existed on Mars while exposing potential institutional blindness to extraordinary discoveries. The discussion challenges official narratives about Mars exploration and suggests that proof of extraterrestrial life may already exist in NASA's own archives.

Aug 11

Michael Fumento , science journalist and biotechnology expert, explores the revolutionary medical advances transforming human health and longevity through genetic engineering and biotechnology. Fumento discusses breakthrough treatments including gene therapy, personalized medicine based on individual genetic profiles, and technologies that could dramatically extend human lifespan. He explains how biotechnology is conquering cancer through targeted therapies that attack specific cellular receptors while leaving healthy tissue unharmed. The conversation covers genetic modification techniques that could eliminate hereditary diseases and enhance human capabilities beyond natural limitations. Fumento addresses safety concerns and regulatory oversight while arguing that biotechnology represents humanity's greatest hope for eliminating suffering and death. He discusses agricultural applications including genetically modified crops that resist disease and provide enhanced nutrition. The program explores controversial topics like human genetic enhancement, cloning technologies, and the potential for creating designer babies with selected traits. Fumento defends biotechnology against critics while acknowledging potential risks and ethical considerations. He explains how genetic mapping projects are revolutionizing medicine and enabling precise treatments tailored to individual patients. This episode provides comprehensive insight into biotechnology's promise and perils while examining how genetic science will reshape human existence. The discussion reveals both the miraculous potential and serious responsibilities accompanying humanity's newfound power over biological systems.

Aug 10

James Gardner presents his revolutionary "selfish biocosm hypothesis," arguing that our universe was deliberately designed by superintelligent beings from a previous cosmic cycle to be life-friendly and capable of evolving intelligence. Gardner proposes that the physical constants of nature are precisely calibrated to produce life and consciousness, suggesting purposeful engineering rather than random chance. He explains how intelligent life's ultimate destiny involves reproducing the universe itself, creating baby universes through advanced physics and technology. The discussion explores cosmic evolution as a vast reproductive cycle where universes literally give birth to successor cosmos, each potentially fine-tuned for greater intelligence development. Gardner addresses the anthropic principle and why our universe appears so perfectly suited for complex life formation. He discusses testable predictions of his theory, including the likelihood of finding independent life origins elsewhere and humanity's role in cosmic reproduction. The conversation covers artificial intelligence, consciousness transfer, and how evolution might continue beyond biological forms into software environments. Gardner explains how this theory bridges science and spirituality while maintaining rigorous scientific methodology. This episode presents mind-expanding concepts about humanity's cosmic purpose and the universe's potential consciousness. The discussion challenges fundamental assumptions about existence while offering a hopeful vision of intelligent life's ultimate significance in cosmic evolution.

Aug 9

Major Ed Dames returns with chilling remote viewing predictions about coming global catastrophes that will fundamentally alter human civilization. As the military's premier remote viewing instructor and trainer, Dames shares disturbing visions of nuclear events, natural disasters, and solar phenomena that threaten humanity's survival. He discusses his accurate prediction of solar activity that recently damaged satellites and warns of more devastating space weather events approaching. Dames reveals remote viewing sessions showing nuclear weapons being used in anger and massive geological upheavals that will reshape continents. His predictions include economic collapse, societal breakdown, and a period he calls "the discontinuity" where normal civilization ceases to function. The discussion covers survival strategies, remote viewing methodology, and why these catastrophic events appear unavoidable in the timeline Dames has observed. He addresses criticism of his previous predictions while pointing to recent confirmations of his forecasts. Dames explains how remote viewing reveals probable futures and discusses the psychological toll of seeing humanity's dark destiny. The conversation touches on biblical prophecy comparisons and whether any intervention might alter these tragic outcomes. This episode presents one of the most disturbing forecasts ever aired, challenging listeners to prepare for unthinkable changes ahead.

Aug 8

Richard Heinberg , author of "The Party's Over: Oil, War and the Fate of Industrial Societies," delivers a sobering analysis of America's dangerous dependence on petroleum and the approaching peak oil crisis. Heinberg explains how cheap energy has fueled 150 years of unprecedented growth and warns that the party is ending as global oil production approaches its maximum capacity. He reveals how 97% of transportation energy comes from petroleum while agriculture depends heavily on fossil fuels for fertilizers, pesticides, and machinery. The discussion covers rising gas prices, Middle East conflicts driven by oil interests, and why alternative energy sources cannot simply replace petroleum's role in modern civilization. Heinberg exposes how oil companies are quietly acknowledging peak oil while positioning themselves for a post-petroleum future. He explains why hydrogen fuel and renewable energy cannot match oil's energy density or infrastructure compatibility. The conversation explores how peak oil will fundamentally transform American society, potentially triggering economic collapse and forcing dramatic lifestyle changes. Heinberg discusses energy conservation strategies and warns that without immediate action, the transition away from oil could be catastrophic rather than managed. This episode provides essential insight into the energy crisis that will define the 21st century and reshape human civilization.

Aug 7

Peter Ward , author of "Rare Earth: Why Complex Life is Uncommon in the Universe," challenges the popular assumption that extraterrestrial life must be abundant throughout the cosmos. Ward presents compelling scientific evidence that while simple microbial life might be common, complex intelligent life like humans could be extraordinarily rare. He explains how specific conditions required for complex evolution are far more unlikely than previously thought, including the right stellar neighborhood, planetary size, magnetic field strength, and moon configuration. The discussion explores how Earth's position in the galaxy, its large stabilizing moon, and perfect atmospheric composition create a nearly impossible combination for complex life development. Ward argues that most planets would remain locked in microbial stages for billions of years, never advancing to multicellular organisms. He addresses the famous Fermi Paradox and explains why we haven't encountered extraterrestrial civilizations despite the vast number of stars and planets. The conversation covers mass extinction events, planetary formation, and the delicate balance required for life to persist and evolve. This episode offers a sobering scientific perspective that suggests humanity might be far more unique and precious than we've imagined, fundamentally challenging our assumptions about life in the universe.

Aug 6

Sarah James joins Art Bell for an extraordinary exploration of poltergeist phenomena and the disturbing sexual component of paranormal encounters. This open lines program features callers sharing deeply personal experiences with ghostly activity, supernatural encounters, and unexplained phenomena that defy conventional explanation. James, an expert in paranormal research, helps analyze reports of haunting activity that includes physical manifestations, mysterious sounds, and disturbing sexual elements. The discussion reveals how frequently sexual themes appear in paranormal encounters, from astral experiences to poltergeist activity. Callers describe everything from benevolent spiritual visitations to terrifying supernatural attacks that blur the line between physical and metaphysical reality. The program addresses why sexual energy seems intrinsically connected to paranormal phenomena and explores the psychological and spiritual implications of these encounters. James provides expert insight into distinguishing between different types of supernatural activity and understanding the motivations behind paranormal manifestations. This episode represents groundbreaking radio as Art Bell tackles a taboo subject that affects thousands of people worldwide. The combination of expert analysis and real-time caller experiences creates a compelling examination of paranormal sexuality that challenges our understanding of both human consciousness and supernatural reality.

Aug 5

Russell Targ , co-founder of Stanford Research Institute's legendary psychic research program, reveals the secret world of government-sponsored remote viewing operations. As the physicist who developed remote viewing protocols for the CIA and military intelligence agencies, Targ shares fascinating details about psychic espionage during the Cold War. He explains how remote viewers successfully located Soviet submarines, described foreign military installations, and provided actionable intelligence that amazed agency directors. The program ran for over two decades, producing remarkable results that convinced skeptical intelligence officials of psychic phenomena's reality. Targ discusses famous sessions where remote viewers accurately described distant targets, including classified facilities and hidden objects. He addresses the scientific methodology behind controlled remote viewing and how ordinary people can develop these abilities. The conversation explores the intersection of consciousness and physics, touching on quantum mechanics and the nature of psychic perception. Targ reveals why the program was eventually shut down despite its successes and addresses common misconceptions about ESP research. This episode provides unprecedented insight into one of the military's most closely guarded secrets and demonstrates how psychic abilities have been weaponized by intelligence agencies.

Aug 4

John Lear, son of Learjet founder Bill Lear and legendary airline pilot, returns to discuss his decades-long investigation into UFO phenomena and government cover-ups. Lear shares insider knowledge about Area 51, secret government projects, and what he learned from whistleblower Bob Lazar about extraterrestrial technology. Drawing from his unique aviation background and high-level security clearances, Lear reveals disturbing information about alien-human interactions and the multi-layered secrecy surrounding UFO programs. He discusses the 38 levels of classification above top secret, explaining how even presidents are kept in the dark about the most sensitive extraterrestrial information. The conversation explores alien technology, underground bases, and why disclosure remains unlikely despite mounting evidence. Lear provides chilling details about what he calls the "alien agenda" and how humans are viewed as "containers" by extraterrestrial beings. His revelations touch on everything from crashed UFO retrievals to ongoing alien-government cooperation. This episode captures the extraordinary claims of one of ufology's most controversial figures, whose aviation credentials and father's aerospace legacy lend unique credibility to his shocking assertions about humanity's place in a larger cosmic reality.

Aug 3

David Race Bannon joins Art Bell for an explosive discussion about Broadband over Power Lines (BPL), a technology that threatens to destroy America's emergency communications infrastructure. This program reveals how power companies, backed by the FCC, are pushing a system that could wipe out ham radio, citizens band radio, and critical emergency services communication. Bannon exposes how BPL interference would devastate everything from aircraft navigation and explosive detection systems to police and fire department radios. Art Bell warns this represents a sellout of public safety for corporate greed, as FEMA itself has stated the technology would virtually destroy their emergency communication capabilities. The discussion covers how this nightmare technology operates through electrical outlets in homes and businesses, creating massive radio frequency interference across multiple bands. Ham radio operators and emergency services personnel face an unprecedented threat to systems that have saved countless lives during disasters. This episode serves as an urgent wake-up call about a technology being deployed nationwide without public awareness of its catastrophic implications for emergency preparedness and national security.

Aug 2

Nick Cook investigates the reality of antigravity technology and zero-point energy applications. This respected aerospace journalist's decade-long investigation has uncovered compelling evidence that antigravity is not only possible but actively being developed by advanced research programs. Cook explains how his pursuit of antigravity led him to discover connections with zero-point energy, a revolutionary power source that could transform space exploration and terrestrial energy needs. Recent scientific publications, including articles discussing zero-point energy mining for interstellar travel, validate the importance of these emerging technologies. The conversation covers beam energy weapons and their potential applications in space-based defense systems. Cook's research reveals how these exotic technologies could solve humanity's energy crisis while opening pathways to the stars. His findings suggest that breakthrough physics may already be further advanced than publicly acknowledged. This fascinating exploration into cutting-edge science offers hope for revolutionary technological solutions to humanity's greatest challenges.

Aug 1

Benjamin Baruch shares his prophetic visions of America's approaching tribulation period. This biblical researcher explains how his supernatural experiences revealed America's destiny as described in ancient prophecies, where the nation appears symbolized as an eagle facing divine judgment. Baruch describes standing in a future timeline during his visions, witnessing the aftermath of catastrophic events including nuclear fallout descending from the sky. His prophetic insights suggest America will face judgment before the final tribulation period described in biblical writings. The discussion explores how current global tensions and terrorist activities serve as harbingers of these coming events. Baruch's visions provided specific details about environmental and political catastrophes that align with biblical prophecy. His appearance on television programs has brought wider attention to these urgent warnings about America's spiritual and physical future. This sobering exploration of prophetic revelation offers listeners a glimpse into the trials that may await the nation.

Jul 31

Michael Horn, authorized American media representative for Billy Meier, presents the most documented UFO case in history. This comprehensive examination covers Meier's decades-long contacts with extraterrestrial beings and the extensive evidence supporting his claims. Horn discusses the remarkable photographs, film footage, and metal samples that distinguish the Meier case from other UFO reports. The conversation explores Meier's face-to-face encounters with visitors who are not the commonly reported Pleiadians but beings from a different stellar region entirely. Horn addresses the skepticism surrounding the case while presenting evidence that has withstood decades of scientific scrutiny. The discussion includes analysis of prophecies and warnings delivered through these contacts, many of which have proven remarkably accurate. Recent discoveries in Antarctica add context to the contacts' revelations about Earth's hidden history. This thorough exploration of the Meier material offers the most comprehensive look at what may be humanity's most significant extraterrestrial contact case.

Jul 30

Jim Motavelli examines the accelerating crisis of global warming and climate change. With NASA releasing new reports highlighting the severity of environmental threats, this environmental expert analyzes how rapid climate shifts could bring conditions not seen since the dinosaurs' extinction. The discussion covers government scientists' apocalyptic warnings about global warming's potential to recreate prehistoric environmental catastrophes. Motavelli explains how climate change now ranks as a more serious threat than terrorism according to leading scientific authorities. The conversation explores corporate responses to environmental challenges and how major companies are adapting their strategies to address climate realities. Recent developments in climate research reveal disturbing trends that suggest accelerating environmental breakdown. Motavelli's analysis of current climate data provides a sobering assessment of humanity's environmental future. This urgent discussion highlights the critical need for immediate action to address what may be civilization's greatest challenge.

Jul 29

Professor Jan Newcomb Hodges shares his pioneering work in robotics and advanced technology development. This distinguished engineer built the first robot to enter the crippled Three Mile Island reactor, demonstrating how automated systems can operate in environments too dangerous for humans. Hodges has continued developing robotic solutions for law enforcement and other critical applications, advancing the field through practical innovations. His extensive background includes decades of lecturing and technology development since 1990, establishing him as a foremost leader in emerging technologies. The discussion covers the evolution of robotics from nuclear disaster response to modern applications in security and exploration. Hodges explains how artificial intelligence and mechanical engineering combine to create machines capable of complex tasks in hazardous situations. His insights into future technological developments reveal how robotics will continue transforming human capabilities and expanding our reach into previously inaccessible realms.

Jul 28

Brian Greene , Columbia University professor of physics and mathematics, illuminates the mind-bending realities of modern cosmology and superstring theory. This renowned physicist, with credentials from Harvard and Oxford, explains how recent discoveries challenge our fundamental understanding of space, time, and the nature of existence itself. Greene discusses the concept of the Dark Ages following the Big Bang, when the universe existed in a state before light and matter formed into recognizable structures. His groundbreaking work in superstring theory reveals how reality may consist of multiple dimensions beyond our perception, with profound implications for understanding consciousness and the cosmos. The conversation explores how quantum mechanics intersects with relativity, creating paradoxes that push the boundaries of human comprehension. Greene's accessible explanations make complex theories understandable while maintaining their revolutionary impact. This exploration into the deepest mysteries of physics offers listeners a glimpse into the true nature of reality.

Jul 27

Aaron Donahue presents his controversial approach to remote viewing through Luciferian thought forms and consciousness expansion. This certified remote viewing instructor spent three years in total seclusion, developing his ability to psychically perceive the mathematical constant Pi and other complex targets. Donahue's unconventional methodology combines ancient philosophical concepts with modern remote viewing protocols, creating a unique system for accessing hidden information. His recent appearances on Japanese television have demonstrated his abilities to international audiences, while his teachings challenge traditional religious and metaphysical boundaries. The discussion explores how Luciferian principles can enhance psychic perception and provide deeper insights into reality's hidden structures. Donahue explains his preparation methods and the mental disciplines required for accurate remote viewing sessions. His radical approach offers a darker yet potentially more powerful path to consciousness expansion than conventional spiritual practices typically provide.

Jul 26

William Buhlman guides listeners through the extraordinary world of out-of-body experiences and astral projection. This leading expert in consciousness exploration explains how the mind and astral body can separate from physical form, allowing individuals to traverse non-physical dimensions of reality. Buhlman details the techniques and conditions that facilitate these profound experiences, distinguishing between spontaneous projections and those achieved through dedicated practice. He addresses common misconceptions about astral travel while sharing insights from his extensive research into consciousness expansion. The discussion covers the emotional and spiritual implications of OBEs, including how these experiences transform people's understanding of their true nature. Buhlman emphasizes that what many call the astral body represents our authentic self, temporarily freed from physical constraints. His practical guidance offers hope for those seeking to explore these higher dimensions of human consciousness.

Jul 25

Major Ed Dames , a pioneer in remote viewing, returns with disturbing predictions about humanity's immediate future. This master of consciousness-based intelligence gathering warns that World War III looms closer than most realize, while an alien life form maintains a telepresence on Earth that SETI completely misses in their misguided search strategies. Dames reveals his insights about Earth's most intelligent non-human species, describing a creature that's remarkably intelligent but definitely not one for cuddling. His remote viewing sessions have uncovered strange objects on Mars' surface and provided updates on his ongoing investigation into ghostly phenomena. The former military intelligence officer discusses how current global tensions, particularly the emerging avian flu pandemic he previously predicted, serve as harbingers of the catastrophic events he sees approaching. His sobering assessment of humanity's trajectory offers a chilling glimpse into what remote viewing reveals about our planet's destiny.

Jul 24

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath bring their groundbreaking work in electronic voice phenomena to explore the mysterious realm of spirit communication. These dedicated researchers utilize cutting-edge digital technology to capture voices from beyond in locations ranging from graveyards to abandoned prisons, adhering to the highest quality standards in their investigations. Their meticulous approach to EVP recording has yielded compelling evidence of post-mortem consciousness, challenging conventional understanding of life after death. The duo shares their most remarkable captures and discusses the technical methodologies that have revolutionized this field of paranormal research. They explain how modern equipment has enhanced their ability to document clear, intelligent responses from discarnate entities. This fascinating exploration offers listeners direct audio evidence of survival beyond physical death, presenting some of the most convincing spirit communications ever recorded.

Jul 23

Robert Zimmerman , space policy analyst and author, provides expert commentary on the current state of American space exploration following President Bush's announcement of new Mars exploration initiatives. The discussion occurs against the backdrop of the successful Mars rover missions, examining both the achievements and fundamental problems facing NASA and the broader space program. Zimmerman critically analyzes the Space Shuttle program, the International Space Station's troubled development, and the financial realities constraining ambitious exploration goals. He addresses the human factors affecting long-duration space missions, including radiation exposure, bone density loss, and psychological challenges that crews would face during multi-year Mars expeditions. The conversation explores the emerging commercial space industry, space tourism possibilities, and international competition in space exploration efforts. Zimmerman discusses the technical and logistical challenges of establishing sustainable human presence on Mars, questioning whether current NASA management and budget constraints allow for realistic achievement of stated goals. He examines the role of robotic versus human exploration, debating the cost-effectiveness and scientific value of each approach. The program covers recent developments in space technology, private sector involvement, and the changing political landscape affecting space policy decisions. Throughout the discussion, Zimmerman maintains a realistic perspective on space exploration's future while acknowledging both the inspiring possibilities and sobering obstacles facing humanity's expansion beyond Earth.

Jul 22

Sean David Morton , renowned futurist and psychic investigator, returns to share his predictions for 2004 after eleven years of appearing on the program with a remarkable track record of accuracy. Morton explains his unique methodology of accessing future events through meditation and psychic probing of the time-space field, often receiving both visual and auditory information about coming events. He discusses his previous successful predictions made on the show between 1997-1999, particularly regarding global terrorism and conflict scenarios that later materialized. The conversation covers his analysis of current world events, potential terrorist activities, and geopolitical developments that may unfold throughout the year. Morton addresses the challenge of determining whether predicted events are fixed in time or can be altered through awareness and preparation. He shares insights from his book "Future Prospects of the World According to the Bible Code," which combines his psychic impressions with biblical prophecy analysis. The discussion explores the responsibility that comes with foreseeing potential disasters and whether publicizing such predictions might help prevent them or inadvertently contribute to their manifestation. Morton's approach blends traditional psychic methodology with careful observation of current trends, creating a unique perspective on humanity's immediate future. The program balances entertainment with serious consideration of prophecy's role in understanding our collective destiny.

Jul 21

Art Bell hosts an unrestricted open lines program, allowing callers to discuss any topic while breaking news emerges about climate change research that eerily parallels his science fiction novel "The Coming Global Superstorm" co-authored with Whitley Strieber. The evening takes a dramatic turn as Art reads a breaking story from The Independent revealing that global warming may trigger a new ice age within decades through disruption of North Atlantic ocean currents. This real-world development mirrors the exact scenario described in their book, causing Art visible excitement and concern about the implications. Callers discuss a wide range of topics including the recently landed Mars Opportunity rover, computer equipment failures, and various paranormal experiences. The conversation touches on missing time phenomena, UFO encounters, and consciousness-related experiences as listeners share their personal stories. Between calls, Art updates listeners on the Mars mission's progress and his own ham radio antenna expansion projects. The program demonstrates the unpredictable nature of live radio while highlighting how science fiction can sometimes become prophetic science fact. The coincidence between fictional climate catastrophe scenarios and emerging real research creates an underlying tension throughout the broadcast, suggesting that speculative thinking may sometimes glimpse genuine future possibilities.

Jul 20

Dr. Garland Landrith explores the fascinating realm of mass consciousness and the untapped power of collective human mind focus. The discussion delves into consciousness as potentially the ultimate force in the universe, examining how directed group meditation and prayer might influence physical reality on a global scale. Landrith explains the difference between ordinary consciousness focused on objects and "pure consciousness," which he describes as the fundamental field underlying all mystical experiences regardless of religious tradition. The conversation covers research into group meditation effects, including studies suggesting that large-scale focused consciousness can reduce crime rates, influence weather patterns, and create measurable changes in random event generators worldwide. They discuss the Global Consciousness Project and its findings about collective human response to major events like September 11th. Landrith addresses the quantum nature of mind, suggesting consciousness operates beyond traditional time and space limitations, potentially explaining precognitive abilities and remote influence phenomena. The discussion explores practical applications, from redirecting hurricanes to promoting world peace through coordinated meditation efforts. However, they also examine the ethical implications of consciousness manipulation and the importance of maintaining pure intentions when accessing these deeper levels of awareness. The program presents consciousness not just as individual awareness but as a collective field with profound untapped potential.

Jul 19

Gerald Celente , director of the Trends Research Institute and publisher of the Trends Journal, delivers his sobering predictions for 2004 and beyond based on careful analysis of current social, economic, and political trajectories. Known for his accurate forecasting track record, Celente warns of economic instability, social demoralization, and increasing authoritarianism in American society. His bullet points for the year include potential mutiny in Iraq, the continuing decline of the Catholic Church as a major institution, terrorism trends, and wild cards that could devastate the economy while stripping away more civil liberties. He predicts income and benefit decline for most US workers, the growing gap between rich and poor, and the emergence of a "sheep-like society" increasingly willing to surrender freedoms for perceived security. Celente forecasts a recession by 2006, discusses gold as an investment hedge, and analyzes the effects of the war on terror on tourism and international relations. He explains his methodology of tracking current events to project future outcomes, distinguishing his approach from pure prediction by grounding forecasts in observable trends. The conversation covers entertainment industry changes, clean food movements, real estate futures, and the miserable holiday sales figures that didn't make mainstream news, painting a comprehensive picture of America's trajectory in the new millennium.

Jul 18

Peter Davenport , director of the National UFO Reporting Center and former biotech company president, discusses the current state of UFO investigation and his frustrations with the field's progress after decades of collecting witness reports. With over 27,000 cases documented on his website and 200,000 daily visitors, Davenport questions whether endless report collection truly advances our understanding of the phenomenon. He shares his journey from childhood witness to serious investigator, describing his first sighting over St. Louis Municipal Airport in 1954 and subsequent encounters throughout his life. The conversation explores systemic issues preventing breakthrough discoveries, including potential government suppression, media disinterest, and the challenge of moving beyond anecdotal evidence. Davenport discusses alleged connections between UFO sightings and unusual military activities, referencing his reports of UFO presence during aircraft intercepts in 1998. He expresses concern about the intellectual stagnation within ufology and advocates for new approaches to achieve scientific recognition. The discussion touches on the relationship between UFO phenomena and religious beliefs, examining how various faith traditions might respond to confirmed extraterrestrial contact. Despite his growing weariness with report-taking, Davenport remains committed to documenting these experiences while seeking more productive paths toward understanding.

Jul 17

Dr. Richard Boylan , retired clinical psychologist and researcher, presents his compelling theory about "Star Children" currently living among us as the next phase of human evolution. According to Boylan's research, these individuals represent hybrid offspring from ongoing genetic engineering programs conducted by extraterrestrial visitors over millennia. He argues that the entire human race itself originated from alien genetic manipulation approximately 275,000 years ago, with Star Children representing the latest upgrade to address humanity's persistent problems with warfare and environmental destruction. Drawing from Sumerian tablets, mitochondrial DNA research, and contemporary abduction accounts, Boylan traces a pattern of successive genetic improvements to the human species. He estimates that Star Children comprise one to five percent of the current population, possessing enhanced psychic abilities, advanced intelligence, and greater spiritual awareness. The discussion explores whether this represents benevolent guidance from advanced civilizations or potentially more complex motivations. Boylan addresses skeptical perspectives from researchers like David Jacobs while maintaining that these visitors operate as "handmaidens of creation" rather than conquerors seeking Earth's resources. The conversation challenges listeners to consider humanity's place in a larger cosmic community and our potential evolutionary destiny.

Jul 16

Lynn Buchanan, one of the military's most accomplished remote viewers from the CIA's formerly classified program (1984-1992), discusses his new book "The Seventh Sense" and reveals the true nature of psychic abilities. As the unit's trainer and training officer, Buchanan explains the crucial difference between natural psychic ability and controlled remote viewing, emphasizing that the military method provides systematic control over inherent human capabilities. He describes how everyone possesses a "seventh sense" beyond the traditional five physical senses and intuition, which can be trained and harnessed through specific methodologies developed by pioneers like Ingo Swann. The conversation delves into the practical applications of remote viewing for locating missing persons, intelligence gathering, and even exploring existential questions about human origins. Buchanan addresses controversies within the remote viewing community and discusses his current work through Problems Solutions Innovations, providing pro bono services to law enforcement. He candidly reflects on the failure of psychics to predict 9/11, explaining the ethical constraints that prevented government remote viewers from pursuing such targets without official tasking. The discussion illuminates both the potential and limitations of human consciousness exploration.

Jul 15

George Ure joins the program to discuss his collaboration with Cliff, an inventor who has developed revolutionary web bot technology for forecasting future events through internet data mining. This cutting-edge system scans the web for linguistic patterns and emotional language trends to predict major world events months or even years in advance. Most remarkably, their web bot successfully predicted a major world-changing event in July 2001, months before September 11th occurred. Ure explains how the technology works by analyzing the collective unconscious as expressed through internet communications, essentially tapping into humanity's psychic forecasting abilities on a massive scale. The system has since made predictions about economic events, terrorism, and social upheavals with startling accuracy. Despite facing constant cyber attacks from unknown sources attempting to shut down their research, they continue developing this technology that bridges the gap between intuition and hard data. The conversation explores the implications of being able to forecast the future and whether such knowledge carries moral obligations about warning humanity.

Jul 14

Leland Gregory , former Saturday Night Live writer and co-author of "America's Dumbest Criminals," brings his collection of the most hilarious emergency calls ever made to 911 dispatchers. With the Spirit rover having just successfully landed on Mars, Art celebrates this historic achievement while exploring the lighter side of human nature through Gregory's recordings. From callers asking for help with belly button lint to confused individuals seeking assistance with household appliances, these authentic audio clips reveal the bizarre situations that emergency operators face daily. Gregory shares stories of intoxicated drivers, confused criminals calling for help while stuck in windows during break-ins, and citizens treating 911 like a general information service. Between fits of laughter, the discussion touches on the serious side of emergency work and the psychological toll on dispatchers. The evening serves as both entertainment and a tribute to the professionals who handle our genuine emergencies with patience and professionalism.

Jul 13

Art Bell concludes the Annual Predictions Show tradition on New Year's Eve 2003, ringing in 2004 while collecting final predictions from listeners as midnight travels across time zones worldwide. This special edition captures the unique atmosphere of a changing year, with callers making their most thoughtful predictions about major events expected to occur during 2004. The show emphasizes the experimental nature of collective prediction-making, encouraging listeners to tap into their intuitive abilities and share genuine insights about the future. Art Bell explains the numbering system used to catalog each prediction for later verification and discusses the importance of making specific, measurable forecasts rather than vague generalizations. The conversation acknowledges the challenges of predicting the future while celebrating the human desire to understand what lies ahead. Callers contribute diverse predictions about political events, natural disasters, technological developments, and social changes anticipated in the new year. This culminating show of the prediction series creates a comprehensive record of listener expectations and intuitive insights as 2003 transitions into 2004.

Jul 12

Art Bell opens the traditional Annual Predictions Show for 2004, inviting listeners to share their visions of major events that will unfold in the coming year. This special open lines program assigns numerical values to each prediction for future verification, creating a permanent record of prophetic insights from the listening audience. Callers contribute predictions covering everything from natural disasters and political upheavals to technological breakthroughs and social changes expected to shape 2004. The show emphasizes the importance of thoughtful consideration before making predictions, encouraging listeners to clear their minds and focus on genuine intuitive insights about future events. Art Bell explains the prediction tracking system and reviews the limited number of predictions made for 2003 due to his retirement activities during the previous year's show. The conversation covers the methodology for recording and later evaluating prediction accuracy, creating an ongoing experiment in collective precognition. This first night of the annual tradition sets the stage for the following evening's continuation of 2004 predictions.

Jul 11

Professor James McCanney challenges conventional space science with his revolutionary theories about the electric universe and privately-funded space exploration initiatives. The discussion examines how private entrepreneurs are developing alternatives to NASA's expensive and bureaucratic approach to space travel, potentially opening space access to civilian populations. McCanney critiques NASA's fundamental assumptions about space being electrically neutral, presenting evidence that electromagnetic forces play a crucial role in planetary motion and cosmic phenomena. The conversation explores the astronomical costs of traditional space programs and how private industry might dramatically reduce the price per pound for launching materials into orbit. McCanney discusses his opposition to mainstream space science theories, presenting alternative models for understanding solar system dynamics and the role of electricity in space. Art Bell and McCanney examine the future of space exploration, including private spacecraft missions to the Moon and Mars, and how independent research might reveal discoveries that challenge established scientific paradigms about the nature of our universe.

Jul 10

Richard C. Hoagland analyzes the mysterious Mars missions and the European Mars Express probe's findings while discussing the statistical anomalies surrounding failed Mars exploration attempts. The conversation examines why Mars missions experience such a high failure rate compared to other planetary exploration programs and explores theories about potential interference with Earth's robotic explorers. Hoagland discusses recent photographs from Mars missions, including intriguing images that suggest more than natural geological formations on the Red Planet's surface. The show delves into NASA's approach to Mars exploration, the agency's public statements versus potential hidden discoveries, and the possibility that ancient civilizations once existed on Mars. Art Bell and Hoagland examine the European Space Agency's Mars Express mission, comparing international approaches to Mars exploration with American efforts. The discussion covers the technical challenges of Mars missions, unexplained communication losses, and whether the high failure rate represents normal space exploration difficulties or something more mysterious protecting Mars from human investigation.

Jul 9

Ron Fink explores the rapidly advancing world of robotics technology and its implications for humanity's future in this fascinating discussion about artificial intelligence and automation. The conversation examines Sony's impressive articulating robots and the sophisticated technology driving the modern robotics revolution that's capturing public imagination worldwide. Fink discusses the practical applications of robotic systems, from industrial automation to personal assistance devices, and how these technologies are reshaping employment markets and social structures. The show delves into the philosophical implications of advanced robotics, including Asimov's laws of robotics and scenarios where artificial intelligence might make decisions about human welfare that conflict with our survival instincts. Art Bell and Fink examine the potential for robots to become so sophisticated that they could determine humanity's fate based on their programming priorities. The discussion covers mapping technology, autonomous systems, and the delicate balance between beneficial automation and the possibility that highly advanced robots might view human behavior as ultimately self-destructive, leading to interventions that could prove deadly for many.

Jul 8

James Van Praagh , the number one New York Times bestselling author and arguably the most famous medium of our time, demonstrates his extraordinary ability to communicate with spirits of the deceased during this remarkable show. The world-renowned psychic medium explains how he developed his gift from childhood experiences seeing spirits and lights around people to becoming a professional bridge between the living and the dead. Van Praagh describes the telepathic process of spirit communication, how deceased individuals maintain their personalities and specific memories, and the detailed verification he provides to grieving families seeking contact with lost loved ones. The discussion explores the afterlife's structure, how spirits adapt to their new existence, and the emotional healing that occurs when successful contact is established. Through live demonstrations and detailed explanations of his methodology, Van Praagh addresses skepticism while providing compelling evidence that consciousness survives physical death and that communication across the veil is not only possible but healing for both sides.

Jul 7

Professor Michio Kaku, the renowned theoretical physicist from City University of New York, examines nuclear terrorism scenarios and the terrifying possibilities facing humanity in the post-9/11 world. The Harvard-educated scientist, whose textbooks are required reading at top physics laboratories worldwide, discusses the accessibility of nuclear materials and the realistic threats posed by non-state actors seeking weapons of mass destruction. Kaku analyzes various nuclear accident scenarios, debunking the myth that nuclear power has never killed anyone while referencing suppressed incidents from his graduate school days. The conversation explores the physics behind nuclear weapons, the vulnerabilities in nuclear security systems, and how easily radioactive materials could be weaponized by terrorists. Art Bell and Kaku examine the delicate balance between nuclear energy benefits and catastrophic risks, discussing early warning systems, emergency protocols, and the psychological impact of living under constant nuclear threat in an increasingly unstable world.

Jul 6

Harry Helms , author of over a dozen technical books, exposes the hidden power structures operating behind America's visible government in this eye-opening discussion about shadow government operations. Following the capture of Saddam Hussein, callers and Helms explore conspiracy theories about body doubles, staged operations, and political timing designed to influence upcoming elections. The conversation examines how intelligence agencies operate outside traditional oversight and the methods used to control information flow to the public. Helms discusses the historical development of shadow government structures, their connections to various intelligence operations, and how these organizations maintain power across different presidential administrations. The show delves into the psychology of conspiracy thinking while examining legitimate concerns about unaccountable government agencies. Art Bell and callers debate whether recent political events represent genuine intelligence successes or carefully orchestrated propaganda designed to manipulate public opinion and electoral outcomes.

Jul 5

Dr. Nick Begich returns with alarming updates about HAARP's expanded operations and the ionospheric research facility's increasing power levels in Alaska. The researcher warns about the potential health effects on populations as the facility dramatically increases its electromagnetic output and discusses the technology's capacity for weather modification and atmospheric manipulation. Begich explores how HAARP's high-frequency transmissions can affect the ionosphere and examines the broader implications of this electromagnetic technology on climate patterns and human biology. The discussion covers the facility's military applications, its connections to Tesla's original research, and why the public remains largely unaware of HAARP's true capabilities. Art Bell and Begich analyze recent changes to the program and the escalating power levels that have scientists concerned about unintended consequences for both the environment and human health across vast geographic regions.

Jul 4

Dr. Stephen Greer, founder of the Disclosure Project and CEO of Space Energy Access Systems, reveals explosive details about extraterrestrial contact and government cover-ups spanning decades. The emergency physician turned UFO researcher discusses classified information about alien recoveries, live extraterrestrial beings in government custody, and the sophisticated technology being reverse-engineered from crashed craft. Greer explains how President Eisenhower's encounters with alien representatives led to the insertion of "In God We Trust" on currency and the manufactured Cold War as a diversion from UFO activities. He exposes NASA's true role in sanitizing space information and details the shadow government's compartmentalized control over extraterrestrial contact. The conversation delves into the spiritual implications of alien contact, their advanced consciousness capabilities, and why disclosure remains suppressed despite overwhelming evidence from military witnesses.

Jul 3

Bob Lazar returns to discuss his work with alien propulsion systems at Area 51's S-4 facility and his current research into alternative energy technologies. The controversial scientist describes his alleged experiences reverse-engineering extraterrestrial spacecraft and the advanced propulsion methods that defy conventional physics. Lazar explains element 115 and its role in gravity amplification systems that could revolutionize transportation and energy production. He discusses his ongoing work with United Nuclear, developing alternative energy systems and exploring unconventional physics concepts inspired by his claimed exposure to alien technology. The conversation covers the scientific principles behind alleged UFO propulsion, including gravity wave manipulation and space-time distortion. Lazar addresses ongoing skepticism about his credentials and claims while maintaining the authenticity of his experiences at the classified facility. He explores the implications of advanced propulsion technology for solving energy crises and enabling interstellar travel. The interview examines government secrecy surrounding advanced technology and the potential for revolutionary breakthroughs in physics and engineering. Lazar's unique perspective combines alleged insider knowledge of extraterrestrial technology with practical applications for humanity's energy and transportation challenges, offering hope for technological solutions to global problems.

Jul 2

Neuroscientist Matthew Alper presents his controversial thesis that religious experience originates in specific brain structures rather than divine contact. Author of "The God Part of the Brain," Alper argues that humans evolved neural circuitry dedicated to generating spiritual experiences as an evolutionary adaptation to cope with awareness of death. He explains how brain imaging studies of praying nuns and meditating monks reveal consistent patterns of neural activity in regions associated with religious experience. Alper suggests that all religious traditions access the same neurological pathways, explaining why mystical experiences share common elements across cultures despite different theological frameworks. He addresses the philosophical implications of his research, arguing that understanding the biological basis of religious experience doesn't necessarily negate spiritual reality but provides insight into how humans process the divine. The conversation explores whether religious experience represents genuine contact with transcendent reality or simply neurological phenomena shaped by evolution. Alper discusses the adaptive value of religious belief in promoting survival and social cohesion while acknowledging the profound meaning these experiences provide to believers. This challenging interview questions fundamental assumptions about consciousness, spirituality, and the nature of religious experience, offering a scientific perspective on humanity's deepest spiritual questions.

Jul 1

Electronic surveillance expert Roger Tolces reveals the shocking extent of modern surveillance capabilities and how virtually anyone can become a target of electronic monitoring. Drawing from decades of experience detecting and countering surveillance operations, Tolces explains the sophisticated techniques used by government agencies, corporations, and private investigators to monitor communications and activities. He discusses the evolution of surveillance technology from simple wiretaps to advanced digital monitoring systems that can track every electronic activity. Tolces reveals how the infrastructure for mass surveillance has been built into America's communication systems, making privacy increasingly difficult to maintain. The conversation covers various surveillance methods including audio bugs, video monitoring, computer infiltration, and cellular phone interception. He shares case studies of clients who discovered they were being monitored and the methods used to detect and counter these operations. Tolces addresses the legal and ethical implications of pervasive surveillance while providing practical advice for protecting privacy. The discussion explores how surveillance technology affects individual freedom and democracy, painting a disturbing picture of a society where privacy may become extinct. This eye-opening interview exposes the hidden world of electronic surveillance and its impact on modern life.

Jun 30

UFO researcher Peter Davenport from the National UFO Reporting Center shares compelling new cases before Professor Bart Kosko explores the cutting-edge worlds of nanotechnology and fuzzy logic. Davenport discusses recent sightings and the ongoing challenge of documenting and investigating UFO phenomena in an age of increasing skepticism. The program then shifts to Professor Kosko, a pioneer in fuzzy logic and artificial intelligence, who explains how these revolutionary technologies are transforming our world. Kosko describes nanotechnology's potential to create molecular-scale machines capable of repairing human tissue, enhancing intelligence, and fundamentally altering the nature of matter itself. He explores fuzzy logic systems that can handle uncertainty and approximate reasoning, making machines more intelligent and adaptable. The discussion covers both the promises and perils of these emerging technologies, including potential applications in medicine, computing, and artificial intelligence. Kosko addresses concerns about nanotechnology's weaponization and the ethical implications of enhancing human capabilities. The conversation examines how these technologies might change the fundamental nature of human existence and our relationship with machines, offering both unprecedented opportunities and existential challenges for humanity's future.

Jun 29

Dr. Simeon Hein revolutionizes crop circle research by demonstrating that human-made formations can produce the same anomalous energy effects as naturally occurring ones. The founder of the Institute for Resonance reveals startling findings from his field research with expert crop circle makers in England, documenting extraordinary phenomena including balls of light, telepathic experiences, and electromagnetic anomalies surrounding man-made circles. Dr. Hein challenges the fundamental assumption that only "genuine" crop circles possess mysterious properties, arguing instead that the sacred geometry and patterns themselves create the effects regardless of origin. He discusses his background in remote viewing and subtle energy research, explaining how consciousness interfaces with these geometric forms. The program also features Professor Ramon Lopez discussing the unprecedented solar flare activity occurring during this period, with massive X-class flares threatening satellite communications and affecting Earth's magnetic field. The connection between solar activity and mysterious phenomena on Earth provides additional context for understanding unusual energy effects. Dr. Hein's groundbreaking research suggests that the true mystery of crop circles lies not in their creation but in their ability to generate profound consciousness-altering experiences.

Jun 28

Professor M.R. Franks presents his fascinating theory of parallel universes and their role in explaining miracles and divine intervention. Drawing from quantum physics and cosmology, Professor Franks argues that multiple realities exist simultaneously, with God operating at the quantum level to influence events across parallel dimensions. He explains how quantum mechanics suggests that every possible outcome of any event actually occurs in separate parallel universes, creating an infinite multiverse of possibilities. According to his non-atheistic interpretation, divine intervention occurs through quantum transitions between these parallel realities, allowing for genuine miracles that don't violate natural laws. Professor Franks discusses how this theory reconciles scientific understanding with religious faith, suggesting that prayer and divine action operate through quantum mechanics rather than supernatural suspension of physics. He addresses criticism from both scientific and religious communities while maintaining that his model provides a rational framework for understanding spiritual phenomena. The conversation explores implications for free will, destiny, and the nature of consciousness across multiple dimensions. This thought-provoking discussion offers a unique perspective on the intersection of science and spirituality.

Jun 27

Legendary pilot John Lear breaks his decade-long silence to deliver shocking revelations about UFOs and government cover-ups. The son of Learjet inventor Bill Lear, with over 19,000 flight hours and extensive CIA connections, Lear presents what he claims is the true UFO briefing the government would give if forced to reveal the facts. He details alleged secret agreements between the US government and extraterrestrial beings, describing recovered craft, alien technology, and the massive infrastructure built to handle ongoing contact. Lear claims the cover-up began in the 1930s and involves extensive underground facilities, reverse-engineered alien technology, and deliberate disinformation campaigns. He discusses his relationship with Bob Lazar and their observations at Area 51, providing insider details about classified projects and alien propulsion systems. The interview explores allegations of human abductions, alien bases on the Moon and Mars, and the true nature of extraterrestrial presence on Earth. Lear explains why he believes the government can never reveal the truth, citing concerns about societal collapse and loss of control. This explosive interview challenges everything we think we know about the UFO phenomenon.

Jun 26

Whitley Strieber returns to discuss his ongoing visitor experiences and recent discoveries about his past. The renowned author of "Communion" shares new insights into his alien encounters, revealing previously suppressed memories from his childhood and early life. Strieber discusses the psychological and spiritual impact of his experiences with non-human intelligences, describing how these encounters have shaped his understanding of consciousness and reality. He explores the phenomenon of missing time, implanted memories, and the complex relationship between visitors and their human contactees. The conversation delves into the nature of these beings, their apparent agenda, and the transformative effect they have on those who encounter them. Strieber addresses the skepticism surrounding his accounts while maintaining the authenticity of his experiences. He discusses the broader implications of the visitor phenomenon for humanity's future and our place in the cosmos. The interview examines the intersection of science, spirituality, and the unknown, as Strieber continues to be one of the most articulate voices in describing these profound encounters with otherworldly intelligence.

Jun 25

Art Bell hosts the annual Halloween tradition of Ghost to Ghost AM, broadcasting live on October 31st with a special caller-driven format. This spine-chilling program features real ghost stories from listeners across the country, with Art carefully screening submissions to present the most compelling and frightening encounters. Callers share personal experiences of supernatural phenomena, from haunted houses and spectral apparitions to mysterious voices and unexplained occurrences. The show explores the fundamental question of whether human consciousness survives death, examining evidence through firsthand accounts of paranormal activity. Art emphasizes the importance of these stories in understanding mortality and the possibility of life after death. Throughout the night, listeners recount encounters with deceased relatives, poltergeist activity, and otherworldly communications. The program creates an atmosphere of suspense and wonder as ordinary people describe extraordinary experiences that challenge our understanding of reality. This annual tradition continues to provide a platform for those seeking to share their most profound supernatural encounters.

Jun 24

Dr. Allan Botkin joins Art Bell to discuss his groundbreaking therapeutic technique called Induced After-Death Communication (IADC). Building on Eye Movement Desensitization and Reprocessing (EMDR) therapy, Dr. Botkin has developed a revolutionary method that allows grieving individuals to have meaningful spiritual contact with deceased loved ones. The Chicago-area psychologist explains how his "core-focused EMDR" approach helps patients process trauma while unexpectedly facilitating profound spiritual experiences. Through detailed case studies, he describes how patients report vivid, healing encounters with the departed that bring closure and peace. Dr. Botkin addresses the skepticism surrounding his work while maintaining that these experiences are genuine spiritual communications, not hallucinations. He discusses the therapeutic benefits, potential risks, and the careful protocols needed for this powerful technique. The conversation explores the implications for our understanding of consciousness, death, and the possibility of an afterlife, offering hope to those struggling with grief and loss.

Jun 23

Paul Moller presents his revolutionary Skycar technology alongside an extraordinary interview with Nemo, a self-proclaimed living vampire, in this unique exploration of advanced transportation and supernatural existence. Moller discusses his decades-long development of the M400 Skycar, a personal flying vehicle designed to transform urban transportation through vertical takeoff and computer-controlled flight systems. His detailed explanation covers the engineering challenges of creating a practical flying car, including propulsion systems, safety protocols, and the regulatory hurdles preventing widespread adoption of personal aviation technology. The conversation examines how Skycars could revolutionize commuting, reduce traffic congestion, and provide emergency transportation in remote areas. Interwoven with this technological discussion is Nemo's startling account of vampiric existence, describing the physical and psychological aspects of requiring human blood for survival while maintaining a secret existence within modern society. Nemo explains the vampire community's hidden social structure, their methods for obtaining sustenance without harming victims, and the supernatural abilities that accompany their condition. This fascinating juxtaposition of futuristic technology and ancient supernatural phenomena creates a compelling dialogue about the boundaries between science fiction and reality.

Jun 22

Dr. Michio Kaku , theoretical physicist and futurist, explores the cutting edge of modern physics and its implications for understanding reality itself. Kaku's discussion spans multiple dimensions, parallel universes, and the fundamental forces that govern cosmic existence, revealing how advanced physics is reshaping our understanding of space, time, and consciousness. He examines string theory's prediction of additional spatial dimensions beyond our three-dimensional experience and discusses how these hidden realms might influence physical reality. The conversation delves into quantum mechanics, wormhole physics, and the possibility of faster-than-light travel through manipulation of spacetime geometry. Kaku addresses the practical applications of theoretical physics, including potential technologies for time travel, teleportation, and communication across vast cosmic distances. He explores the intersection of consciousness and quantum physics, examining whether human awareness plays a fundamental role in determining physical reality. The dialogue covers the search for a unified theory of everything that would reconcile quantum mechanics with general relativity and explain the deepest mysteries of existence. Kaku's visionary perspective illuminates how today's impossible physics may become tomorrow's revolutionary technologies, fundamentally transforming human civilization and our place in the cosmos.

Jun 21

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath present their groundbreaking research into Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP) and the scientific documentation of ghostly communications. Their investigation reveals how spirits of the deceased can manipulate electronic equipment to transmit messages from beyond the grave, captured through sophisticated recording techniques and audio analysis. Cook and McBeath demonstrate actual EVP recordings that clearly contain human voices speaking from unknown sources, often providing specific information about their identities and circumstances of death. The conversation explores the technical aspects of EVP capture, including optimal recording environments, equipment modifications that enhance spirit communication, and methods for distinguishing authentic paranormal voices from radio interference or audio artifacts. They discuss their most compelling cases, including spirits who have provided verifiable historical information and messages of comfort to grieving families. The researchers examine the implications of their findings for understanding consciousness survival after death and the nature of the afterlife itself. Their work suggests that human awareness persists beyond physical death and can find ways to communicate with the living through electromagnetic manipulation. This fascinating exploration of spirit communication offers compelling evidence that death may not represent the end of human consciousness.

Jun 20

Major Ed Dames provides critical updates on remote viewing operations and emerging global threats detected through psychic surveillance techniques. Dames, former military remote viewer and founder of Psi Tech, shares his latest findings about future events perceived through controlled remote viewing protocols developed by the U.S. intelligence community. His presentation includes alarming predictions about natural disasters, geopolitical conflicts, and potential extraterrestrial contact scenarios that remote viewers have consistently identified across multiple sessions. The program features technical analyst Harry Helms examining the scientific methodology behind remote viewing and its track record of successful intelligence gathering. Dames discusses the evolution of remote viewing from classified military programs to civilian applications, revealing how trained psychics can access information across time and space barriers. The conversation explores specific prediction techniques, target acquisition methods, and the psychological training required to separate authentic psychic data from mental noise. Dames addresses criticism from the scientific community while presenting documented cases of remote viewing successes that saved lives and influenced military operations. This urgent briefing illuminates how psychic espionage continues to provide strategic intelligence about threats that conventional surveillance cannot detect.

Jun 19

Robert Miles recounts his extraordinary encounter with an interdimensional phenomenon that transported him to what he describes as a "safe space" during a moment of mortal peril. Miles' harrowing experience began during a life-threatening situation when reality itself seemed to shift, removing him from immediate danger and placing him in an otherworldly environment of protection and healing. His detailed account explores the nature of this mysterious sanctuary, describing entities that provided guidance and comfort during his temporary residence in this parallel realm. The conversation examines the psychological and spiritual transformation Miles underwent while in this safe space, including profound insights about the nature of consciousness, time, and dimensional boundaries. Miles discusses how this experience changed his understanding of death, survival, and the protective forces that may exist beyond ordinary perception. He addresses skeptical explanations including near-death experiences and trauma-induced hallucinations, while maintaining that his encounter represented genuine contact with benevolent interdimensional beings. This thought-provoking dialogue explores the possibility that protective dimensions exist alongside our reality, accessible during moments of extreme need and offering refuge for human consciousness in times of crisis.

Jun 18

Dr. Roger Leir presents shocking physical evidence of alien implants surgically removed from abduction witnesses in his renowned investigation known as "the story of the claw." Leir's meticulous surgical procedures have yielded mysterious objects displaying properties that defy conventional scientific explanation, including isotopic compositions resembling meteorite samples and electromagnetic emissions that shouldn't exist in biological tissue. The program features testimony from Mike Heiser examining the religious implications of extraterrestrial intervention and Richard C. Hoagland providing analysis of broader cosmic phenomena. Leir discusses the advanced technology embedded within these implants, their apparent tracking and monitoring functions, and the aliens' sophisticated understanding of human anatomy and neurology. The conversation explores how these devices integrate with human nervous systems without triggering immune responses, suggesting biotechnology far beyond current human capabilities. Witnesses describe memories returning after implant removal, indicating possible consciousness control mechanisms. This compelling evidence presentation challenges the scientific establishment's dismissal of alien contact while documenting what may be the most tangible proof of extraterrestrial intervention in human affairs.

Jun 17

Dr. Ronald Klatz , founder of the American Academy of Anti-Aging Medicine, reveals cutting-edge medical interventions that could dramatically extend human lifespan. Klatz discusses revolutionary hormone replacement therapies, genetic treatments, and cellular regeneration techniques that address aging at its biological roots rather than merely treating age-related symptoms. His research encompasses growth hormone therapy, telomere restoration, and antioxidant protocols that have shown remarkable success in reversing markers of aging in clinical trials. The conversation explores how anti-aging medicine combines traditional medical knowledge with emerging biotechnology to optimize human longevity and vitality. Klatz examines the psychological and social implications of significantly extended lifespans, addressing concerns about overpopulation and resource allocation in a world where people routinely live past 120 years. He discusses the current state of life extension research, upcoming breakthrough treatments, and the ethical considerations surrounding human enhancement technologies. The dialogue reveals how anti-aging medicine is transitioning from experimental treatments to mainstream medical practice, offering hope for a future where aging becomes an optional rather than inevitable aspect of human existence.

Jun 16

Douglas Mulhall , pioneering nanotechnology journalist and researcher, unveils the revolutionary potential and hidden dangers of molecular engineering. Mulhall's exploration of nanoecology reveals how atomic-scale machines could transform everything from medicine to manufacturing, potentially solving global environmental crises or creating unprecedented threats to human survival. He discusses breakthrough applications including molecular assemblers that could build any object from basic atoms, nanobots capable of repairing cellular damage from within the human body, and self-replicating systems that might revolutionize resource production. The conversation examines the convergence of nanotechnology with robotics and genetics, creating possibilities for enhanced human capabilities and extended lifespans. However, Mulhall also warns of catastrophic risks including the "gray goo" scenario where self-replicating nanomachines could consume all organic matter on Earth. He addresses the regulatory challenges facing this emerging field and the race between beneficial applications and potential weaponization. This forward-looking discussion illuminates how nanotechnology represents both humanity's greatest opportunity for advancement and its most existential technological threat.

Jun 15

David Jacobs, historian and leading UFO researcher, presents his groundbreaking analysis of the alien abduction phenomenon. Drawing from decades of research and hundreds of witness testimonies, Jacobs reveals disturbing patterns in abduction accounts that suggest a systematic agenda behind extraterrestrial contact. His investigation uncovers consistent elements across cases: medical examinations, genetic sampling, and hybrid breeding programs that point to a long-term alien intervention in human affairs. Jacobs discusses the evolution of abduction experiences, the psychological profiles of witnesses, and the physical evidence that supports their claims. He examines the alien hierarchy, their advanced technology, and their apparent goal of creating human-alien hybrid beings for purposes that remain ominously unclear. The conversation explores the aliens' ability to control human consciousness, their sophisticated understanding of human biology, and the implications of their continued presence on Earth. Jacobs' meticulous research methodology and sobering conclusions challenge listeners to confront the possibility that humanity may be subjects in an extraterrestrial experiment of unprecedented scope.

Jun 14

Dr. Evelyn Paglini, a practicing witch and occult expert, joins Art Bell to explore the real world of magic and witchcraft. What begins as a controversial discussion about legitimate magical practices evolves into a fascinating examination of ancient wisdom traditions and their modern applications. Paglini explains the fundamental principles behind spell work, energy manipulation, and the true nature of magical practice, distinguishing authentic craft from Hollywood misconceptions. She discusses the ethics of magical intervention, the role of intention in manifestation, and how practitioners harness natural forces to create change in their lives and communities. The conversation delves into protection spells, healing rituals, and the psychological aspects of magical practice, revealing how traditional witchcraft offers both spiritual guidance and practical solutions. Paglini addresses common fears and misconceptions about witchcraft while emphasizing the responsibility that comes with wielding these ancient arts. This enlightening dialogue offers listeners a rare glimpse into a world where ritual and reality intersect.

Jun 13

Physicist James McCanney challenges conventional weather theory by proposing that solar wind and plasma physics, rather than terrestrial heating patterns, are the primary drivers of Earth's weather systems. McCanney presents his alternative model that explains extreme weather events through electromagnetic interactions between Earth and the solar environment, arguing that traditional meteorology fails to account for the energy sources that truly control our climate. The conversation covers his research into theoretical celestial mechanics and plasma physics, examining how solar activity directly influences terrestrial weather patterns through mechanisms ignored by mainstream science. McCanney discusses the electrical nature of the universe, the role of plasma in atmospheric phenomena, and how his theories explain the increasing intensity of storms, hurricanes, and other extreme weather events. Art explores the implications of this revolutionary approach to understanding climate, the resistance from established meteorological institutions, and what McCanney's model predicts for future weather patterns. The interview challenges listeners to reconsider fundamental assumptions about what drives the complex systems that govern Earth's atmosphere.

Jun 12

Art Bell opens the phone lines for an unscreened "Contact Night," inviting callers to share their experiences with alien encounters, UFO sightings, and otherworldly phenomena. This special evening of open lines creates a portal for listeners to report their most extraordinary experiences without the usual screening process, allowing for spontaneous and unpredictable conversations about extraterrestrial contact. The program features a diverse array of callers sharing first-hand accounts of UFO sightings, alien abductions, telepathic communications, and other paranormal encounters that suggest we are not alone in the universe. Art facilitates discussions about the nature of alien contact, government cover-ups, and the ongoing presence of non-human intelligence on Earth. The show captures the raw, unfiltered testimonies of ordinary people who believe they have experienced contact with beings from other worlds, creating a fascinating collection of contemporary folklore and genuine mystery. This open format allows for the most unusual and compelling stories to emerge naturally from the listening audience.

Jun 11

Author Craig Winn explores the fundamental causes of international terrorism through his infiltration of terrorist organizations and direct interviews with Al-Qaeda operatives. Following the September 11th attacks, Winn embarked on a dangerous mission to understand the mindset and motivations of those who commit acts of terror, representing himself as an author seeking to tell their story. The conversation reveals his six-hour session where terrorists were paraded through a room to share their perspectives, providing unprecedented insight into the grievances and justifications used by those who perpetrate violence. Winn discusses the link between Islamic ideology and terrorist activities, examining the root causes that drive individuals to commit mass murder in the name of their beliefs. Art and his guest explore the complex relationship between religion, politics, and violence, while examining potential solutions to the ongoing threat of international terrorism. The interview offers a sobering look at the ideological foundations of modern terrorism and the challenges facing those who seek to understand and combat this global threat.

Jun 10

Canadian inventor John Hutchison discusses his controversial electromagnetic experiments that allegedly produce gravity-defying levitation and material transformation effects. Hutchison details the phenomena that bear his name, describing how his unique combination of electromagnetic fields can cause metal objects to levitate, bend, and undergo molecular changes that seem to defy conventional physics. The conversation covers the dramatic raid by Canadian police on his laboratory, the confiscation of his equipment, and the ongoing scientific controversy surrounding his work. Hutchison explains his experimental setup, the unpredictable nature of the effects he produces, and his theories about why traditional science cannot explain or replicate his results. Art examines the potential military applications of the Hutchison Effect, the government interest in his research, and the broader implications for our understanding of gravity, electromagnetism, and the fundamental forces of nature. The interview provides a firsthand account of one of the most debated phenomena in fringe science today.

Jun 9

Major Ed Dames , the controversial former military remote viewing instructor known as "Dr. Doom," returns with his latest predictions and insights from the world of psychic espionage. As an original member of the U.S. Army's prototype remote viewing training program, Dames discusses the government's now-admitted $20 million investment in psychic surveillance techniques over many years. The conversation covers his current remote viewing projects, training methods, and the practical applications of controlled psychic perception that were developed for intelligence gathering. Dames shares his techniques for accessing information across time and space, while addressing both the successes and limitations of remote viewing protocols. Art explores the intersection between psychic abilities and military intelligence, the ongoing debate about the program's effectiveness, and Dames' characteristic doomsday predictions based on his remote viewing sessions. The discussion provides insight into one of the most secretive and controversial programs in modern military history.

Jun 8

Art Bell dedicates one phone line exclusively to callers claiming to have traveled through time, responding to overwhelming listener demand for the popular time traveler line. This special open lines show features a mix of regular callers and those purporting to have experienced temporal displacement, creating an evening of extraordinary claims and thought-provoking conversations. Art explains the loose criteria for the time traveler line, welcoming anyone who believes they have actually experienced time travel in any form. The program explores various theories about temporal mechanics, parallel timelines, and the possibility that time travel technology may already exist in classified government programs. Callers share their alleged experiences with time displacement, encounters with future versions of themselves, and warnings about coming events, while Art navigates between skepticism and open-minded inquiry. The show demonstrates the enduring fascination with time travel and temporal paradoxes while providing a platform for some of the most unusual testimonies ever heard on the program.

Jun 7

Adair Butchins examines the intersection of modern cosmology and human consciousness, exploring how scientific discoveries about the universe impact religious and spiritual beliefs. As an expert on the philosophical implications of astrophysics, Butchins discusses how recent cosmological findings challenge traditional religious worldviews while simultaneously opening new avenues for understanding consciousness and our place in an infinite universe. The conversation delves into Einstein's cosmological principle, the discovery that the universe is most probably infinite, and what this means for the existence of intelligent life beyond Earth. Butchins addresses the apparent conflicts between scientific cosmology and Christian beliefs, while exploring areas where religion and science might find reconciliation. The discussion examines fundamental questions about consciousness itself, including whether animals possess awareness similar to humans, and how our expanding understanding of the cosmos reshapes humanity's relationship with the divine and our conception of existence itself.

Jun 6

Science fiction author and technology expert Wil McCarthy explores the revolutionary concept of programmable matter and its potential to transform our world. As a former chief technology officer for an aerospace research corporation and contributing editor for Wired Magazine, McCarthy discusses how programmable matter involves creating materials that can change their properties on command using only electrons, with no moving parts required. The conversation covers the practical applications currently being developed by leading technology companies, from self-assembling structures to materials that can alter their shape, density, and functionality at the molecular level. McCarthy draws from his latest novel "The Wellstone" to illustrate how this technology might evolve, while addressing both the incredible possibilities and potential dark sides of matter that can be programmed and reprogrammed. Art and his guest examine how this emerging field could revolutionize manufacturing, construction, and even space exploration within the coming decades.

Jun 5

Art Bell hosts his final show before retirement on New Year's Eve 2002, dedicating the entire broadcast to listener predictions for 2003. This emotional farewell episode features Art reviewing the 123 predictions made by listeners for 2002, evaluating their accuracy as the year comes to a close. He opens the phone lines exclusively for listeners to call in with their predictions for the coming year, creating a time capsule of expectations and concerns for 2003. Throughout the program, Art reflects on his years hosting the show, thanks his dedicated staff in the Medford office who are losing their jobs due to the closure, and expresses gratitude to his listeners who have supported him through the years. The show becomes a bittersweet celebration of the program's legacy while looking ahead to an uncertain future, with Art promising potential occasional returns to help George Noory when needed.

Jun 4

George Lutz returns to share his firsthand account of the terrifying events that made the Amityville Horror case legendary. On this night before retirement, Art explores the supernatural phenomena that drove the Lutz family from their Ocean Avenue home after just 28 days. George details the unexplained cold spots, mysterious odors, and disturbing occurrences that plagued their family, including his personal encounters with malevolent presences and the psychological toll of living in a house steeped in tragedy. The conversation delves into the skeptics who questioned their story, the lasting impact on his family, and the continuing paranormal activity that followed them even after leaving Amityville. George provides intimate details about the investigation process and offers his perspective on what truly happened in that infamous house where the DeFeo murders occurred just one year before their arrival.

Jun 3

This special Christmas broadcast features highlights from Art Bell's most memorable interviews with the enigmatic Mel Waters, whose accounts of bottomless holes have captivated audiences and sparked countless investigations. The compilation revisits Mel's original discovery of an apparently infinite hole on his Washington state property, measured to depths exceeding 80,000 feet without reaching bottom, and its mysterious properties including the ability to restore dead animals to life. The program includes Mel's harrowing experiences with government seizure of his property, his exile to Australia, and his eventual return to discover a second similar hole in Nevada with different characteristics. These Nevada holes, known to local Basque shepherds for generations, emit strange black beams of light and possess unusual thermal properties that keep the surrounding area warm during winter months. Mel's encounters with military surveillance, corporate interests, and indigenous folklore create a complex narrative spanning multiple states and years of investigation. The compilation captures the evolution of one of radio's most enduring mysteries, from simple property oddity to possible interdimensional phenomena with national security implications. This retrospective allows listeners to experience the complete Mel Waters saga and draw their own conclusions about these extraordinary claims.

Jun 2

Major Ed Dames , the world's foremost remote viewing expert known as "Dr. Doom," returns to discuss his latest psychic intelligence findings and provide updates on global threats facing humanity. Following Art's reunion with the mysterious Mel Waters and his bottomless hole phenomena, Dames applies his technical remote viewing protocols to analyze these anomalous locations and their potential significance. As creator of remote viewing methodology and former military intelligence operative, Dames shares his ongoing research into extraterrestrial presence on Earth, suggesting these beings may be humanity's ancient progenitors rather than recent visitors. The conversation covers his specialized training programs that transform ordinary individuals into skilled remote viewers capable of accessing information across time and space. Dames discusses specific targets his team has been viewing, including potential catastrophic events and timeline markers that could affect global stability. His reputation for accurate predictions, though often dark in nature, provides valuable intelligence about approaching challenges humanity must prepare to face. The episode combines the mysterious elements of Mel's paranormal holes with the scientific discipline of military-trained psychic spying, creating a unique perspective on hidden realities.

Jun 1

Internationally recognized psychic Sylvia Browne shares her disturbing visions for 2003 in what she describes as one of the most challenging prediction sessions of her career. Unlike her typical optimistic forecasts, Browne struggles to find positive elements in her psychic impressions of the coming year, seeing instead a period of unprecedented global turmoil and transformation. She discusses specific timeline concerns, including the possibility that ancient Mayan calendar calculations may actually end in 2003 rather than 2012, suggesting an accelerated approach to prophesied earth changes. Browne's predictions encompass geopolitical upheavals, natural disasters, and spiritual awakening as humanity faces critical challenges that will determine its future direction. She describes psychic barriers that prevent her from seeing clearly beyond certain dates, joining other psychics and remote viewers who encounter similar temporal walls in their future observations. The conversation explores whether these vision blockages indicate the end of time itself or simply massive paradigm shifts that will fundamentally alter human consciousness. Browne's reluctant delivery of these dark predictions, combined with her three-century legacy of psychic accuracy, makes this episode particularly sobering for those seeking glimpses of humanity's immediate future.

May 31

Dr. Michio Kaku , renowned theoretical physicist and professor at City College of New York, explores the mind-bending implications of string theory and its potential to unlock the deepest mysteries of the universe. As one of the world's leading authorities on theoretical physics, Kaku explains how string theory represents the only viable candidate for a "theory of everything" that could unify all fundamental forces of nature. The conversation delves into parallel universes, higher dimensions, and the possibility that reality consists of vibrating strings existing in multiple dimensional frameworks. Kaku discusses how string theory's mathematical elegance provides solutions to physics problems that have puzzled scientists for decades, including the nature of gravity, quantum mechanics, and the origin of the universe itself. He explores the concept of dark matter and energy, suggesting that higher octaves of string vibrations might exist invisibly around us, making up most of the universe's missing mass. The discussion touches on practical implications, including potential applications for energy production and space travel that could revolutionize human civilization. Kaku's accessible explanations make complex physics concepts understandable while maintaining the wonder and profound implications of these theoretical breakthroughs.

May 30

Professor Jon Beckwith from Harvard University discusses the profound ethical implications of scientists creating artificial life forms in laboratory settings. As a pioneering geneticist who made breakthrough discoveries in the early days of genetic research, Beckwith now expresses serious reservations about the direction of modern biotechnology. The conversation centers on recent announcements by researchers planning to create single-celled organisms with the minimum genetic material necessary to sustain life, essentially manufacturing living beings from scratch. Beckwith explores the scientific hubris involved in playing God with the fundamental building blocks of existence and the potential catastrophic consequences if these artificial organisms escape containment. He discusses his transformation from an enthusiastic genetic researcher to a cautious advocate for ethical oversight in biological sciences. The discussion examines how creating hybrid organisms using human stem cells to produce human sperm in mice represents a troubling leap toward a brave new world of biological manipulation. Beckwith's Harvard perspective provides crucial insight into the scientific community's responsibility to consider long-term consequences rather than pursuing knowledge without moral boundaries.

May 29

Dr. Steven M. Greer , founder of CSETI and the Disclosure Project, advocates for a radically different understanding of extraterrestrial visitation based on his extensive research and contact experiences. Greer argues that alien visitors are fundamentally benevolent beings whose peaceful intentions have been systematically misrepresented by military and government agencies. He presents documented evidence that human forces have actually attacked extraterrestrial craft, shooting down peaceful reconnaissance missions and creating an adversarial relationship with advanced civilizations. Through his disclosure work with hundreds of military and intelligence witnesses, Greer reveals a pattern of aggressive human responses to alien contact attempts. He emphasizes that these visitors possess technology far beyond our capabilities yet have shown remarkable restraint despite being fired upon. The conversation challenges conventional UFO narratives of abduction and threat, instead presenting aliens as concerned observers trying to guide humanity toward spiritual and technological advancement. Greer's message warns that continued military aggression toward these beings could have catastrophic consequences for human civilization, advocating instead for peaceful diplomatic contact protocols that could transform our planet's future.

May 28

Chuck Barris , the legendary creator of "The Dating Game" and "The Gong Show," reveals the shocking double life detailed in his book and upcoming film "Confessions of a Dangerous Mind." While America knew him as the zany game show host dancing with contestants and banging his gong, Barris claims he was simultaneously working as a CIA assassin, eliminating over thirty enemies of the American state during his television career. This bizarre juxtaposition of public entertainer and covert killer creates one of the most surreal stories in entertainment history. Barris explains how his television work provided perfect cover for international travel, allowing him to carry out government-sanctioned murders while maintaining his celebrity status. The conversation explores what constitutes a "dangerous mind" and whether Barris truly possessed the psychological profile capable of such extreme compartmentalization. His matter-of-fact discussion of taking lives contrasts sharply with his goofy television persona, raising questions about the nature of identity and the hidden lives of public figures. Whether true confession or elaborate fiction, Barris's account forces listeners to reconsider everything they thought they knew about this entertainment icon.

May 27

Marcus Allen , British publisher of Nexus Magazine and former professional photographer, presents compelling photographic evidence suggesting the Apollo moon landings were staged. Having initially believed in the missions like everyone else, Allen's professional background analyzing NASA's lunar photographs revealed troubling inconsistencies that led him to question the entire Apollo program. He examines the pristine quality of lunar photographs taken under impossible conditions, radiation exposure issues that should have destroyed unprotected film, and the suspicious timing of the missions during peak solar activity periods. Allen doesn't necessarily claim America never went to the moon, but argues that humans may not have made the journey while unmanned missions could have occurred. His analysis of camera equipment, lighting conditions, and radiation shielding presents technical challenges that NASA has never adequately addressed. The discussion explores how political pressure during the Cold War space race may have forced a deception, using Hollywood-quality special effects to maintain America's technological supremacy image. Allen's reluctant conclusion challenges one of humanity's greatest claimed achievements.

May 26

Bill Doleman and Bill McDonald reveal groundbreaking evidence from the Sci-Fi Channel's investigative archaeological dig at Roswell that may finally prove what crashed in the New Mexico desert in 1947. The most explosive revelation centers on the famous Ramey memo, a document photographed being held by General Roger Ramey during the official weather balloon explanation. Using advanced computer enhancement techniques, researchers have deciphered previously unreadable text from the memo that contains shocking phrases including "the victims of the wreck," "the aviators in the disc," and acknowledgment that "a disc is the next new find west of the cordon." This decoded message completely contradicts the military's balloon story and suggests they were indeed dealing with crashed extraterrestrial technology and occupants. The archaeological team's scientific approach to the crash site, combined with witness testimony and this documentary evidence, builds a compelling case that the government has been covering up the recovery of an alien spacecraft for over fifty years. The smoking gun may finally be in hand.

May 25

Gordon Michael Scallion joins Art Bell to explore one of the most unsettling topics in the paranormal realm: demonic possession. The renowned visionary and prophecy researcher, known for his earth change predictions, delves into what he describes as an unprecedented increase in possession cases occurring worldwide. Scallion shares his firsthand experiences investigating over a hundred possession incidents, revealing disturbing patterns of malevolent entities targeting vulnerable individuals. He discusses the different levels of possession, from benevolent spiritual contact to complete demonic control, and explains how these dark forces are influencing mass consciousness. The conversation takes particularly chilling turns as Scallion describes witnessing actual possessions in progress and the terrifying manifestations he has observed. His urgent tone suggests this phenomenon represents a critical spiritual crisis facing humanity, making this episode essential listening for those seeking to understand the darker aspects of supernatural encounters.

May 24

Mark Burnett, Emmy-winning producer and creator of Survivor and Eco Challenge, shares insights into extreme competition, leadership, and the psychology of human performance under pressure. The former British Army Parachute Regiment member, who served in Northern Ireland and Argentina, discusses how his military background influenced his approach to creating television's most challenging reality competitions. Burnett explains the philosophy behind Eco Challenge, where teams race 300 miles nonstop across mountain ranges, jungles, and deserts while solving expedition-style problems against the clock. The conversation explores how these extreme physical and mental challenges reveal authentic human character and social dynamics as participants face exhaustion and stress. Art and Burnett examine the cultural impact of Survivor, noting how the show has educated millions of Americans about global geography, with more people knowing the location of the Marquesas Islands than Afghanistan. Burnett discusses his selection process for contestants and locations, explaining how he creates scenarios that strip away social pretenses to reveal genuine human nature. The discussion covers leadership principles learned through extreme sports and military service, offering insights into team building and personal resilience that apply far beyond television entertainment.

May 23

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath return with their collection of the most frightening electronic voice phenomena ever recorded, continuing their Halloween season investigation into supernatural communications. The Ghost Investigators Society researchers present their carefully curated selection of the scariest EVP recordings gathered over years of paranormal investigation. This Friday night episode, positioned strategically the day before Halloween, showcases the most chilling voices from beyond that Cook and McBeath have captured during their extensive fieldwork. The team discusses their methodology for recording and analyzing these otherworldly communications, explaining how they distinguish genuine paranormal voices from natural audio artifacts. Their sophisticated equipment has detected communications that appear to come from deceased individuals attempting to contact the living world. The investigators share recordings from various haunted locations, including prisons, hospitals, and private residences where tragic events occurred. Each presented EVP recording is analyzed for content, clarity, and potential meaning, as Cook and McBeath attempt to understand what these spirits are trying to communicate. This spine-tingling exploration into electronic voice phenomena provides compelling evidence that death may not be the end of consciousness, offering listeners a genuinely unsettling glimpse into the possibility of life after death.

May 22

Richard C. Hoagland presents his latest analysis of Russian photographs and mounting evidence for ancient civilizations on Mars. The former NASA consultant discusses newly obtained imagery that appears to show artificial structures and geometric patterns on the Martian surface, building upon his previous research into the Face on Mars and other anomalous features. Hoagland reveals intriguing developments surrounding classified photographs that may show evidence of intelligent design in Martian geology. The conversation explores his ongoing investigation into what he believes are remnants of an advanced civilization that once flourished on the Red Planet. Art and Hoagland examine the political and scientific implications of potential Mars discoveries, discussing how such revelations might be suppressed or gradually disclosed to the public. The discussion includes analysis of geometric relationships between Martian structures, mathematical constants that appear in their positioning, and comparisons to ancient Earth monuments. Hoagland presents his theory that Mars and Earth may have shared connected civilizations in the distant past, suggesting that humanity's origins and destiny are far more complex than conventional science acknowledges. This provocative exploration challenges listeners to consider whether Mars holds the key to understanding humanity's true cosmic heritage.

May 21

Professor Lawrence M. Krauss , Ambrose Swassie Professor of Physics and chair of the physics department at Case Western Reserve University, explores the theoretical possibilities and paradoxes of time travel. This heavyweight physicist, comparable to Michio Kaku in stature, examines whether time travel could be scientifically achievable based on current understanding of physics and cosmology. Krauss addresses the fundamental question that puzzles scientists: if time travel is theoretically possible, as many leading physicists believe it may be, then where are the time travelers? The conversation delves into the complex mathematics and physics behind potential time travel mechanisms, including discussions of relativity, spacetime geometry, and quantum mechanics. Art and Krauss explore various theoretical models that might permit temporal displacement, examining the scientific literature and considering what conditions would need to exist for actual time travel to occur. The discussion addresses the famous grandfather paradox and other temporal conundrums that arise when considering backward time travel. Krauss provides rigorous scientific analysis while maintaining accessibility for general audiences, explaining how concepts from advanced physics might one day enable humanity to journey through time itself.

May 20

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath from the Ghost Investigators Society present their most terrifying electronic voice phenomena recordings in this spine-chilling Halloween Zone episode. The seasoned paranormal researchers share their sophisticated methods for capturing voices from beyond the veil, discussing their investigations at haunted locations including the Wyoming Frontier Prison and Territorial Prison in Laramie. These abandoned penitentiaries, which once housed notorious outlaws like Butch Cassidy, have yielded some of the most unsettling EVP evidence ever recorded. Cook and McBeath explain their technical approach to capturing these otherworldly communications, using advanced recording equipment that can detect sounds imperceptible to human ears. The investigators present actual recordings of ghostly voices, including eerie calls that seem to echo from another dimension. Their work at these historic prison sites has captured communications that suggest the spirits of former inmates remain trapped within the walls. The discussion explores the nature of electronic voice phenomena, how spirits might manipulate electronic devices to communicate, and what these messages reveal about the afterlife. This genuinely frightening exploration into paranormal research offers compelling evidence that consciousness may indeed survive physical death.

May 19

Graham Hancock unveils stunning archaeological evidence from his new book "Underworld: A Quest for the City Below," revealing underwater ruins that challenge conventional human history. The bestselling author discusses his underwater explorations off the coasts of India, Japan, and other locations where he has discovered massive stone structures submerged beneath the ocean. Hancock presents compelling evidence suggesting these ruins represent advanced civilizations that existed before the last ice age, when sea levels were dramatically lower. The conversation explores how rising waters at the end of the ice age may have swallowed entire cities and cultures, leaving only tantalizing glimpses of humanity's lost past. Hancock describes his diving expeditions to document these underwater archaeological sites, including detailed stone carvings, architectural features, and megalithic constructions that appear far older than mainstream archaeology accepts. Art and Hancock examine the implications of these discoveries for understanding human development, questioning whether advanced civilizations rose and fell thousands of years before traditionally accepted timelines. This exploration of submerged evidence challenges listeners to reconsider the true scope and sophistication of ancient human achievement, suggesting our species may have a far more complex and advanced history than previously imagined.

May 18

Dr. Paul Mayewski , a leading ice core researcher, presents alarming evidence of sudden climate change patterns that could dramatically alter Earth's future. As a specialist in collecting and analyzing ice cores from Antarctica and Greenland, Mayewski reveals how these frozen time capsules contain detailed records of past climate shifts, including catastrophic changes that occurred within remarkably short timeframes. The discussion examines his groundbreaking research showing how climate systems can flip rapidly, potentially triggering the kind of global superstorm scenarios Art explored in his own book. Mayewski explains how ice core data reveals patterns of abrupt climate transitions throughout Earth's history, challenging assumptions about gradual environmental change. The conversation covers the mechanics of ice core analysis, how scientists extract climatic information from frozen layers, and what current data suggests about impending climate instability. Art and Mayewski explore the implications of this research for human civilization, discussing how rapid climate changes could affect agriculture, coastal populations, and global weather systems. This sobering scientific examination provides crucial context for understanding the urgent realities of climate change based on hard geological evidence.

May 17

Ray Alden reveals his revolutionary three-dimensional invisibility technology while FBI profiler Candice DeLong analyzes the deadly Virginia sniper terrorizing the D.C. area. Alden, who is actively patenting his cloaking device, explains the scientific principles behind rendering objects truly invisible to the human eye, discussing the military and civilian applications of this groundbreaking technology. The conversation explores how such advanced concealment methods could reshape warfare, law enforcement, and society at large. Meanwhile, former FBI special agent Candice DeLong, a veteran field profiler with twenty years of experience, provides expert psychological analysis of the sniper who has claimed multiple victims across Virginia, Maryland, and Washington D.C. DeLong draws on her extensive background investigating serial killers, including her work on the Unabomber case, to create a behavioral profile of the shooter. She examines the killer's methodical approach, target selection, and psychological motivations while discussing how law enforcement agencies develop profiles to catch such predators. This dual-topic episode demonstrates the intersection of advanced technology and criminal psychology in modern America.

May 16

Whitley Strieber , Dr. Roger Leir , Linda Moulton Howe , and Bill Hamilton unite for what Strieber calls "the most incredible UFO show anybody has ever done, anywhere, anytime." This unprecedented symposium brings together four of the field's most prominent researchers to share their latest findings and most compelling cases. The panel discussion covers groundbreaking developments in UFO research, including physical evidence analysis, abduction accounts, and government disclosure efforts. Dr. Leir presents his surgical removal and analysis of alleged alien implants, while Linda Moulton Howe discusses her investigative journalism into military UFO encounters and cattle mutilation phenomena. Bill Hamilton contributes his extensive research into underground bases and extraterrestrial technology, and Strieber shares insights from his ongoing contact experiences. The conversation explores crop circle formations, including the remarkable Chilbolton response and newly discovered patterns that appear to contain digital messages and alien imagery. This powerhouse gathering represents a convergence of decades of research, offering listeners unprecedented access to cutting-edge UFO evidence and testimony from the field's leading investigators.

May 15

Dallas Thompson shares his extraordinary near-death experience and subsequent journey into hollow earth theory during this mind-expanding episode. Following a life-changing NDE, Thompson embarked on an expedition with an L.A. film production company to explore underground cave systems and document potential evidence of subterranean civilizations. Art explores Thompson's claims about human beings living in the hollow earth, examining the scientific and metaphysical implications of these alleged discoveries. The conversation delves into ancient legends, geological anomalies, and the possibility that our planet contains vast unexplored spaces beneath the surface. Thompson presents compelling testimony about his encounters and the photographic evidence captured during his underground investigations. The discussion touches on how his near-death experience opened his consciousness to previously unimaginable realities, leading him to question conventional understanding of Earth's structure. This fascinating exploration challenges listeners to consider whether the hollow earth theory represents genuine scientific possibility or elaborate fiction, while examining the intersection between consciousness expansion and alternative Earth sciences.

May 14

Former military intelligence officer Major Ed Dames demonstrates the reality of remote viewing and its applications for predicting future events. Dames, who participated in the government's classified psychic espionage programs, teaches how trained individuals can gather intelligence about distant locations and future occurrences using only their consciousness. Remote viewing techniques developed by Stanford Research Institute allow practitioners to perceive targets across space and time with remarkable accuracy. Dames shares his most successful remote viewing sessions while explaining the scientific protocols that distinguish legitimate psychic functioning from imagination or fraud. The conversation covers both the military applications of remote viewing and its potential for civilian use in everything from archaeological discoveries to personal guidance. This fascinating exploration reveals how human consciousness may transcend the limitations of physical space and linear time.

May 13

Legal scholar Richard Glen Boire discusses the fundamental right to cognitive liberty and how government policies threaten our mental autonomy. Boire, co-director of the Center for Cognitive Liberty and Ethics, examines how drug laws and psychiatric practices violate basic human rights to consciousness exploration and mental self-determination. The conversation explores how legal frameworks could protect individuals' rights to alter their own consciousness through various means while maintaining public safety. Boire addresses the intersection of neuroscience, law, and human rights in an era when technology increasingly allows external control of mental processes. His work focuses on establishing legal protections for mental privacy and cognitive enhancement while challenging paternalistic government policies that criminalize consciousness exploration. This important discussion examines how society can balance individual freedom with collective responsibility in matters of mental autonomy and pharmaceutical liberty.

May 12

Dr. Leonard Horowitz, international authority on public health and bioterrorism, exposes the alarming connections between emerging viruses and government biological warfare programs. Horowitz, who recently testified before a Senate Judiciary Committee, presents evidence that the West Nile virus outbreak may represent deliberate bioterrorism rather than natural disease emergence. The discussion reveals how vaccines themselves could be vectors for spreading genetically engineered pathogens designed to reduce global population. Horowitz connects dots between pharmaceutical companies, military contractors, and intelligence agencies that profit from manufactured health crises. His research into classified government documents suggests that AIDS, Ebola, and other emerging diseases may have been deliberately created in laboratory settings. This explosive presentation challenges everything we believe about public health policy and reveals how medical interventions might actually threaten rather than protect human survival.

May 11

Ghost investigators Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath present compelling electronic voice phenomena recordings that suggest communication with the deceased is possible. Both members of the Ghost Investigators Society, Cook and McBeath have captured dozens of unexplained voices on magnetic tape during paranormal investigations. Electronic voice phenomena, a technique dating back to Edison and Marconi, involves recording in allegedly haunted locations and discovering voices that weren't audible during the actual recording session. The guests share their most convincing EVP recordings while explaining the technical methods used to capture these mysterious communications. Their evidence suggests that consciousness may survive physical death and that the deceased can interact with our world through electromagnetic means. This chilling presentation challenges conventional understanding of death and explores the possibility that our loved ones continue to exist beyond the grave.

May 10

Aviation pioneer Dr. Paul Moller unveils his revolutionary M400 Skycar, a personal flying vehicle that could transform transportation forever. Moller, who has dedicated decades to developing vertical takeoff and landing aircraft, explains how his revolutionary rotary engine design makes personal flight finally achievable for ordinary citizens. The Skycar promises to eliminate traffic congestion by allowing commuters to fly directly from their homes to their destinations at speeds up to 375 mph. Moller details the technical challenges overcome in creating a safe, practical flying car that operates more like a conventional vehicle than a complex aircraft. This fascinating discussion explores how the dream of personal flight is becoming reality, potentially revolutionizing urban planning, commerce, and daily life. The Skycar represents humanity's next evolutionary step in transportation technology.

May 9

Explorer Bonnie Crystal and marijuana legalization advocate Billy Rogers discuss two groundbreaking topics that challenge conventional thinking. Crystal, a 21st century technologist and underground explorer, shares her discoveries from subterranean expeditions that reveal hidden aspects of our planet's geology and history. Rogers, campaign manager for Nevada's marijuana legalization initiative, explains the political and social forces behind efforts to end prohibition. The program examines how Nevada could become the first state to legalize recreational marijuana use for adults, allowing possession of up to three ounces for personal consumption. Rogers details the economic benefits of legalization while addressing common misconceptions about marijuana's effects compared to alcohol and tobacco. This dual presentation challenges listeners to reconsider both our planet's mysteries and outdated drug policies.

May 8

Practicing witch Dr. Evelyn Paglini shares her lifelong experience with the craft on Friday the 13th, exploring the reality of magic and its place in the modern world. Paglini, a legitimate practitioner who has studied witchcraft since childhood, discusses the authentic traditions and practices behind contemporary paganism. The conversation delves into mirror magic, spell casting, and the spiritual dimensions that exist beyond conventional religious understanding. Paglini addresses common misconceptions about witchcraft while explaining how magical practices can coexist with other belief systems. This candid discussion examines the intersection of ancient wisdom and modern spirituality, offering insights into a misunderstood practice that continues to attract followers seeking alternative paths to enlightenment and personal empowerment.

May 7

Renowned theoretical physicist Dr. Michio Kaku from New York University explores the frontiers of modern physics and their implications for humanity's future. Kaku discusses his latest research into parallel universes, string theory, and the possibility of multiple dimensions beyond our current perception. The conversation covers breakthrough theories about time travel, wormholes, and the fundamental nature of reality itself. Kaku addresses how advances in theoretical physics might lead to revolutionary technologies that could transform human civilization. From quantum mechanics to cosmology, this fascinating discussion reveals how our understanding of the universe continues to evolve and what these discoveries might mean for future generations. Kaku's insights bridge the gap between complex scientific concepts and their practical applications.

May 6

Former NASA consultant Richard C. Hoagland presents startling new infrared imagery from Mars that could prove the existence of artificial structures in the Cydonia region. Hoagland, who served as science advisor to Walter Cronkite during the Apollo missions, reveals how recently obtained NASA data shows unprecedented detail of the famous Face on Mars and surrounding geometric formations. The images, processed by NASA contractor Keith Laney, appear to confirm decades of speculation about intelligent design on the Red Planet. Hoagland meticulously analyzes the thermal signatures and geometric relationships that suggest these features are not natural geological formations. This groundbreaking presentation challenges mainstream scientific assumptions about Mars and humanity's place in the solar system, offering compelling evidence that we may not be alone.

May 5

Aviation journalist Nick Cook delves into the mysterious world of zero point energy and its potential connection to unexplained aerial phenomena. Cook, author and aerospace correspondent for Jane's Defense Weekly, explores cutting edge propulsion theories that could revolutionize transportation and explain decades of UFO sightings. From Nazi Germany's secret research projects to modern black budget programs, Cook investigates whether government agencies have successfully harnessed this limitless energy source. The conversation examines how zero point energy fields might power unconventional aircraft and whether breakthrough technologies are being concealed from the public. Cook's extensive research into classified aerospace programs reveals disturbing patterns of secrecy surrounding revolutionary propulsion systems that could change human civilization forever.

May 4

Ky Michaelson , the legendary rocket builder who created vehicles for Hollywood movies, discusses his ambitious project to become the first civilian to launch a rocket into space. Michaelson explains the technical challenges of building amateur rockets capable of reaching orbital velocities, including his record-breaking rocket that achieved 3,205 miles per hour, the fastest speed ever recorded by a civilian-built vehicle. The conversation explores the regulatory nightmare facing amateur rocket enthusiasts, with the Space Transportation Department initially established to facilitate civilian space access but later imposing restrictions that effectively halted most private rocket development. Michaelson details the catastrophic explosion of ammonium perchlorate in Henderson, Nevada, and how such incidents have impacted the amateur rocketry community. He discusses the quarter-million-dollar prize offered for the first civilians to put a rocket in space and the technical requirements for achieving orbital insertion versus suborbital flight. The discussion reveals the frustrations of working within government bureaucracy while pursuing the dream of civilian space access decades before commercial spaceflight became mainstream. Michaelson's pioneering work in amateur rocketry demonstrates both the possibilities and perils of pushing technological boundaries outside traditional aerospace establishments.

May 3

Warren Faidley , legendary storm chaser and weather photographer, shares dramatic accounts of pursuing nature's most violent phenomena while Stephanie Caruana explores psychic visitations and supernatural encounters. Faidley discusses the dangerous art of photographing thunderstorms, tornadoes, and extreme weather events, revealing the techniques and equipment needed to capture these spectacular but deadly natural forces. The conversation takes place during a period of devastating wildfires across multiple western states, with over half a million acres burned and weather patterns changing dramatically. Caruana examines disturbing psychic phenomena, including cases where children experience supernatural visitations and families report unexplained paranormal activity in their homes. The dual nature of this episode explores both the raw power of natural disasters and the mysterious realm of spiritual encounters that seem to intensify during times of environmental upheaval. Faidley's expertise in meteorology and storm tracking provides scientific perspective on extreme weather patterns, while Caruana's investigation of psychic phenomena offers insights into the supernatural experiences that often accompany periods of natural disaster. This unique combination of natural science and paranormal research reveals the interconnected nature of physical and metaphysical forces during times of environmental crisis.

May 2

Douglas Mulhall explores the revolutionary potential of nanotechnology and its intersection with robotics, genetics, and artificial intelligence in reshaping human civilization. Mulhall, one of the first journalists to describe nanoecology, explains how nanotechnology has become the fundamental building block for transformative technologies that will impact every aspect of life. The conversation addresses the confusion surrounding nanotechnology definitions and separates legitimate scientific advancement from media hype and misrepresentation. Mulhall discusses his groundbreaking research into nanobacteria, infectious organisms whose discovery has stunned healthcare professionals and may lead to cures for diseases like arterial sclerosis. His work examines the crucial interface between nanotechnology and ecology, exploring both the promising applications and potential dangers of manipulating matter at the atomic level. The discussion covers intelligent product design, environmental applications, and the convergence of multiple scientific disciplines through nanotechnology. Mulhall's expertise in technology training and environmental interface provides unique insights into how these microscopic innovations will transform medicine, manufacturing, and environmental restoration. This comprehensive exploration of nanotechnology reveals both the extraordinary possibilities and serious responsibilities that come with controlling matter at its most fundamental level.

May 1

Gerald Celente , founder and director of the Trends Research Institute, analyzes the disturbing economic patterns emerging in 2002 and forecasts a period of unprecedented financial instability. Celente examines how corporate scandals, market crashes, and declining investor confidence signal deeper structural problems in the American economy. The conversation takes place against the backdrop of major stock market declines, with the Dow dropping 178 points after President Bush's speech promising to jail white-collar criminals. Celente explains how trends analysis works by studying current patterns to predict future developments, warning that the loss of public trust in corporate leadership represents a fundamental shift in economic psychology. He discusses the dangerous imbalance between productive capacity and purchasing power, suggesting that traditional economic cycles may no longer apply in the modern era. The discussion covers geopolitical, social, and moral trends that compound economic instability, painting a picture of systemic breakdown across multiple sectors of society. Celente's analysis reveals why restoration of confidence will require more than government rhetoric and regulatory promises. This prescient examination of economic trends provides crucial insights into the financial crisis brewing beneath the surface of American prosperity.

Apr 30

John Cogan presents his comprehensive analysis of human history in "The New Order of Man's History," examining how scientific disciplines reveal the true timeline of human events and our precarious future. Cogan argues that mankind faces extinction unless we break free from current power structures and colonize space to ensure species survival. His research spans multiple civilizations and traces the march of history from ancient times to the present crisis. The conversation explores how human activity has dramatically decreased during certain historical periods, particularly after 10,500 BCE when mankind entered the Mesolithic age with minimal technological advancement. Cogan warns that current global trends are pushing humanity toward the brink of extinction, but suggests that understanding our true history can provide the roadmap for survival. He discusses the cyclical nature of human development, the rise and fall of civilizations, and the specific challenges facing modern society. The discussion reveals how breaking free from what he calls the "new world order" could be humanity's key to survival and expansion beyond Earth. This provocative examination of human destiny combines historical analysis with urgent warnings about the need for dramatic changes in how civilization approaches its future.

Apr 29

John Chambers unveils the extraordinary story of Father Ernetti's Chronovisor, allegedly the world's first time machine developed by a Venetian priest in the 1950s. Chambers, translator and commentator of conversations with eternity, reveals how Father Ernetti, a professor at the Venetian Bendito Marcello Conservatory, began investigating the possibility of viewing the past through a television-like device in 1956. The Chronovisor supposedly allowed users to witness historical events as they actually occurred, from ancient civilizations to biblical times, but Father Ernetti warned that the machine could produce universal tragedy if misused. Chambers explores the mysterious disappearance of this revolutionary device and the Vatican's alleged role in suppressing the technology. The conversation delves into the theoretical physics behind time visualization, the implications of being able to observe history without altering it, and the profound questions raised about free will and destiny. As they discuss the potential existence of such technology, Chambers reveals why this remarkable invention was hidden from the world and what happened to Father Ernetti's groundbreaking research. This mind-bending exploration of time travel technology challenges our understanding of reality and the nature of time itself.

Apr 28

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath present their groundbreaking research into Electronic Voice Phenomena (EVP), the mysterious recordings of what appear to be voices from beyond the grave. These dedicated investigators share compelling evidence of spirit communication through electronic devices, including recordings that seem to capture the voices of deceased individuals attempting to contact the living. Cook and McBeath explain their scientific approach to documenting these otherworldly communications, using sophisticated recording equipment to capture voices that shouldn't exist according to conventional understanding. The guests discuss cases where families have contacted them about haunted homes, including disturbing incidents where children have witnessed paranormal activity and voices have been recorded in empty rooms. Their research challenges the boundaries between life and death, suggesting that consciousness may survive physical demise and actively seek to communicate with those still living. The conversation explores the technical aspects of EVP recording, the criteria for authenticating genuine phenomena, and the emotional impact these communications have on both researchers and families involved. This fascinating exploration of the afterlife through modern technology offers compelling evidence that death may not be the final chapter of human existence.

Apr 27

Former FBI profiler Candice DeLong returns to examine corruption within America's premier law enforcement agency and the troubling expansion of federal surveillance powers. DeLong, who spent 20 years on the front lines of the FBI's most memorable cases, provides insider perspective on the agency's transformation following recent terrorist attacks. The conversation explores how the Patriot Act now allows FBI agents to monitor citizens' reading habits at public libraries, marking the first such surveillance program since the Cold War. DeLong discusses the challenges she faced as a female agent in a male-dominated organization and reveals the dangers and rewards of her career in criminal profiling. Art and DeLong examine whether enhanced surveillance powers represent necessary security measures or dangerous overreach that threatens civil liberties. The discussion touches on high-profile cases, the evolution of criminal profiling techniques pioneered by John Douglas and Roy Hazelwood, and the delicate balance between national security and constitutional rights. This candid conversation offers rare insights into the internal workings of federal law enforcement during a period of unprecedented change and controversy.

Apr 26

Ramon Lopez explores the sun's explosive behavior and its profound effects on Earth during a period of intense solar activity. Art returns from vacation to discuss massive solar eruptions, including X-Class flares that defy space weather predictions and demonstrate how unpredictable our nearest star can be. Lopez examines the connection between solar cycles, sunspot activity, and their influence on everything from human mood to global climate patterns. The conversation reveals how ancient Chinese astrologers observed sunspots and how various cultures throughout history have worshipped the sun as a life-giving force. As the solar maximum approaches, listeners learn about the potential dangers and benefits of increased solar radiation, electromagnetic storms, and their impact on modern technology. The discussion covers how space weather forecasting remains as challenging as terrestrial weather prediction, with recent solar events proving that even the most sophisticated models can be caught off guard. This timely examination of solar science offers insights into humanity's relationship with the cosmic forces that govern life on Earth.

Apr 25

Senator Harry Reid from the small Nevada town of Searchlight joins Art to discuss the controversial proposal to transport and store nuclear waste at Yucca Mountain, just 90 miles from Las Vegas. Reid expresses strong opposition to the federal government's plan to haul radioactive materials across the country to Nevada, calling it a dangerous precedent that puts millions of Americans at risk during transport. The conversation delves into the ethics of government decision-making and the power dynamics between federal authorities and state sovereignty. Reid argues that Nevada is being treated unfairly by Washington, with the state having little say in a decision that could affect its residents for hundreds of thousands of years. As the deadline approaches for Nevada's governor to veto the proposal, Reid warns about the long-term implications of this nuclear storage facility and questions whether America can truly be trusted as custodians of such deadly materials. The discussion reveals the complex political maneuvering behind one of the most contentious environmental issues of the early 2000s.

Apr 24

H. Paul Shuch and Stanton Friedman engage in a spirited debate about SETI methodology and the search for extraterrestrial intelligence. Shuch, executive director of the SETI League, advocates for traditional radio astronomy approaches to detecting alien civilizations, while Friedman, the nuclear physicist known for his UFO research, challenges conventional SETI assumptions. The conversation explores fundamental questions about where and how to search for ET signals, with Friedman arguing that UFOs represent evidence of visitation that SETI scientists ignore. Shuch defends the scientific rigor of radio telescope searches while acknowledging their limitations and the vast challenges of interstellar communication. The debate covers technical aspects of signal detection, the Drake Equation for estimating alien civilizations, and the cultural assumptions underlying human attempts to contact other worlds. Art moderates between these two respected researchers, highlighting their different approaches to the same ultimate question about humanity's place in the universe. This episode demonstrates the healthy skepticism and scientific debate that characterizes serious inquiry into extraterrestrial life, showing how different methodologies can coexist in the search for answers.

Apr 23

Dr. Steven M. Greer returns with his controversial paper "Cosmic Deception: Let the Citizen Beware," warning of a potential false flag operation involving staged alien threats. Greer argues that shadowy government elements plan to use advanced military technology to simulate extraterrestrial attacks, potentially including nuclear weapons detonated in space to justify increased military spending and space weaponization. The discussion examines post-9/11 parallels, with Greer noting how previously unthinkable scenarios became reality, lending credibility to other seemingly impossible plots. Art celebrates his 57th birthday during this significant episode while exploring Greer's warnings about manufactured alien invasions designed to unify global populations against a fabricated external threat. The second hour features Neal Sibley discussing the Bell Witch haunting, one of America's most documented poltergeist cases from early 19th-century Tennessee. Sibley presents photographic evidence and historical documentation of the supernatural entity that tormented the Bell family for years. This episode combines contemporary conspiracy analysis with historical paranormal investigation, demonstrating the show's range from current events to enduring mysteries that continue to puzzle researchers and historians.

Apr 22

Art hosts an open lines program featuring a diverse array of listener calls on paranormal experiences, current events, and unexplained phenomena. The show includes discussion of September 11th conspirator Zacharias Moussaoui's court case and the challenges of assembling an impartial jury for such high-profile terrorism charges. Art reflects on the Arthur Andersen obstruction trial and the difficulties facing corporate accountability in post-Enron America. The program features listener accounts of unusual experiences, including a mother's report of her seven-year-old daughter's encounter with small green aliens that were apparently scratched by the family cat, leaving mysterious brown residue on bedroom walls. Art demonstrates his skill at balancing serious news analysis with paranormal reports, treating each caller with respect while maintaining healthy skepticism. The episode showcases the unique atmosphere of late-night radio where conventional news mingles with extraordinary claims. Callers share personal experiences that challenge conventional understanding, while Art provides a forum for voices rarely heard in mainstream media. This format exemplifies the show's role as a platform for exploring the unexplained and questioning official narratives.

Apr 21

Hank Wesselman, anthropologist and expert on shamanic traditions, explores the intersection of ancient spiritual practices and modern consciousness. The conversation delves into shamanic journeying, altered states of consciousness, and the role of shamans as intermediaries between ordinary and non-ordinary reality. Wesselman brings academic credibility to discussions of traditional healing practices, spirit communication, and indigenous wisdom traditions that have guided human societies for millennia. Art and Wesselman examine how shamanic techniques can provide insights into contemporary challenges, bridging ancient knowledge with modern understanding. The discussion covers the anthropological study of shamanism across different cultures, revealing common elements in spiritual practices worldwide. Wesselman shares his fieldwork experiences and personal journey into shamanic consciousness, explaining how academic training prepared him to understand these phenomena scientifically while remaining open to their transformative potential. The conversation explores the practical applications of shamanic healing and the growing Western interest in indigenous spiritual technologies. This episode represents Art's commitment to presenting serious academic perspectives on subjects often dismissed by mainstream institutions.

Apr 20

Dr. Carl Edward Baugh discusses evidence challenging evolution and supporting biblical creation. Baugh examines archaeological findings he claims validate the Genesis account including human and dinosaur tracks together. The conversation explores Baugh's interpretation of the fossil record and arguments that it contradicts evolutionary theory. Baugh discusses his creation evidence museum and artifacts supposedly demonstrating earth's young age. The discussion addresses mainstream scientific rejection of Baugh's evidence and his response to critics. Baugh examines pre-flood atmospheric conditions he believes allowed humans and dinosaurs to coexist. The broadcast explores Baugh's arguments against evolution including irreducible complexity and gaps in transitional fossils. Baugh discusses the global flood as explaining geological formations evolutionists attribute to millions of years. The conversation addresses whether science supports creation or evolution and how to interpret conflicting evidence. Baugh examines what his research reveals about earth's history and the accuracy of biblical accounts.

Apr 19

Nancy Lieder discusses her telepathic communication with Zeta extraterrestrials and their warnings about Planet X. Lieder examines messages from the Zetas about an approaching brown dwarf star threatening catastrophic earth changes. The conversation explores Lieder's contact experiences and how the Zetas communicate through telepathic channels. Lieder discusses Planet X predictions including its arrival timeline and the pole shift it will trigger. The discussion addresses criticism of Lieder's failed predictions and her explanations for why dates have passed without catastrophe. Lieder examines the Zetas' description of Planet X's orbit and the evidence they claim validates its approach. The broadcast explores preparations the Zetas recommend for surviving the pole shift and aftermath. Lieder discusses the spiritual transformation awaiting humanity after earth changes eliminate current civilization. The conversation addresses skeptical analysis questioning whether Lieder's messages represent genuine ET contact or delusion. Lieder examines what the Zetas reveal about humanity's place in the cosmos and our relationship with extraterrestrial civilizations.

Apr 18

Gordon Michael Scallion discusses his visions of future earth changes and predictions about geological catastrophes. Scallion examines his methodology for receiving visions and the accuracy of previous predictions. The conversation explores Scallion's famous future map of America showing dramatic coastline changes from earth changes. Scallion discusses predictions about earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, and pole shifts that could reshape continents. The discussion addresses the timeline for predicted changes and whether they represent inevitable futures or potential timelines. Scallion examines visions of societal collapse and humanity struggling to survive geological catastrophes. The broadcast explores spiritual dimensions of Scallion's work and messages about humanity's evolution. Scallion discusses how to prepare for coming changes both practically and spiritually. The conversation addresses criticism of failed predictions and Scallion's response that timelines shift based on collective consciousness. Scallion examines what his visions reveal about earth's transformation and whether humanity can prevent catastrophic outcomes.

Apr 17

Phillip H. Krapf discusses his alleged alien contact experience and messages from extraterrestrials about humanity's future. Krapf examines his background as a journalist and how this prepared him to document his contact experiences. The Amazing Kreskin discusses being banned from certain venues and controversies surrounding his demonstrations. The conversation explores Krapf's encounter with benevolent extraterrestrials and their plan for revealing themselves to humanity. Kreskin examines the line between entertainment and serious claims about paranormal abilities. The discussion addresses the messages Krapf received about humanity needing to prepare for open contact. Krapf discusses why he believes his experiences were genuine despite lacking physical evidence. Kreskin explores controversies that have resulted in being banned and the responsibility of those demonstrating mentalist abilities. The broadcast examines whether Krapf's contact experience represents genuine ET encounter or psychological phenomena. The conversation addresses the transformative impact of alien contact on witnesses and the difficulty of proving subjective experiences.

Apr 16

Bob Lazar discusses his controversial claims about working at Area 51 and examining extraterrestrial spacecraft. Lazar examines the propulsion systems he alleges powered alien craft using gravity wave manipulation. The conversation explores Lazar's background and how he allegedly was recruited to reverse-engineer alien technology. Lazar discusses Element 115 and its role in the propulsion system before this element was officially discovered. The discussion addresses skeptical attacks on Lazar's credibility and inconsistencies in his educational background. Lazar examines the craft he claims to have examined and the technology that appeared impossibly advanced. The broadcast explores whether Lazar's story is genuine disclosure or elaborate hoax. Lazar discusses the risks of coming forward and harassment he experienced after going public. The conversation addresses whether Area 51 houses recovered alien craft and ongoing reverse-engineering programs. Lazar examines what his experiences suggest about government knowledge of extraterrestrial technology and the suppression of revolutionary physics.

Apr 15

Professor Ted Bryant discusses geomorphology and climatology evidence for catastrophic changes to earth's surface. Bryant examines geological evidence for mega-tsunamis and catastrophic flooding events in earth's history. The conversation explores climate patterns and evidence that rapid dramatic changes have occurred repeatedly. Bryant discusses asteroid impacts, volcanic eruptions, and other catastrophes that reshaped continents and climate. The discussion addresses whether earth is overdue for catastrophic events and what warning signs exist. Bryant examines evidence that civilization-ending catastrophes have occurred within human history. The broadcast explores the relationship between climate change and geological catastrophes. Bryant discusses whether current climate shifts presage another period of rapid dramatic change. The conversation addresses humanity's vulnerability to natural catastrophes and whether civilization could survive mega-disasters. Bryant examines what geological records reveal about earth's violent past and the cyclical nature of catastrophe.

Apr 14

Bruce Moen discusses exploring the afterlife through out-of-body experiences and retrieving souls stuck between worlds. Moen examines his experiences in non-physical realms and encountering deceased individuals. Steve Quayle discusses nuclear tensions between India and Pakistan and the threat of atomic war. The conversation explores Moen's methods for inducing out-of-body states and navigating afterlife dimensions. Quayle examines the Kashmir conflict and how it could escalate into nuclear exchange between India and Pakistan. The discussion addresses Moen's discoveries about afterlife structure including various levels and what happens after death. Moen discusses soul retrieval work and helping confused spirits transition to higher realms. Quayle explores the geopolitical factors driving India-Pakistan conflict and whether war is inevitable. The broadcast examines evidence from out-of-body explorers suggesting afterlife dimensions are real and explorable. Quayle and Moen discuss respectively physical and metaphysical threats facing humanity.

Apr 13

Major Ed Dames returns with remote viewing predictions and analysis of future threats. Dames examines his latest remote viewing sessions targeting upcoming events and hidden information. The conversation explores specific predictions about terrorism, natural disasters, and geopolitical developments Dames foresees. Dames discusses his track record and accuracy of previous predictions made on the program. The discussion addresses the uncertain nature of remote viewing targets and how probability affects outcomes. Dames examines warnings about biological threats and potential pandemic diseases remote viewing has revealed. The broadcast explores Dames' methodology for remote viewing and training others in accessing non-local information. Dames discusses the most concerning threats he has identified through remote viewing future timelines. The conversation addresses skepticism about remote viewing versus documentation of operational successes. Dames examines what remote viewing reveals about probable futures and critical decisions affecting humanity's path.

Apr 12

James Cox discusses antigravity propulsion research and evidence that breakthrough physics could revolutionize transportation. Cox examines theoretical frameworks allowing antigravity including manipulation of zero-point energy and spacetime geometry. Richard C. Hoagland provides updates on Mars discoveries including evidence for water. The conversation explores Cox's research into suppressed antigravity technologies allegedly developed but hidden from public knowledge. Hoagland discusses Mars images showing what appear to be water flows and the implications for past or present life. The discussion addresses resistance from establishment physics to investigating antigravity despite theoretical possibilities. Cox examines specific inventors claiming antigravity breakthroughs and the evidence supporting their claims. Hoagland explores what water on Mars means for the potential of discovering life or evidence of past civilizations. The broadcast examines connections between suppressed technologies and phenomena like UFOs suggesting advanced propulsion exists. Hoagland and Cox discuss revolutionary discoveries being prevented from transforming science and civilization.

Apr 11

Open lines focuses on callers sharing encounters with monsters and disturbing entities. Listeners describe terrifying experiences with creatures that defy conventional zoological categories. The conversation explores encounters with humanoid monsters, cryptids, and entities appearing malevolent or otherworldly. Callers share sightings of creatures during outdoor activities that transformed normal outings into traumatic ordeals. The broadcast documents encounters with beings that appear interdimensional, supernatural, or technologically advanced. Callers discuss the physical and psychological effects of encountering entities mainstream science denies exist. The discussion addresses whether these creatures represent undiscovered animals, interdimensional beings, or manifestations of collective fears. The conversation explores common features in monster encounters including high strangeness and reality-distorting aspects. Callers share attempts to photograph or document entities often resulting in equipment malfunction. The broadcast demonstrates that monster and entity encounters continue worldwide despite skeptical dismissal.

Apr 10

Donna Good Higbee discusses her experiences with spontaneous invisibility and theories about this bizarre phenomenon. Higbee examines incidents where she apparently became invisible to others who couldn't see or hear her. The conversation explores other cases of spontaneous invisibility and the consistency of reports across independent witnesses. Higbee discusses theories about what causes invisibility including dimensional shifts, consciousness alterations, or unknown physics. The discussion addresses the distress of experiencing invisibility and the isolation when reality becomes unreliable. Higbee examines whether invisibility represents psychological phenomena, perceptual glitches, or genuine anomalies. The broadcast explores scientific theories that might explain how someone could become invisible. Higbee discusses attempts to intentionally reproduce invisibility and gaining control over the phenomenon. The conversation addresses skeptical dismissal of invisibility reports versus accumulating evidence the phenomenon is real. Higbee examines what spontaneous invisibility reveals about reality and the potential for consciousness to affect physical manifestation.

Apr 9

Battalion Chief Richard Picciotto describes his experience surviving the collapse of the World Trade Center on September 11. Picciotto examines the response to the attacks and the heroism of firefighters who rushed into the burning towers. The conversation explores Picciotto's harrowing ordeal trapped in the rubble and the miraculous survival despite impossible odds. Picciotto discusses the loss of fellow firefighters and the devastating toll on New York's bravest. The discussion addresses the moments before collapse and the terrible realization that the towers would fall. Picciotto examines the aftermath of September 11 and the ongoing trauma affecting survivors. The broadcast explores the courage of first responders and the sacrifices made that day. Picciotto discusses the recovery efforts and the grim task of searching rubble for victims. The conversation addresses how September 11 changed America and the world. Picciotto examines the lessons from that day about heroism, sacrifice, and resilience in facing unthinkable tragedy.

Apr 8

Brian Jamieson discusses past life regression therapy and evidence suggesting reincarnation is real. Jamieson examines his work with clients who recall detailed past life memories during regression sessions. The conversation explores specific cases where past life details were historically verified. Jamieson discusses the therapeutic benefits of past life regression including healing traumas rooted in previous incarnations. The discussion addresses how past life memories are stored and accessed through altered consciousness states. Jamieson examines the consistency of past life accounts across different cultures and regression practitioners. The broadcast explores theories about how reincarnation works and what determines rebirth circumstances. Jamieson discusses skeptical explanations for past life memories versus evidence they represent genuine recall. The conversation addresses what reincarnation suggests about the soul's journey and life's purpose. Jamieson examines how past life regression transforms understanding of death and consciousness continuity across lifetimes.

Apr 7

The Amazing Kreskin demonstrates his mentalist abilities and discusses the psychology of perception and suggestion. Kreskin examines the power of the mind and how mentalism exploits human psychological patterns. The conversation explores whether Kreskin uses genuine psychic abilities or relies on sophisticated psychological techniques. Kreskin discusses his most famous demonstrations including finding hidden objects and reading audience minds. The discussion addresses the fine line between entertainment and claims of genuine paranormal abilities. Kreskin examines how easily perception can be manipulated and what this reveals about consciousness. The broadcast explores Kreskin's skepticism about some paranormal claims despite his own seemingly impossible demonstrations. Kreskin discusses the responsibility of mentalists and whether suggesting psychic powers when using techniques is ethical. The conversation addresses whether some of Kreskin's feats exceed psychological explanation and might represent genuine psi. Kreskin examines what mentalism reveals about human perception, attention, and the power of suggestion.

Apr 6

Dr. Paul Steinhardt discusses evidence challenging Big Bang cosmology and alternative models for the universe's origin. Steinhardt examines problems with standard Big Bang theory and why some cosmologists question this paradigm. Stan Deyo discusses UFO crash footage and climate change evidence. The conversation explores Steinhardt's cyclical universe model where expansion and contraction repeat eternally. Deyo examines video evidence of UFO crashes and the authenticity of footage showing recovered craft. The discussion addresses the implications of rejecting Big Bang theory for understanding cosmic origins and physics. Steinhardt discusses observations that conflict with Big Bang predictions and support alternative cosmologies. Deyo explores climate change evidence and whether human activity drives atmospheric changes or natural cycles dominate. The broadcast examines resistance from establishment cosmology to alternative models despite Big Bang's theoretical difficulties. The conversation addresses connections between scientific paradigms and evidence that challenges accepted theories.

Apr 5

Ingo Swann and Paul H. Smith discuss remote viewing development and applications. Swann examines his pioneering role in developing remote viewing for intelligence gathering. Steve Quayle discusses bioterrorism threats and preparedness for biological attacks. The conversation explores remote viewing methodology and training protocols developed for military operations. Swann discusses remote viewing successes and the evidence that trained viewers can access non-local information. Quayle examines specific bioterror scenarios and vulnerabilities in public health response systems. The discussion addresses the science underlying remote viewing and theoretical models explaining how it works. Smith shares his experience as a military remote viewer and operational missions using these abilities. Quayle discusses weaponized pathogens and the catastrophic potential of bioterrorism. The broadcast explores consciousness as non-local and capable of accessing information beyond space and time. Quayle examines biological warfare preparedness and whether America can respond effectively to bioterror attacks.

Apr 4

Donald Wulfinghoff discusses energy efficiency improvements that could dramatically reduce consumption without lifestyle sacrifices. Wulfinghoff examines proven technologies and methods for increasing energy efficiency in buildings and infrastructure. The conversation explores economic benefits of efficiency investments including cost savings exceeding implementation expenses. Wulfinghoff discusses resistance to efficiency improvements despite clear financial and environmental benefits. The discussion addresses the energy waste in current systems and how much consumption could be reduced through efficiency. Wulfinghoff examines specific technologies including improved insulation, lighting, heating systems, and industrial processes. The broadcast explores why efficiency improvements are not widely implemented despite obvious advantages. Wulfinghoff discusses the potential for efficiency to reduce energy demand more than any alternative energy source. The conversation addresses the political and economic barriers preventing efficiency from being prioritized. Wulfinghoff examines what energy efficiency reveals about waste in current systems and opportunities for improvement.

Apr 3

Hal Lindsey discusses biblical prophecy and current events fulfilling end-times predictions. Lindsey examines prophecies about Israel, the Middle East, and signs suggesting the approaching end of the age. Nancy Sinatra shares memories of her father Frank Sinatra and her own music career. The conversation explores Lindsey's interpretation of Revelation and other prophetic texts and their relevance to current geopolitics. Sinatra discusses growing up as Frank's daughter and experiences in the entertainment industry. The discussion addresses Lindsey's views on when the Rapture might occur and events preceding Christ's return. Sinatra shares personal stories about her father and the Rat Pack era. The broadcast examines Lindsey's predictions about wars, natural disasters, and societal collapse as prophetic fulfillment. Sinatra discusses her music and the cultural changes she witnessed across decades in the industry. The conversation explores whether biblical prophecy accurately predicts world events or represents metaphorical literature.

Apr 2

Peter von Puttkamer discusses cryptozoology and the search for unknown animals. Linda Moulton Howe and John Anthony West examine ancient Egypt and evidence suggesting advanced knowledge. The conversation explores cryptozoological expeditions and evidence for creatures unrecognized by mainstream zoology. Howe and West discuss Egyptian civilization's sophistication and mysteries that resist conventional archaeological explanation. The discussion addresses specific cryptids including lake monsters, living dinosaurs, and giant predators potentially surviving in remote regions. Howe examines evidence that ancient Egyptians possessed advanced astronomical and mathematical knowledge. Von Puttkamer discusses the methodology for investigating cryptid reports and separating genuine unknown animals from hoaxes. West explores the Sphinx and theories about its age being far older than conventionally accepted. The conversation examines whether cryptozoology will validate unknown species and force science to reconsider biodiversity. The broadcast explores connections between ancient mysteries and current anomalous phenomena challenging establishment paradigms.

Apr 1

Open lines features callers discussing diverse topics and sharing their perspectives on current events and paranormal phenomena. Listeners present observations about the war on terror and developments in the Middle East. The conversation explores callers sharing personal paranormal experiences and encounters with unexplained phenomena. The broadcast allows the audience to drive the discussion and present topics of personal interest. Callers discuss conspiracy theories and alternative interpretations of mainstream news narratives. The discussion ranges across UFOs, ghosts, cryptids, and other paranormal topics callers have researched. The conversation demonstrates the Coast to Coast community and the diverse interests and backgrounds of listeners. Callers share predictions and concerns about future events based on their analysis of current trends. The broadcast captures the spontaneous nature of open lines with unexpected topics and surprising calls. Open lines serves as a forum for listeners to connect, share experiences, and explore ideas freely.

Mar 31

John Zerzan discusses anarchism, civilization critique, and the case for abandoning technological society. Zerzan examines his philosophy arguing civilization itself is the source of human alienation and environmental destruction. The conversation explores Zerzan's critique of agriculture, technology, and complex societies as fundamentally harmful to human flourishing. Zerzan discusses his vision of returning to primitive lifestyles and whether this is possible or desirable. The discussion addresses the costs of civilization including inequality, warfare, environmental devastation, and psychological suffering. Zerzan examines technological society's trajectory and whether collapse is inevitable or should be actively pursued. The broadcast explores Zerzan's anarchist philosophy rejecting all forms of imposed authority and hierarchy. Zerzan discusses whether humans were happier and healthier as hunter-gatherers before agriculture and civilization. The conversation addresses criticisms of primitivism and questions about how billions could abandon civilization. Zerzan examines what critique of civilization reveals about human nature and whether progress represents an illusion masking decline.

Mar 30

Red Elk discusses encounters with reptilian beings and lizard people existing underground and in other dimensions. Red Elk examines Native American traditions describing reptilian entities and their interactions with humans. Dr. Steven Greer discusses alternative energy technologies and their suppression by interests protecting the petroleum industry. The conversation explores Red Elk's experiences with lizard people and the nature of these beings. Greer examines evidence that breakthrough energy technologies exist but are prevented from reaching market. The discussion addresses theories about reptilian beings including their origins, agendas, and relationship with humanity. Red Elk shares knowledge from Native traditions about ancient encounters with reptilian entities. Greer discusses specific inventors and their suppressed technologies promising clean unlimited energy. The conversation explores whether reptilians represent physical beings, interdimensional entities, or spiritual forces. The broadcast examines connections between suppressed technology and hidden controllers maintaining power through energy monopolies. Red Elk and Greer discuss revelations about reality hidden from mainstream awareness.

Mar 29

Richard C. Hoagland discusses new Mars imagery and UFO activity observed in Chile. Hoagland examines recent Mars photos revealing additional anomalies consistent with artificial structures. Whitley Strieber discusses Chilean UFO sightings and the wave of activity bringing attention to South American encounters. The conversation explores connections between Mars anomalies and current UFO activity suggesting coordinated disclosure. Hoagland discusses the mathematics and geometry of Cydonia and what this reveals about ancient Martian civilization. Strieber examines Chilean military and government acknowledgment of UFO reality contrasting with American denial. The discussion addresses NASA's continued resistance to investigating Mars anomalies despite mounting evidence. Hoagland and Strieber explore whether current UFO activity connects to growing awareness of extraterrestrial presence. The conversation examines Chilean witnesses including military pilots with credible UFO encounter reports. The broadcast explores whether disclosure is happening incrementally through international sightings and Mars discoveries.

Mar 28

Warren Faidley discusses his career as a storm chaser and photographer documenting extreme weather phenomena. Faidley examines the most dangerous storms he has encountered including tornadoes, hurricanes, and lightning. The conversation explores the science of severe weather and what creates the most violent atmospheric conditions. Faidley discusses the thrill and danger of storm chasing and close calls with deadly weather. The discussion addresses changes in weather patterns and whether storms are becoming more frequent or intense. Faidley examines the technical challenges of photographing extreme weather and capturing definitive storm images. The broadcast explores Faidley's work providing footage for media and research documenting atmospheric phenomena. Faidley discusses the psychology of storm chasers and what drives individuals to pursue dangerous weather. The conversation addresses climate change and whether shifting patterns affect severe weather frequency. Faidley examines what chasing storms reveals about nature's power and the changing atmospheric dynamics.

Mar 27

Open lines features callers discussing diverse topics without a central theme or guest. Listeners share experiences, observations, and opinions on subjects ranging from paranormal to political. The conversation explores current events and how callers interpret developments in the war on terror. Callers discuss personal paranormal experiences including UFO sightings, ghost encounters, and unexplained phenomena. The broadcast allows callers to present topics they find important that might not fit scheduled guest themes. The discussion ranges across conspiracy theories, scientific discoveries, and observations about society. Callers share predictions for future events and personal insights about where the world is heading. The conversation demonstrates the diversity of Coast to Coast listeners and their varied interests and perspectives. The broadcast captures the late-night atmosphere of free-form discussion without boundaries or predetermined topics. Open lines serves as a forum for the audience to drive the conversation and share what matters to them.

Mar 26

Sean David Morton returns with updated predictions for 2002 and analysis of how previous forecasts have manifested. Morton examines his earlier predictions and assesses accuracy including hits and misses. The conversation explores new predictions Morton has developed about future events including political, economic, and geological developments. Morton discusses his remote viewing methodology and how he distinguishes genuine insights from imagination. The discussion addresses upcoming threats Morton foresees including terrorism, natural disasters, and international conflicts. Morton examines the uncertain nature of predictions and how human free will affects probable timelines. The broadcast explores Morton's predictions about disclosure and UFO-related events expected in coming months. Morton discusses the spiritual sources informing his work and guidance received about humanity's path. The conversation addresses criticism of psychic predictions and Morton's defense of his accuracy record. Morton examines warnings about critical times ahead and decisions humanity faces that will shape the future.

Mar 25

Russell Targ discusses consciousness research and the science behind remote viewing and psychic abilities. Targ examines his work developing remote viewing for intelligence applications during the Cold War. The conversation explores controlled experiments demonstrating remote viewing abilities and accessing information beyond space and time. Targ discusses the physics of consciousness and theoretical frameworks that might explain psychic phenomena. The discussion addresses skeptical attacks on remote viewing versus documentation of operational successes. Targ examines the implications of remote viewing for understanding consciousness as non-local and transcending brain function. The broadcast explores specific remote viewing successes including locating hidden targets and predicting future events. Targ discusses how anyone can develop remote viewing abilities through training and practice. The conversation addresses resistance from mainstream science to psi research despite rigorous experimental evidence. Targ examines what remote viewing reveals about the nature of consciousness and reality beyond materialist assumptions.

Mar 24

Professor Kevin Warwick returns to discuss further cybernetic experiments integrating technology with the human nervous system. Warwick examines new implant experiments and progress toward direct brain-computer interfaces. The conversation explores applications of cybernetic technology from medical treatments to human augmentation. Warwick discusses the experience of having technology integrated into his nervous system and controlling machines through thought. The discussion addresses the future of human-machine integration and whether cybernetic enhancement will become commonplace. Warwick examines ethical concerns about human augmentation and creating enhanced and unenhanced classes of people. The broadcast explores the philosophical implications of merging with technology and what it means for human identity. Warwick discusses resistance from bioethicists and concerns about transhumanism changing human nature. The conversation addresses whether cybernetic enhancement is inevitable and how society will adapt to augmented humans. Warwick examines the potential for cybernetic technology to eliminate disabilities and expand human capabilities beyond current biological limits.

Mar 23

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath discuss the Ghost Investigators Society and their systematic approach to paranormal research. The investigators examine methodologies for documenting ghosts including photography, electromagnetic field detection, and EVP recording. The conversation explores specific locations investigated and the evidence collected suggesting genuine haunting phenomena. Cook and McBeath discuss the variety of ghostly manifestations encountered including apparitions, voices, and physical interactions. The discussion addresses theories about what ghosts are including spirits of the dead, residual energy, or interdimensional phenomena. The investigators examine famous haunted locations and what investigations revealed about the nature of paranormal activity. The broadcast explores the challenges of paranormal investigation and separating genuine phenomena from natural explanations. Cook and McBeath discuss the emotional aspects of ghost hunting and communicating with spirits. The conversation addresses skeptical criticism of paranormal investigation versus evidence that scientific methods can document genuine anomalies. The investigators examine what ghost research reveals about consciousness, death, and the persistence of personality beyond physical existence.

Mar 22

Dr. Gary Schwartz discusses his scientific experiments testing mediums and finding evidence suggesting consciousness survives death. Schwartz examines controlled experiments where mediums obtained accurate information about deceased individuals they couldn't know normally. The conversation explores Schwartz's rigorous protocols eliminating cold reading, fraud, and other conventional explanations for medium accuracy. Schwartz discusses the statistical evidence from hundreds of readings demonstrating mediums access genuine information about the dead. The discussion addresses resistance from mainstream science to evidence suggesting survival of consciousness and mediumship validity. Schwartz examines the implications of scientifically validating mediumship for understanding consciousness and life after death. The broadcast explores specific cases where mediums provided highly specific accurate information that skeptics cannot easily dismiss. Schwartz discusses theories about how mediums might access information about deceased individuals. The conversation addresses what his research reveals about consciousness continuing after bodily death. Schwartz examines how scientific evidence for the afterlife could transform understanding of life, death, and reality.

Mar 21

Bonnie Ramthun discusses her novel War Games and themes of technology, warfare, and cyber security. Ramthun examines her research into computer systems and potential vulnerabilities that could be exploited in cyber warfare. The conversation explores how technology creates new vulnerabilities and the growing threat of cyber attacks. Ramthun discusses her writing process and how fiction explores plausible scenarios that might unfold. The discussion addresses real-world cyber security threats and whether critical infrastructure is adequately protected. Ramthun examines the changing nature of warfare as conflicts move into cyberspace and information domains. The broadcast explores Ramthun's background and what inspired her to write about technology and warfare themes. Ramthun discusses the research involved in creating realistic depictions of technical systems and security protocols. The conversation addresses the line between fiction and reality and whether scenarios in her novel could actually occur. Ramthun examines what technology dependence means for national security and vulnerability to asymmetric attacks.

Mar 20

Brian Walker discusses his project to launch himself in a homemade rocket and the challenges of amateur rocketry. Walker examines his motivation for building rockets and attempting what most consider extremely dangerous stunts. The conversation explores the physics and engineering challenges of building safe rockets capable of high-altitude flight. Walker discusses his background and the progression from small rockets to attempting human spaceflight. The discussion addresses safety concerns and whether Walker's rocket can succeed without killing him. Walker examines the regulatory challenges and FAA restrictions on amateur rocket experiments. The broadcast explores Walker's vision of making space accessible to individuals outside government programs or corporations. Walker discusses the technical specifications of his rocket and the systems designed to protect him during flight. The conversation addresses the risks of rocket flight and whether Walker understands the dangers or is recklessly risking his life. Walker examines what drives individuals to push boundaries and attempt dangerous feats others deem impossible.

Mar 19

Brad Steiger discusses encounters with aliens and giants and evidence for non-human intelligences interacting with humanity. Steiger examines accounts of extraterrestrial contact and the diversity of alien types reported by witnesses. The conversation explores ancient legends about giants and archaeological evidence suggesting humans encountered giant beings. Steiger discusses modern giant sightings and whether remnant populations of giant hominids persist in remote areas. The discussion addresses connections between alien encounters and giant beings suggesting both might represent related phenomena. Steiger examines ancient astronaut theories and evidence that aliens visited earth in antiquity and influenced human development. The broadcast explores cover-ups of giant skeletons and suppression of evidence contradicting established anthropology. Steiger discusses the nature of alien intelligence and whether extraterrestrials are physical beings, interdimensional, or something beyond current categories. The conversation addresses the transformation of contactees and how encounters with non-human intelligence affects human consciousness. Steiger examines what studying aliens and giants reveals about reality and humanity's true place in the cosmos.

Mar 18

Arnold Leibovit discusses H.G. Wells' time machine and the science behind time travel concepts. Leibovit examines Wells' vision and whether modern physics supports the possibility of time travel. Dr. Paul Pearsall discusses cellular memory and evidence that consciousness and memories exist throughout the body not just the brain. The conversation explores how consciousness might transcend brain function and exist at the cellular level. Pearsall examines organ transplant cases where recipients acquired donor memories, preferences, and personality traits. The discussion addresses implications for understanding consciousness if cells store memories and contain aspects of personality. Leibovit explores time travel paradoxes and theoretical solutions including branching timelines. Pearsall discusses how cellular memory challenges brain-centric models of consciousness and supports energy/informational views of mind. The conversation examines whether heart transplant recipients truly access donor memories or whether alternative explanations account for these phenomena. The broadcast explores connections between cellular memory, survival of consciousness, and the non-local nature of mind.

Mar 17

Dr. Brian Weiss discusses past life regression therapy and evidence suggesting reincarnation is real. Weiss examines his transformation from conventional psychiatrist to past life therapist after patients recalled previous lives. The conversation explores specific cases where patients provided verifiable information about past lives including names, dates, and locations. Weiss discusses the therapeutic benefits of past life regression including healing traumas carried over from previous incarnations. The discussion addresses mechanisms for how past life memories might be stored and accessed through regression. Weiss examines the consistency of past life accounts across thousands of patients including cultural details and historical accuracy. The broadcast explores religious and spiritual frameworks for understanding reincarnation and the soul's journey. Weiss discusses skeptical explanations for past life memories versus evidence that they represent genuine recall. The conversation addresses what reincarnation suggests about the purpose of life and why souls repeatedly incarnate. Weiss examines how past life regression transforms people's understanding of death and the continuity of consciousness.

Mar 16

Dr. Michio Kaku discusses cutting-edge theoretical physics including string theory, parallel universes, and the future of science. Kaku examines string theory as a potential theory of everything unifying quantum mechanics and relativity. The conversation explores the concept of parallel universes and the physics allowing multiple realities to exist simultaneously. Kaku discusses time travel, wormholes, and exotic possibilities emerging from theoretical physics. The discussion addresses the technological implications of advanced physics including teleportation and faster-than-light travel. Kaku examines consciousness and whether physics can explain the mind or if it represents something beyond current science. The broadcast explores Kaku's vision of humanity's future including colonizing space and transcending biological limitations. Kaku discusses the limitations of current physics and what breakthroughs might revolutionize understanding. The conversation addresses the relationship between science and spirituality and whether physics approaches metaphysical questions. Kaku examines what theoretical physics reveals about the nature of reality and the cosmos.

Mar 15

Seth Shostak discusses the search for extraterrestrial intelligence and SETI's ongoing efforts to detect alien signals. Shostak examines the methodology of scanning the cosmos for radio transmissions from technological civilizations. The conversation explores the Drake equation estimating the number of communicating alien civilizations in our galaxy. Shostak discusses SETI's findings so far and the challenge of distinguishing alien signals from natural radio sources. The discussion addresses the Fermi paradox and why we haven't detected obvious extraterrestrial intelligence despite vast numbers of stars. Shostak examines what types of signals SETI listens for and how to recognize artificial transmissions. The broadcast explores the implications of detecting an alien signal and protocols for how humanity should respond. Shostak discusses the probability of intelligent life existing elsewhere and whether we are truly alone. The conversation addresses criticisms of SETI and whether resources should focus on different search strategies. Shostak examines what SETI reveals about humanity's place in the cosmos and the likelihood of contact.

Mar 15

David Anderson discusses time travel physics and his research into developing practical time displacement technology. Anderson examines theoretical frameworks allowing time travel including rotating electromagnetic fields and exotic matter. The conversation explores Anderson's experiments and progress toward creating functional time travel devices. Open lines features callers discussing time travel theories and sharing experiences with temporal anomalies. Anderson discusses the paradoxes of time travel including the grandfather paradox and resolution through multiple timelines. Callers share accounts of missing time, temporal displacements, and experiences suggesting reality's fluid temporal nature. The discussion addresses applications of time travel from historical research to preventing catastrophes. Anderson examines the physics of time and whether past, present, and future exist simultaneously. Callers discuss encounters with possible time travelers and objects appearing out of temporal context. The broadcast explores whether time travel is possible and the implications for understanding causality and free will.

Mar 14

Major Ed Dames discusses remote viewing applications and predictions based on accessing information beyond space and time. Dames examines the military development of remote viewing and its operational success in intelligence gathering. The conversation explores Dames' methodology for remote viewing targets and training others in these abilities. Dames discusses specific predictions including warnings about future events and natural disasters foreseen through remote viewing. The discussion addresses the scientific evidence for remote viewing and controlled experiments validating the phenomenon. Dames examines remote viewing sessions targeting current events and hidden information about world affairs. The broadcast explores the consciousness model underlying remote viewing and accessing the collective unconscious or morphic field. Dames discusses his most accurate predictions and the process for distinguishing genuine remote viewing data from imagination. The conversation addresses skepticism about remote viewing versus documentation of operational successes. Dames examines what remote viewing reveals about consciousness, time, and the nature of reality beyond physical perception.

Mar 13

Dr. Joyce Hawkes discusses near-death experiences and indigenous healing wisdom integrating science and spirituality. Hawkes examines her transformation after a near-death experience led her from conventional science to energy healing. Colm Kelleher discusses animal mutilation investigations and the mysterious precision of these unexplained events. The conversation explores Hawkes' experiences in altered states and wisdom gained from indigenous healing traditions. Kelleher examines evidence from mutilation sites including surgical precision and lack of blood suggesting advanced technology. The discussion addresses how near-death experiences transform worldview and reveal the reality of non-physical dimensions. Hawkes discusses cellular memory and consciousness existing at the quantum level throughout the body. Kelleher explores theories about who is responsible for animal mutilations including extraterrestrials, secret military programs, or interdimensional entities. The broadcast examines the intersection of indigenous knowledge, modern science, and anomalous phenomena. Hawkes and Kelleher discuss evidence suggesting reality is far stranger and more complex than materialist science acknowledges.

Mar 12

Richard C. Hoagland discusses his ongoing research into Mars anomalies and evidence for ancient extraterrestrial civilizations. Hoagland examines new Mars images and what they reveal about possible ruins and artificial structures. The conversation explores the mathematics of Cydonia and geometric relationships suggesting intelligent design. Hoagland discusses NASA's response to Mars anomaly research and attempts to debunk artificial structure theories. The discussion addresses connections between Mars monuments and ancient earth structures suggesting common architects. Hoagland examines what Mars archaeology reveals about ancient space-faring civilizations and humanity's true history. The broadcast explores theories about catastrophe on Mars and what destroyed the civilization that built Cydonia. Hoagland discusses the Face on Mars and other structures showing apparent design despite NASA's natural formation claims. The conversation addresses the implications of confirming Mars structures are artificial for understanding human origins. Hoagland examines evidence that NASA knows more about Mars artifacts than officially acknowledged and is suppressing information.

Mar 11

Michael Horn discusses the Billy Meier UFO contact case and evidence supporting Meier's claims of ongoing extraterrestrial contact. Horn examines Meier's photographs and film footage showing craft that skeptics have been unable to definitively debunk. Steve Smith discusses the discovery of a human tooth in rock 100 million years old challenging evolutionary timelines. The conversation explores Meier's contact experiences with Pleiadians and messages about humanity's future. Smith examines out-of-place artifacts suggesting humans or advanced civilizations existed far earlier than accepted history allows. The discussion addresses skeptical attacks on the Meier case versus evidence including metal samples of unknown alloy. Horn discusses Meier's prophecies and predictions that later came true lending credibility to his contact claims. Smith explores what out-of-place artifacts reveal about human origins and the possibility of cyclical civilizations. The broadcast examines resistance from mainstream science to evidence contradicting established paradigms. Horn and Smith discuss implications of accepting evidence that challenges fundamental assumptions about reality and history.

Mar 10

William Thomas discusses chemtrails and evidence for large-scale atmospheric spraying programs affecting weather and health. Thomas examines differences between normal contrails and persistent trails forming artificial clouds. The conversation explores what analysis reveals about chemtrail composition including aluminum, barium, and biological agents. Thomas discusses possible purposes for chemtrail programs including weather modification, population control, or atmospheric experimentation. The discussion addresses official denials of chemtrail programs versus mounting evidence from independent analysis. Thomas examines health effects reported in areas experiencing heavy chemtrail activity including respiratory problems. The broadcast explores who is responsible for chemtrail programs and the scope of global spraying operations. Thomas discusses pilot and military personnel testimony about spraying programs. The conversation addresses resistance from mainstream science and media to investigating chemtrails despite visible evidence. Thomas examines what chemtrail programs reveal about hidden agendas and environmental manipulation without public consent.

Mar 9

Dr. Kent Hovind presents creationist arguments against evolution and evidence he claims disproves Darwinian theory. Hovind examines what he considers fatal flaws in evolutionary theory including gaps in the fossil record. Nick Begich discusses weather manipulation technology and evidence for artificial weather modification programs. The conversation explores Hovind's interpretation of biblical creation and his arguments for a young earth. Begich examines HAARP and other technologies potentially capable of influencing weather patterns and climate. The discussion addresses scientific evidence for evolution versus Hovind's creationist interpretation of the same data. Begich discusses chemtrails and theories about atmospheric spraying programs affecting weather and health. The broadcast presents Hovind's challenge to evolutionary theory and his perspective on origins. Begich examines evidence that weather modification programs are operational and affecting global climate patterns. The conversation explores the intersection of science, religion, and politics in debates about origins and environmental manipulation.

Mar 8

Professor Kevin Warwick discusses his experiments becoming the world's first cyborg by implanting technology in his body. Warwick examines the neural implant allowing his nervous system to interface directly with computers. The conversation explores experiments where Warwick controlled robotic arms and communicated through neural signals across the internet. Warwick discusses implanting his wife with similar technology enabling direct nervous system communication between them. The discussion addresses the future of human-machine integration and cybernetic enhancement of human capabilities. Warwick examines ethical concerns about human augmentation and whether technology will create enhanced and unenhanced classes. The broadcast explores applications of cybernetic technology from medical prosthetics to enhanced cognition and perception. Warwick discusses the experience of being part-machine and how technology integration affects identity. The conversation addresses resistance from bioethics and concerns about transhumanism transforming what it means to be human. Warwick examines whether cybernetic enhancement is inevitable and how humanity will adapt to merging with machines.

Mar 7

Open lines returns to the topic of entity attacks with callers sharing additional terrifying encounters. Listeners describe physical assaults by unseen entities leaving marks, bruises, and psychological trauma. The conversation explores theories about what these attacking entities represent including demons, shadow beings, or interdimensional predators. Callers discuss the frequency of attacks and whether certain individuals are targeted repeatedly. The broadcast examines protective measures including spiritual practices, prayer, and environmental changes used to prevent attacks. Callers share the isolation of experiencing something traumatic that mainstream society refuses to acknowledge. The discussion addresses connections between entity attacks and other paranormal phenomena including abductions. The conversation explores whether these entities feed on fear or possess other motives for physical assaults. Callers discuss unsuccessful attempts to get help from religious authorities or mental health professionals. The broadcast demonstrates the prevalence of entity attack experiences and the need for serious investigation beyond dismissive psychological explanations.

Mar 6

Eric Burdon discusses his career with The Animals and experiences in the music industry during the 1960s counterculture. Burdon examines the British Invasion and how The Animals helped revolutionize rock music. The conversation explores Burdon's musical influences including blues, jazz, and his transformation from working class England to rock star. Burdon discusses the creative process behind classic songs and the band dynamics that produced their legendary sound. The discussion addresses the 1960s cultural revolution and how music expressed the era's social and political transformation. Burdon examines his spiritual journey including encounters with mysticism and consciousness expansion. The broadcast explores Burdon's perspective on the music industry then and now including changes in artistic freedom. Burdon discusses collaborations with other musicians and the friendships forged during rock's golden era. The conversation addresses the legacy of The Animals and how their music influenced subsequent generations. Burdon examines what the 1960s counterculture achieved and whether the revolutionary spirit endures.

Mar 5

Robert Bruce discusses astral projection techniques and exploring non-physical realms through out-of-body experiences. Bruce examines his methodology for inducing astral projection including energy work and consciousness exercises. The conversation explores Bruce's experiences in the astral plane and entities encountered during out-of-body states. Bruce discusses the reality of astral projection versus psychological explanations dismissing it as imagination or hallucination. The discussion addresses practical applications of astral projection including gathering information and spiritual development. Bruce examines dangers of astral travel including negative entities and getting lost in non-physical dimensions. The broadcast explores the relationship between astral projection and lucid dreaming and techniques bridging these states. Bruce discusses verification of astral experiences including obtaining information unavailable through normal perception. The conversation addresses what astral projection reveals about consciousness and the multi-dimensional nature of reality. Bruce examines how developing astral abilities transforms understanding of death and the continuation of consciousness.

Mar 4

Open lines explores theories about immortals and individuals who have achieved extended lifespans or defeated death. Callers discuss legends of immortal beings including the Count of St. Germain and other historical figures. The conversation explores life extension science and whether technology will enable humans to achieve immortality. Callers share accounts of encounters with individuals claiming to be far older than normal human lifespans allow. The broadcast examines spiritual traditions teaching methods for achieving physical immortality or consciousness transfer. Callers discuss the desirability of immortality and whether eternal life would be blessing or curse. The discussion addresses biological limits on lifespan and whether these can be overcome through technology or esoteric knowledge. The conversation explores reincarnation and whether consciousness persisting through multiple lives represents a form of immortality. Callers share theories about secret societies possessing longevity knowledge guarded from public access. The broadcast demonstrates fascination with transcending death and achieving existence beyond normal biological constraints.

Mar 4

Dr. Philip Tierno discusses bioterrorism threats following the anthrax attacks and America's preparedness for biological warfare. Tierno examines potential bioweapons including smallpox, plague, and engineered pathogens. Jim Berkland discusses earthquake prediction methods and forecasts for seismic events. The conversation explores Tierno's analysis of the 2001 anthrax attacks and evidence pointing toward sophisticated perpetrators. Berkland examines patterns preceding earthquakes including animal behavior, gravitational anomalies, and environmental changes. The discussion addresses public health preparedness for bioterrorism and gaps in medical response capabilities. Tierno discusses the difficulty defending against bioweapons and the catastrophic potential of smallpox release. Berkland shares specific earthquake predictions and his track record for forecasting seismic activity. The conversation explores whether bioterrorism represents the greatest threat facing modern civilization. The broadcast addresses earthquake prediction science and resistance from establishment seismology to Berkland's methods.

Mar 3

Michael Luckman discusses new images of the Face on Mars and evidence suggesting artificial construction. Luckman examines the Cydonia region and geometric relationships between structures suggesting intelligent design. The conversation explores NASA's responses to questions about the Face and attempts to debunk artificial origin theories. Luckman discusses new high-resolution images and what they reveal about the Face's structure and features. The discussion addresses the mathematical precision in Cydonia monument placement suggesting advanced knowledge. Luckman examines connections between Mars structures and ancient earth monuments including pyramids. The broadcast explores theories about who built the Face and when Mars might have supported civilization. Luckman discusses resistance from mainstream science to investigating anomalous Mars structures. The conversation addresses implications of confirming the Face and other Cydonia structures are artificial. Luckman examines what Mars archaeology reveals about ancient space-faring civilizations and humanity's origins.

Mar 2

Harry Braun discusses the Phoenix Project for converting America from oil dependence to hydrogen-based energy. Braun examines the technical feasibility of transitioning to hydrogen economy using renewable energy sources. The conversation explores the environmental and economic benefits of abandoning fossil fuels for clean hydrogen power. Braun discusses the political obstacles preventing implementation despite available technology for hydrogen transition. The discussion addresses the urgency of ending oil dependence and avoiding catastrophic climate change. Braun examines the infrastructure changes required including hydrogen production, storage, and distribution systems. The broadcast explores resistance from energy industries invested in maintaining fossil fuel dominance. Braun discusses the timeline for achieving hydrogen economy and what political will could accomplish. The conversation addresses the costs of transition versus the costs of continuing fossil fuel dependence. Braun examines what preventing the hydrogen transition reveals about political and corporate power versus technological possibility.

Mar 1

Dr. Janis Amatuzio shares experiences as a forensic pathologist encountering evidence suggesting consciousness survives death. Amatuzio discusses cases where dying patients or accident victims appeared to loved ones at the moment of death. The conversation explores deathbed visions where the dying report seeing deceased relatives coming to assist their transition. Amatuzio examines her transformation from scientific skeptic to someone accepting evidence for life after death. The discussion addresses specific cases where families received impossible information from dying loved ones suggesting continued consciousness. Amatuzio discusses the medical perspective on death and how experiences with patients challenged materialist assumptions. The broadcast explores Amatuzio's compassionate approach to death and helping families find meaning in loss. Amatuzio shares accounts of deceased individuals communicating with family after death through dreams or visions. The conversation addresses the healing power of believing consciousness continues and reconnection with deceased loved ones remains possible. Amatuzio examines what her experiences reveal about the nature of death and the reality of life beyond physical existence.

Feb 28

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath return to discuss electronic voice phenomena and new EVP evidence of spirit communication. The investigators share compelling recordings capturing voices of deceased individuals speaking through electronic devices. The conversation explores advances in EVP research and improving methods for capturing clearer spirit voices. Cook and McBeath discuss specific EVP sessions where spirits answered questions and provided verifiable information. The discussion addresses theories about the mechanism allowing spirits to manipulate electromagnetic fields and imprint voices on recordings. The investigators examine the emotional impact of EVP work and connecting grieving families with deceased loved ones. The broadcast presents multiple EVP recordings demonstrating the reality of the phenomenon to listeners. Cook and McBeath discuss the consistency of EVP across different researchers and technologies used for capture. The conversation addresses skeptical explanations versus the evidence that EVP represents genuine communication from beyond death. The investigators share their motivation for researching EVP and making their findings available without seeking profit.

Feb 27

Graham Hancock discusses underwater archaeological discoveries suggesting advanced civilizations predating known history. Hancock examines submerged ruins off Japan, India, and elsewhere revealing sophisticated architecture beneath the ocean. The conversation explores Hancock's theory that rising sea levels at the end of the last ice age submerged coastal civilizations. Hancock discusses the Yonaguni monument and debate about whether structures represent natural formations or artificial construction. The discussion addresses resistance from mainstream archaeology to revising timelines and accepting evidence for advanced ancient cultures. Hancock examines connections between underwater sites and myths about lost civilizations including Atlantis. The broadcast explores what underwater archaeology reveals about human history and the limitations of current chronologies. Hancock discusses expeditions investigating submerged sites and the technical challenges of underwater archaeological work. The conversation addresses the implications of discovering sophisticated civilizations existing thousands of years before Sumer. Hancock examines evidence suggesting cataclysmic flooding destroyed advanced coastal cultures leaving only legends and submerged ruins.

Feb 26

Dr. Edward Tenner discusses unintended consequences of technology and how innovations often produce unexpected problems. Tenner examines historical examples where technological solutions created new difficulties more serious than original problems. Richard C. Hoagland provides updates on nuclear technology and discoveries suggesting advanced ancient nuclear knowledge. The conversation explores Tenner's analysis of revenge effects where improvements backfire in paradoxical ways. Hoagland discusses evidence for nuclear wars in antiquity and archaeological sites showing radiation signatures. The discussion addresses why predicting technological consequences remains difficult despite sophisticated analysis and modeling. Tenner examines specific cases including medicine, agriculture, and computing where unintended effects surprised developers. Hoagland explores ancient texts describing weapons resembling nuclear devices and implications for lost civilizations. The conversation addresses whether current technology is creating problems future generations will struggle to solve. The broadcast examines the hubris of assuming technology will solve problems without creating worse difficulties.

Feb 25

Dr. Gregory Little discusses Edgar Cayce's readings about ancient mound builders and archaeological evidence confirming Cayce's accuracy. Little examines excavations of ancient mounds revealing sophisticated civilizations predating accepted timelines. Scott Portzline discusses nuclear reactor safety and the dangers posed by aging nuclear facilities. The conversation explores Cayce's psychic archaeology providing accurate details about locations and artifacts before their discovery. Little discusses the Mound Builder civilizations and evidence suggesting advanced knowledge and possible Atlantean connections. Portzline examines vulnerabilities in nuclear reactors including containment problems and potential catastrophic failures. The discussion addresses resistance from mainstream archaeology to evidence validating Cayce's readings about ancient America. Little explores connections between the mound builders and ancient civilizations worldwide suggesting global contact. Portzline discusses nuclear safety violations and inadequate regulation protecting public from radioactive releases. The broadcast examines how Cayce's psychic abilities accessed historical information unavailable through normal channels.

Feb 24

Jan Lamprecht discusses the hollow earth theory and evidence suggesting planets may be hollow with internal civilizations. Lamprecht examines historical accounts, scientific anomalies, and exploration reports that support hollow earth concepts. The conversation explores theories about openings at the poles allowing access to the earth's interior. Lamprecht discusses Admiral Byrd's polar expeditions and claims he discovered lands beyond the poles. The discussion addresses the physics of hollow planets and whether gravitational and geological evidence allows for hollow earth. Lamprecht examines seismological data and what earthquake waves reveal about earth's interior structure. The broadcast explores stories of inner earth civilizations including Agartha and advanced races living beneath the surface. Lamprecht discusses UFO connections to hollow earth including theories that flying saucers originate from inner earth. The conversation addresses photographs from space and whether images show polar openings or merely clouds and shadows. Lamprecht examines evidence from multiple planets in our solar system that may also be hollow.

Feb 23

Eugene Linden discusses animal intelligence and scientific discoveries revealing sophisticated cognition in non-human species. Linden examines evidence that animals possess complex thought, emotions, and problem-solving abilities once considered uniquely human. The conversation explores communication systems in animals including language-like abilities in primates and cetaceans. Linden discusses tool use, cultural transmission, and other behaviors demonstrating intelligence across diverse species. The discussion addresses the evolution of intelligence and what animal cognition reveals about the nature of mind. Linden examines resistance from behaviorism and scientific paradigms that denied animal consciousness or intelligence. The broadcast explores specific examples of remarkable animal intelligence including deception, planning, and creative problem solving. Linden discusses the ethical implications of recognizing animal intelligence including treatment of intelligent species. The conversation addresses consciousness in animals and the question of whether non-human species possess subjective experience. Linden examines what studying animal intelligence reveals about human uniqueness and our relationship with other species.

Feb 22

Mel Waters discusses a second mysterious hole he discovered with properties even stranger than the first bottomless pit. Waters examines the new hole and bizarre phenomena occurring nearby including temporal anomalies and reality distortions. The conversation explores experiments with the second hole revealing properties that challenge understanding of space and time. Waters discusses sheep brought near the hole that vanished and reappeared elsewhere exhibiting strange behavioral changes. The discussion addresses theories about the holes representing portals, wormholes, or access points to other dimensions. Waters shares increasingly bizarre encounters associated with the holes including government agents and mysterious visitors. The broadcast examines whether the holes exist as described or represent elaborate fiction. Waters discusses the consistency of his accounts and challenges from skeptics demanding proof. The conversation explores implications if the holes are genuine including revolutionary insights into physics and reality. Waters examines the ongoing mystery and his continued experiences with phenomena defying explanation.

Feb 21

John Hutchison discusses his experiments producing bizarre levitation and material effects now called the Hutchison Effect. Hutchison examines his apparatus using high-voltage equipment and Tesla coils that produces impossible phenomena. The conversation explores videos showing objects levitating, metals softening, and materials fusing in ways defying known physics. Hutchison discusses the unpredictable nature of the effect and difficulty replicating results on demand. The discussion addresses theories about the Hutchison Effect including zero-point energy and interactions between electromagnetic fields. Hutchison examines official interest in his work including military investigation of potential weaponization applications. The broadcast explores skeptical arguments that the Hutchison Effect represents trickery versus documented evidence from independent observers. Hutchison discusses the dangers of high-voltage experimentation and bizarre effects including fires started by unknown means. The conversation addresses mainstream science's refusal to investigate the Hutchison Effect despite compelling video documentation. Hutchison examines what his experiments reveal about physics and phenomena beyond current scientific understanding.

Feb 20

Open lines focuses on callers sharing encounters with monsters, cryptids, and terrifying unknown creatures. Listeners describe sightings of creatures that shouldn't exist according to mainstream zoology including large predators. The conversation explores encounters in wilderness areas where witnesses faced creatures exhibiting intelligence and aggression. Callers discuss Bigfoot encounters, werewolf sightings, and humanoid creatures that defy classification. The broadcast documents reptilian entities, flying humanoids, and monsters that appear supernatural rather than biological. Callers share encounters with creatures during camping or hiking that transformed peaceful outings into terrifying ordeals. The discussion addresses physical evidence from monster encounters including tracks, hair samples, and environmental disturbances. The conversation explores whether monsters represent undiscovered animals, interdimensional entities, or manifestations of human psychology. Callers discuss the fear and trauma resulting from encountering creatures science insists don't exist. The broadcast demonstrates that monster sightings continue despite skepticism and occur more frequently than commonly acknowledged.

Feb 19

John A. Keel discusses the Mothman phenomenon and his investigation of the bizarre events in Point Pleasant, West Virginia. Keel examines sightings of the winged humanoid creature and the wave of strangeness that accompanied Mothman appearances. The conversation explores the Silver Bridge collapse and theories connecting Mothman to the disaster that killed dozens. Keel discusses the Men in Black phenomenon and mysterious individuals who appeared during the Mothman events. The discussion addresses UFO sightings and paranormal occurrences that coincided with Mothman encounters. Keel examines his theory that UFOs, Mothman, and paranormal events represent manifestations of the same underlying phenomenon. The broadcast explores premonitions and warnings associated with Mothman suggesting precognitive or supernatural elements. Keel discusses witness credibility and the consistency of Mothman descriptions across independent observers. The conversation addresses whether Mothman represents an actual entity, interdimensional being, or manifestation of collective anxiety. Keel examines what the Mothman case reveals about the paranormal and phenomena that resist conventional explanation.

Feb 18

George Zeiler discusses his investigation of Stan Romanek's UFO sighting and footage showing unknown craft. Zeiler examines the evidence from Romanek's encounter and analysis of the video documentation. The conversation explores Zeiler's methodology for investigating UFO reports and determining authenticity. Zeiler discusses findings from his investigation including interviews with witnesses and examination of physical evidence. The discussion addresses skeptical explanations for Romanek's footage versus evidence suggesting genuine anomalous craft. Zeiler examines the consistency of Romanek's account and whether it withstands critical scrutiny. The broadcast explores the broader context of Romanek's experiences and whether they fit patterns of genuine contact. Zeiler discusses the challenges of investigating UFO cases and separating authentic encounters from hoaxes. The conversation addresses what his investigation revealed about the Romanek case specifically. Zeiler examines the implications if Romanek's footage is genuine and captures unidentified technology of unknown origin.

Feb 17

Dean Koontz discusses his novel exploring themes of good versus evil, spirituality, and the supernatural. Koontz examines his writing process and how he developed the story exploring metaphysical questions through fiction. The conversation explores themes in Koontz's work including the nature of evil, redemption, and humanity's relationship with the divine. Koontz discusses his personal beliefs and how spirituality informs his storytelling and character development. The discussion addresses Koontz's research into paranormal phenomena and unexplained events that inspire his fictional narratives. Koontz examines the responsibility of writers exploring spiritual themes and the line between entertainment and deeper meaning. The broadcast explores Koontz's views on consciousness, the afterlife, and whether fiction can access truths beyond factual reporting. Koontz discusses his experience with synchronicities and strange occurrences during the creative process. The conversation addresses why horror and suspense provide effective vehicles for examining spiritual questions. Koontz examines what fiction reveals about reality and the human search for meaning beyond material existence.

Feb 16

Mel Waters returns to discuss the mysterious bottomless hole on his property that defies physical explanation. Waters examines the impossible depth of the hole which resists all attempts to find the bottom using conventional methods. The conversation explores bizarre properties of the hole including objects disappearing and strange occurrences nearby. Waters discusses experiments testing the hole including lowering objects that vanish and radio signals that mysteriously cease. The discussion addresses theories about what the hole might be including dimensional portals or access to underground realms. Waters shares testimony from others who encountered the hole or similar phenomena in the region. The broadcast examines official interest in the hole and possible government knowledge of similar anomalies. Waters discusses objects retrieved from the hole showing impossible properties including reviving dead animals. The conversation explores Native American knowledge of the hole and legends about sacred or forbidden places. Waters examines what the bottomless hole reveals about reality and phenomena that shouldn't exist according to physics.

Feb 15

Bizarre open lines features the strangest and most unusual calls from listeners sharing their most peculiar experiences. Callers present stories too strange for regular open lines including bizarre entities, impossible events, and reality-defying encounters. The conversation explores accounts that challenge conventional understanding including time anomalies and reality glitches. Callers share experiences with entities and phenomena that defy categorization including bizarre creature sightings. The broadcast documents fringe experiences often dismissed but reported consistently by apparently credible witnesses. Callers discuss experiences that suggest reality is stranger than mainstream science acknowledges. The discussion includes accounts of synchronicities, premonitions, and events appearing to involve non-physical realms. The conversation demonstrates the diversity of anomalous experiences people encounter but rarely discuss publicly. Callers share stories that blur boundaries between categories including UFOs merging with paranormal phenomena. The broadcast creates a record of high strangeness events that challenge materialist assumptions about reality.

Feb 14

Mark Hazlewood discusses Planet X and claims about an approaching brown dwarf star threatening catastrophic earth changes. Hazlewood examines evidence for a massive planetary body in the outer solar system and theories about its orbit bringing it near Earth. Vincent Lords shares experiences with sensory deprivation experiments and altered states of consciousness achieved through isolation. The conversation explores Hazlewood's predictions about Planet X causing pole shifts, earthquakes, and weather catastrophes. Lords discusses the psychology of sensory deprivation and how removing external stimuli affects perception and consciousness. The discussion addresses astronomical evidence cited for Planet X versus skeptical analysis questioning whether such an object exists. Hazlewood examines ancient texts and mythology he interprets as describing previous Planet X encounters and cyclical cataclysms. Lords shares insights gained during sensory deprivation including enhanced intuition and contact with non-physical entities. The conversation explores whether Planet X threatens Earth or represents misinterpretation of astronomical data. The broadcast examines consciousness expansion through sensory deprivation and techniques for exploring inner reality.

Feb 13

Dr. William R. Alschuler brings an astronomer's perspective to examining UFO evidence and the scientific case for extraterrestrial visitation. Alschuler discusses why mainstream astronomy ignores UFO evidence despite numerous credible reports from trained observers. The conversation explores specific UFO cases with strong evidence including radar confirmation and multiple witnesses. Alschuler examines the physics of interstellar travel and whether advanced civilizations could develop propulsion systems enabling visitation. The discussion addresses the Fermi paradox and why we haven't detected obvious alien intelligence if the universe teems with life. Alschuler discusses astronomer sightings of UFOs and why professional scientists often fear reporting their observations. The broadcast explores what we know about exoplanets and the statistical likelihood of technological civilizations in our galaxy. Alschuler examines the UFO evidence astronomers should take seriously and how to distinguish genuine anomalies from misidentifications. The conversation addresses the possibility that UFOs represent extraterrestrial spacecraft and what this would mean for science. Alschuler discusses what astronomy reveals about the likelihood we are not alone and the implications for humanity.

Feb 12

Open lines explores the philosophical question of what callers would do if they were God with unlimited power. Listeners share their visions for how they would run the universe including eliminating evil, suffering, and death. The conversation explores the problem of evil and why God allows terrible things to happen if omnipotent and benevolent. Callers discuss whether they would intervene directly in human affairs or allow free will despite the suffering it enables. The broadcast examines different theological perspectives on God's nature and the purpose of existence. Callers share what they would change about reality including laws of physics, human nature, or cosmic design. The discussion addresses the responsibility and challenges of omnipotence and whether humans could manage godlike power wisely. The conversation explores whether suffering serves purposes beyond human understanding or represents design flaws in creation. Callers discuss their concepts of justice and whether they would punish evil or offer universal redemption. The broadcast demonstrates diverse perspectives on divinity, morality, and the meaning of existence.

Feb 11

Rob Riggs discusses mysterious sightings in East Texas including Bigfoot, UFOs, ghost lights, and other unexplained phenomena. Riggs examines the Big Thicket region where diverse paranormal events occur with unusual frequency. The conversation explores Riggs' investigations into hairy creature sightings and evidence suggesting large unknown primates inhabit Texas forests. Riggs discusses UFO encounters in East Texas and apparent connections between different categories of paranormal phenomena. The discussion addresses mysterious light phenomena including ghost lights that have appeared for generations in specific locations. Riggs examines Native American legends about the Big Thicket and traditional knowledge of strange creatures and events. The broadcast explores theories about why certain areas experience concentrated paranormal activity including vortex or window area concepts. Riggs discusses his methodology for investigating claims and separating genuine anomalies from misidentifications and hoaxes. The conversation addresses connections between Bigfoot sightings and UFO events suggesting possible relationships between these phenomena. Riggs examines what studying paranormal hotspots reveals about reality and phenomena mainstream science refuses to acknowledge.

Feb 10

David Brin discusses technological advances and their implications for privacy, freedom, and human civilization. Brin examines the transparent society concept where surveillance works both ways protecting citizens from those in power. Jim Hughes discusses a mysterious artifact allegedly from a crashed spacecraft and analysis suggesting non-terrestrial origin. The conversation explores Brin's vision of using technology to enhance accountability rather than enable tyranny. Hughes shares details about the artifact including unusual properties and composition suggesting advanced manufacturing. The discussion addresses threats technology poses to privacy and liberty versus potential benefits for human flourishing. Brin examines whether the internet and information technology will empower individuals or enable unprecedented control. Hughes discusses scientific analysis of the artifact and resistance from mainstream science to investigating anomalous materials. The conversation explores Brin's optimism about technology balanced against concerns about surveillance states and corporate power. The broadcast addresses evidence for extraterrestrial visitation and physical artifacts that appear to validate the phenomenon. Brin and Hughes examine how technology transforms civilization and whether we are prepared for changes ahead.

Feb 9

Mark McLaughlin discusses alternative energy technologies and suppression of innovations threatening established energy industries. McLaughlin examines promising energy technologies including hydrogen fuel cells, advanced solar, and unconventional power generation methods. The conversation explores claims that breakthrough energy devices have been suppressed to protect oil and coal industry interests. McLaughlin discusses inventors who claim persecution for developing technologies that could provide clean abundant energy. The discussion addresses the technical feasibility of alternative energy replacing fossil fuels and obstacles beyond mere technical challenges. McLaughlin examines economic interests invested in maintaining current energy paradigms and resistance to disruptive technologies. The broadcast explores specific alternative energy inventions and the evidence regarding their actual performance versus promotional claims. McLaughlin discusses the politics of energy and how entrenched interests shape energy policy and research funding. The conversation addresses whether alternative energy could solve environmental problems and achieve energy independence. McLaughlin examines what it would take to overcome suppression and bring revolutionary energy technologies to market.

Feb 8

Open lines precedes discussion with Randy Eaton about orca whales and their intelligence, behavior, and mysterious strandings. Callers share diverse topics before Eaton examines the complex social structures and communication systems of killer whales. The conversation explores orca hunting strategies demonstrating sophisticated cooperation and problem-solving abilities. Eaton discusses the emotional lives of orcas and evidence suggesting deep family bonds and cultural transmission of knowledge. The discussion addresses mysterious whale strandings and theories about what causes these tragic mass beaching events. Eaton examines sonar interference from naval operations potentially disrupting whale navigation and causing disorientation. The broadcast explores the intelligence of orcas and whether their cognitive abilities approach or exceed human capabilities in certain domains. Eaton discusses captivity of orcas and ethical concerns about confining highly intelligent, far-ranging animals to tanks. The conversation addresses conservation threats facing wild orca populations including pollution, prey depletion, and habitat loss. Eaton examines what studying orcas reveals about animal consciousness and intelligence in non-human species.

Feb 7

Dr. Ronald Munson discusses the ethics and science of human cloning following announcements from researchers claiming to have cloned humans. Munson examines the technical challenges of human cloning and whether current technology allows successful reproductive cloning. The conversation explores ethical concerns about cloning humans including questions of identity, rights, and the value of human life. Munson discusses motivations behind human cloning efforts including helping infertile couples and advancing medical science. The discussion addresses religious and philosophical objections to human cloning and arguments about playing God with human creation. Munson examines potential benefits of therapeutic cloning versus reproductive cloning and the distinction between these applications. The broadcast explores legal and regulatory responses to human cloning announcements and whether governments should ban the practice. Munson discusses what makes us human and whether clones would possess the same rights and personhood as naturally conceived individuals. The conversation addresses slippery slope concerns about cloning technology leading to designer babies or human engineering. Munson examines whether human cloning is inevitable and how society should prepare for a world where cloning becomes routine.

Feb 6

Neil Slade discusses techniques for enhancing creativity by activating specific brain regions through simple exercises. Slade examines the frontal lobes and their role in creative thinking, problem-solving, and accessing higher consciousness states. Stan Romanek shares his UFO footage and ongoing contact experiences with extraterrestrial beings. The conversation explores Slade's brain tickling methods for stimulating creativity and the neuroscience underlying these techniques. Romanek discusses video evidence he captured showing unknown craft and the investigations verifying authenticity. The discussion addresses how anyone can enhance creative abilities through exercises targeting specific neural pathways. Slade examines the connection between brain activation and spiritual experiences or expanded awareness. Romanek shares details of his contact experiences and messages received from extraterrestrial visitors. The conversation explores skeptical examination of Romanek's footage and expert analysis confirming objects represent genuine anomalies. The broadcast addresses the relationship between consciousness,creativity and contact with non-human intelligence.

Feb 5

Open lines continues predictions for 2002 followed by Linda Moulton Howe providing updates on underwater structures near Cuba. Callers share additional forecasts for the coming year including warnings about terrorism, earth changes, and geopolitical developments. Linda Moulton Howe discusses new evidence regarding the structures discovered 2,200 feet below the surface off Cuba's western tip. The conversation explores sonar imagery showing geometric formations suggesting architectural origins including pyramids, roads, and buildings. Howe examines the controversy surrounding the discovery and resistance from establishment archaeology to evidence contradicting historical timelines. The discussion addresses theories about lost civilizations, Atlantis, and how structures could exist at depths requiring advanced ancient technology. Howe discusses expedition plans to document the site and the implications of discovering genuine ancient ruins underwater. The conversation examines what this discovery could mean for understanding human history and prehistoric advanced civilizations. The broadcast explores Howe's interviews with the researchers and archaeologists studying the sonar and video evidence. Howe discusses the Lancet study on near-death experiences providing scientific evidence for consciousness existing independently from brain function.

Feb 4

The annual predictions show features callers sharing their visions and forecasts for the coming year. Listeners present predictions ranging from political upheaval to natural disasters to technological breakthroughs expected in 2002. The conversation explores diverse forecasting methods including dreams, visions, astrology, and intuitive perception callers use. The broadcast documents predictions about the war on terror, economic conditions, and international conflicts anticipated in 2002. Callers share warnings about earth changes including earthquakes, weather extremes, and geological events foreseen for the coming year. The discussion addresses predictions about disclosure, UFO events, and potential extraterrestrial contact expected in 2002. Callers discuss forecasts about technological developments and scientific discoveries anticipated in the coming twelve months. The conversation explores spiritual predictions about humanity's evolution and consciousness shifts expected to occur. The broadcast creates an annual record of predictions that can be evaluated for accuracy as events unfold. The diversity of predictions demonstrates different perspectives on probable futures and the factors shaping what may come.

Feb 3

Sean David Morton presents his predictions for 2002 based on remote viewing and intuitive perception. Morton discusses his forecasting methodology combining psychic visions with intelligence gathering and pattern analysis. The conversation explores specific predictions about political developments, terrorist threats, earth changes, and economic trends for the coming year. Morton examines his track record and the accuracy of previous predictions made on the program. The discussion addresses timeline uncertainty and how human free will affects forecasted events potentially altering probable futures. Morton shares warnings about potential attacks and threats on the horizon as the war on terror continues. The broadcast explores Morton's predictions about disclosure and extraterrestrial-related developments expected in 2002. Morton discusses the spiritual dimension informing his work and sources providing insights into future events. The conversation examines predictions about the continuing conflict in Afghanistan and geopolitical developments affecting America. Morton addresses skepticism about psychic prediction and his response to critics questioning his abilities. The discussion explores whether the future is determined or represents multiple probable timelines influenced by present choices. Morton examines what his sources reveal about humanity's trajectory and critical decisions ahead.

Feb 2

Open lines features callers responding to the Pam Reynolds near-death experience and sharing their own encounters with death. Listeners discuss the implications of Reynolds being clinically dead with zero brain activity yet experiencing consciousness. The conversation explores other accounts of people declared dead who returned with memories of what occurred during their death. Callers share near-death experiences including out-of-body observations, encounters with deceased loved ones, and visions of realms beyond physical existence. The broadcast examines what these consistent reports across cultures suggest about consciousness surviving bodily death. Callers discuss transformative effects of near-death experiences and how encountering death changes one's understanding of reality. The discussion addresses scientific attempts to explain near-death experiences versus acceptance that consciousness exists independently from brain function. The conversation explores the evidence from medically documented cases where death was verified yet consciousness persisted. Callers discuss religious and spiritual interpretations of near-death experiences and what they reveal about the afterlife. The broadcast demonstrates widespread personal experience with phenomena suggesting death is not the end of consciousness.

Feb 1

Kevin Mitnick discusses his notorious hacking career and the vulnerabilities in computer security systems he exploited. Mitnick examines the social engineering techniques he used to gain unauthorized access to protected systems and information. The conversation explores Mitnick's prosecution and imprisonment for computer crimes and the restrictions still imposed on his computer use. Mitnick discusses the psychology of hacking and what motivates individuals to break into secure systems despite legal consequences. The discussion addresses the current state of computer security and how little has improved despite high-profile breaches. Mitnick examines the techniques hackers use today and the vulnerabilities in systems most people trust with sensitive information. The broadcast explores the ethics of hacking and the distinction between malicious attacks versus security research exposing weaknesses. Mitnick discusses his transformation from notorious hacker to security consultant helping organizations protect against intrusion. The conversation addresses the cat-and-mouse game between hackers and security professionals and whether systems can ever be truly secure. Mitnick examines what his experiences reveal about technology dependence and the illusion of privacy in the digital age.

Jan 31

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath discuss electronic voice phenomena and capturing voices of the dead on recording devices. The investigators explain EVP methodology and how spirits apparently manipulate electronic equipment to communicate messages. The conversation explores specific EVP recordings presenting evidence of deceased individuals communicating from beyond death. Cook and McBeath discuss the often disturbing or cryptic nature of EVP messages and interpreting what spirits attempt to communicate. The discussion addresses theories about how EVP works and whether consciousness survives death and retains ability to affect physical reality. The investigators share their most compelling EVP evidence and the contexts in which these recordings were captured. The broadcast examines skeptical explanations including radio interference and pareidolia versus genuine anomalies that resist conventional explanation. Cook and McBeath discuss the consistency of EVP phenomena across different investigators and recording methods worldwide. The conversation addresses whether EVP represents the best evidence for life after death or merely reflects psychological projection onto noise. The investigators demonstrate EVP recordings allowing listeners to evaluate the phenomena and judge the evidence for themselves.

Jan 30

Dr. Eltjo Haselhoff discusses the increasing complexity of crop circle formations and scientific evidence suggesting non-human intelligence. Haselhoff examines his research into crop circles revealing physical changes in plants that cannot be reproduced by human hoaxers. The conversation explores mathematical precision in crop circle designs and geometric patterns encoding advanced information. Haselhoff discusses electromagnetic anomalies detected in genuine crop circles and changes at the cellular level in affected plants. The discussion addresses how to distinguish authentic crop circles from human-made hoaxes through scientific analysis. Haselhoff examines the evolution of crop circle complexity over time and formations appearing to respond to human questions. The broadcast explores theories about crop circle origins including extraterrestrial communication, earth energy, or dimensional phenomena. Haselhoff discusses the resistance from mainstream science to investigating crop circles despite compelling physical evidence. The conversation addresses what crop circles might communicate and whether they represent a message to humanity. Haselhoff examines the implications of discovering crop circles originate from non-human intelligence and what this reveals about reality.

Jan 29

Red Elk discusses secret knowledge of underground tunnels and pyramids passed down through Native American traditions for over two thousand years. Red Elk examines his role as Keeper of the Tunnels and knowledge of structures beneath the earth unknown to mainstream archaeology. Steve Quayle discusses the alarming deaths of microbiologists worldwide and possible connections to bioterrorism research and weaponized pathogens. The conversation explores Red Elk's training as an inner Hioka and the spiritual knowledge preserved by Native American secret societies. Quayle examines the suspicious circumstances surrounding microbiologist deaths and whether they possessed dangerous knowledge about biological weapons. The discussion addresses the reality of vast underground tunnel systems and the military's awareness of these hidden structures. Red Elk shares knowledge of ancient civilizations and technologies preserved in oral traditions but rejected by conventional archaeology. Quayle discusses the threat of engineered bioweapons and the weaponization of diseases for mass casualty events. The conversation addresses whether microbiologists were eliminated to prevent disclosure about biological warfare programs or pandemic threats. The broadcast explores connections between ancient knowledge and modern military operations in underground facilities.

Jan 28

Robert W. Morgan discusses Bigfoot evidence and his research into these elusive creatures throughout North America. Morgan examines eyewitness accounts, physical evidence, and the consistency of Bigfoot descriptions across different regions and time periods. The conversation explores footprint casts, hair samples, and other physical traces suggesting large unknown primates inhabit remote wilderness areas. Morgan discusses the most credible Bigfoot encounters and what separates genuine sightings from misidentifications or hoaxes. The discussion addresses the biological plausibility of Bigfoot and how such creatures could remain undiscovered by mainstream science. Morgan examines the Patterson-Gimlin film and other photographic evidence that appears to document genuine unknown primates. The broadcast explores theories about Bigfoot origins including surviving remnant populations of Gigantopithecus or other prehistoric hominids. Morgan discusses the challenges of proving Bigfoot's existence and why a body or live specimen remains elusive despite abundant evidence. The conversation addresses Native American knowledge of Bigfoot and indigenous traditions describing these beings as spiritual or interdimensional. Morgan examines what Bigfoot research reveals about biodiversity and the limitations of current zoological knowledge.

Jan 27

Major Ed Dames discusses remote viewing insights into the September 11 attacks and the anthrax killer investigation. Dames examines what remote viewing revealed about bin Laden's location and the planning of the terrorist attacks. The conversation explores Dames' prediction that bin Laden orchestrated attacks from a bunker near Kandahar before this became public knowledge. Dames discusses remote viewing sessions targeting the anthrax killer and indications pointing toward a domestic source. The discussion addresses the accuracy of Dames' previous predictions and his track record with remote viewing military targets. Dames examines what remote viewing reveals about future terrorist threats and potential attacks being planned. The broadcast explores the military applications of remote viewing and its use in gathering intelligence on hidden threats. Dames discusses the methodology of remote viewing and how it accesses information unavailable through conventional intelligence gathering. The conversation addresses skepticism about remote viewing versus the evidence of operational successes in military and intelligence applications. Dames examines warnings about biological threats and what remote viewing suggests about vulnerabilities in American security.

Jan 26

Open lines focuses on callers reporting physical attacks by entities during sleep and unexplained paranormal assaults. Listeners share frightening experiences of waking to find themselves under attack by unseen forces leaving physical evidence. The conversation explores encounters with shadow people, demons, and entities that manifest physically to harm sleeping victims. Callers describe bruises, scratches, and hand marks appearing after nocturnal attacks by malevolent presences. The broadcast examines theories about what these entities are including evil spirits, interdimensional beings, or psychological manifestations. Callers share protective measures attempted including prayer, rituals, and changing sleeping arrangements to ward off attacks. The discussion addresses the consistency of descriptions across unconnected witnesses suggesting a genuine phenomenon. The conversation explores whether these attacks represent spiritual warfare, alien abduction experiences, or unknown natural phenomena. Callers discuss the psychological trauma of experiencing physical assault by entities mainstream science denies exist. The broadcast demonstrates the prevalence of entity attack experiences and the need for serious investigation beyond psychological explanations.

Jan 25

Pam Reynolds describes her profound near-death experience during surgery when she was clinically dead for one hour. Reynolds underwent a rare medical procedure called standstill where her body was cooled to 58 degrees, her heart stopped, blood drained, and brain waves ceased completely. The conversation explores Reynolds' detailed memories of leaving her body and observing the operating room from above during the procedure. Reynolds describes encountering deceased relatives and experiencing a realm of light while her brain showed zero activity. The discussion addresses how Reynolds accurately described surgical instruments and conversations that occurred while she was clinically dead. Reynolds examines the profound spiritual transformation resulting from experiencing death and returning to physical life. The broadcast explores medical documentation confirming Reynolds was dead by every measurable criterion for a full hour. Reynolds discusses the implications of consciousness existing independently from brain function and what this suggests about survival after death. The conversation addresses skeptical explanations versus the evidence that Reynolds experienced something beyond hallucination or residual brain activity. Reynolds examines what her experience reveals about the nature of consciousness and the reality of life after death.

Jan 24

David Sereda and Dan Aykroyd discuss NASA footage showing unexplained objects in space and evidence for extraterrestrial visitation. Sereda examines video from shuttle missions showing objects performing maneuvers impossible for known spacecraft or natural phenomena. The conversation explores Dan Aykroyd's longstanding interest in UFOs and his research into government knowledge of alien contact. Sereda discusses analysis of NASA footage revealing objects changing direction and accelerating in ways defying conventional physics. The discussion addresses NASA's responses to questions about anomalous objects captured in official mission video. Sereda and Aykroyd examine the credibility of astronaut testimony regarding UFO encounters during space missions. The broadcast explores what NASA footage reveals about an extraterrestrial presence monitoring human space activities. Sereda discusses the technical analysis proving certain objects are under intelligent control rather than space debris. The conversation addresses the implications of discovering we are not alone and evidence suggesting contact has already occurred. Aykroyd examines the cultural impact of potential disclosure and why governments might conceal extraterrestrial contact.

Jan 23

Joshua P. Warren discusses paranormal investigation techniques and the mysterious Brown Mountain Lights phenomenon in North Carolina. Warren examines his scientific approach to ghost hunting using electromagnetic field detectors and other equipment to document paranormal activity. The conversation explores the Brown Mountain Lights, unexplained luminous phenomena observed for centuries in the Blue Ridge Mountains. Warren discusses various theories attempting to explain the lights including natural causes, ghost activity, and extraterrestrial origins. The discussion addresses Warren's field investigations and the evidence collected documenting the genuine nature of these anomalies. Warren examines eyewitness accounts of the Brown Mountain Lights spanning generations and the consistency of descriptions. The broadcast explores how modern technology enables more rigorous paranormal investigation than ever before. Warren discusses the challenges of applying scientific methodology to phenomena that resist reproducibility. The conversation addresses skeptical explanations versus the mounting evidence that some paranormal events represent genuine anomalies. Warren examines what paranormal research reveals about reality and the limitations of current scientific paradigms.

Jan 22

Nick Begich discusses HAARP and its potential military applications beyond ionospheric research. Begich examines the High-frequency Active Auroral Research Program facility in Alaska and theories about its capabilities for weather modification and mind control. The conversation explores HAARP's connection to finding Osama bin Laden and using electromagnetic technology for warfare. Begich discusses patents related to HAARP technology and their implications for atmospheric manipulation. The discussion addresses the official explanations versus alternative theories about HAARP's true purpose and capabilities. Begich examines evidence suggesting HAARP represents weaponization of the ionosphere beyond acknowledged research goals. The broadcast explores concerns about electromagnetic warfare and the lack of public oversight for military research programs. Begich discusses the physics underlying HAARP operations and how focused energy could affect weather patterns or human cognition. The conversation addresses skepticism from mainstream science versus evidence compiled by independent researchers. Begich examines what HAARP reveals about classified military technologies and the potential dangers of ionospheric manipulation.

Jan 21

Callers share their thoughts and experiences on an open lines edition featuring reflections on the passing of George Harrison and the ongoing war in Afghanistan. Art discusses the emotional impact of losing Beatles legend George Harrison, who had battled cancer three times before succumbing to the disease. The conversation shifts to military operations in Afghanistan as tribal forces advance on Kandahar with U.S. airstrikes providing support. Callers weigh in on concerns about whether new leadership will differ from the Taliban regime. The broadcast also addresses the anthrax scare affecting an elderly Connecticut woman, the Green River murder suspect arrested through DNA evidence, and severe weather patterns including high winds and hailstorms across the Midwest. Discussion touches on the mysterious Dean Kamen invention set to be revealed on ABC's Good Morning America.

Jan 20

Leland Gregory shares humorous and bizarre 911 emergency calls demonstrating human nature at its strangest. Gregory presents recordings of ridiculous 911 calls from people reporting non-emergencies and absurd situations. The conversation explores what these calls reveal about society, intelligence levels, and common sense deficits. Gregory discusses how emergency dispatchers maintain professionalism when confronting the ridiculous and infuriating. The discussion addresses the serious problem of people misusing 911 for trivial matters while real emergencies wait. Gregory shares some of the most outrageous calls including disputes over fast food orders and arguments with spouses. The broadcast provides comic relief through genuine human stupidity captured in emergency calls. Gregory examines patterns in wacky 911 calls and the common categories of absurdity. The conversation addresses the training dispatchers receive for dealing with difficult callers and dangerous situations. Gregory discusses his books collecting these calls and the response from emergency services personnel. The discussion provides entertainment while highlighting the challenging work emergency dispatchers perform daily.

Jan 19

James Van Praagh discusses his work as a psychic medium connecting the living with deceased loved ones. Van Praagh explains his methodology for communicating with spirits and delivering messages from the other side. The conversation explores what Van Praagh has learned about the afterlife through decades of mediumship work. Van Praagh shares specific readings demonstrating the evidential information he receives from spirits. The discussion addresses skeptical criticism of mediums and Van Praagh's response to accusations of fraud or cold reading. Van Praagh examines the healing that mediumship provides to grieving people seeking connection with the dead. The broadcast explores Van Praagh's understanding of life's purpose, reincarnation, and the soul's journey. Van Praagh discusses how he developed his mediumship abilities and whether everyone possesses latent psychic capacity. The conversation addresses the responsibility mediums bear and the ethics guiding Van Praagh's work. Van Praagh examines what spirits communicate about life after death and the messages they want to share with those still living. The discussion explores whether mediumship provides genuine evidence for survival or represents wishful thinking and psychological phenomena.

Jan 18

Dean Radin discusses the Global Consciousness Project and anomalous random number generator behavior during major events. Radin examines the network of RNGs worldwide and the statistically significant deviations detected during September 11th. The conversation explores what these anomalies suggest about collective consciousness and its physical effects. Radin discusses the methodology for detecting global consciousness signatures in random data. The discussion addresses theoretical models that might explain how consciousness affects random processes. Radin examines other events producing significant RNG deviations including Princess Diana's death and major disasters. The broadcast explores implications for understanding consciousness as a field phenomenon transcending individual brains. Radin discusses the resistance from mainstream science to evidence that consciousness has measurable physical effects. The conversation addresses what the September 11th data reveals about precognition and collective awareness of future events. Radin examines whether this research validates psi phenomena and the reality of global mind. The discussion explores practical applications from testing collective consciousness to potentially influencing world events through focused intention.

Jan 17

Glenn Kimball discusses his research into a mysterious cave in Illinois allegedly containing Egyptian artifacts. Kimball examines evidence for pre-Columbian contact between Old World civilizations and ancient America. The conversation explores the Smithsonian's alleged suppression of archaeological evidence contradicting mainstream historical narratives. Kimball discusses the Illinois cave expedition and what was reportedly discovered there. The discussion addresses resistance from academic archaeology to evidence of ancient transoceanic contact. Kimball examines other anomalous archaeological finds in North America suggesting advanced pre-Columbian civilizations. The broadcast explores theories about who visited ancient America and why evidence has been concealed. Kimball discusses the politics of archaeology and institutional resistance to paradigm-challenging discoveries. The conversation addresses the Egyptian connection to ancient American cultures and evidence for this relationship. Kimball examines what reconsidering American prehistory would mean for understanding human history. The discussion explores whether establishment institutions suppress evidence or whether alternative researchers misinterpret natural formations and ordinary artifacts.

Jan 16

Sean David Morton presents his predictions for the near future based on psychic visions and analysis. Morton discusses his forecasting methodology combining intuitive perception with intelligence gathering and pattern recognition. The conversation explores specific predictions about political developments, earth changes, and economic trends. Morton examines his track record and the accuracy of previous predictions. The discussion addresses timeline uncertainty and how human free will affects forecasted events. Morton shares warnings about potential future terrorist attacks and other threats on the horizon. The broadcast explores Morton's predictions about disclosure and extraterrestrial-related developments. Morton discusses the spiritual dimension of his work and the sources informing his insights. The conversation examines Morton's predictions about the war on terror and geopolitical developments. Morton addresses skepticism about psychic prediction and his response to critics. The discussion explores whether the future is determined or represents multiple probable timelines. Morton examines what his sources reveal about humanity's trajectory and the choices ahead.

Jan 15

Dr. Ralph Merkle discusses nanotechnology applications to cryonics and the prospect of achieving immortality through technology. Merkle examines how nanotechnology could repair cellular damage from cryopreservation enabling revival of frozen patients. The conversation explores the science of cryonics and whether current preservation methods adequately protect cellular structures. Merkle discusses molecular nanotechnology's potential to reverse aging, cure disease, and extend life indefinitely. The discussion addresses the timeline for developing medical nanorobots capable of cellular-level repair. Merkle examines the theoretical basis for using nanotechnology to achieve biological immortality. The broadcast explores ethical questions about life extension technology and whether immortality is desirable. Merkle discusses the economics of cryonics and what it costs to preserve a body for potential future revival. The conversation addresses skepticism about cryonics and whether frozen patients can ever be revived. Merkle examines what immortality would mean for society, population, resources, and human meaning. The discussion explores whether nanotechnology will deliver on its promises or whether technical barriers prevent these applications.

Jan 14

Linda Moulton Howe provides updates on the underwater structures discovered off Cuba and expedition planning. Howe examines the latest sonar imagery showing geometric formations suggesting architectural origins. The conversation explores the depth of these structures and what that implies about their age and the civilization that created them. Howe discusses expedition logistics and the technology required to document structures at significant depth. The discussion addresses theories about lost civilizations, Atlantis, and pre-flood advanced societies. Howe examines geological questions about how structures could exist at such depths and ancient sea level changes. The broadcast explores what discovering genuine ancient ruins would mean for understanding human history. Howe discusses resistance from mainstream archaeology to evidence contradicting established timelines. The conversation addresses funding challenges for expeditions investigating anomalous underwater sites. Howe examines connections between the Cuba structures and other underwater anomalies worldwide. The discussion explores whether these formations represent natural geology, sunken cities, or something more mysterious than currently imagined.

Jan 13

The annual Halloween Ghost to Ghost special features callers sharing their most terrifying paranormal experiences. Art establishes ground rules requiring only serious, interesting, and frightening ghost stories from listeners. The broadcast features firsthand accounts of supernatural encounters ranging from apparitions to poltergeist activity to demonic experiences. Callers describe encounters with the dead, shadow people, and entities that defy conventional explanation. The discussion includes examination of haunted locations and the history behind paranormal activity at specific sites. Listeners share experiences with Ouija boards, séances, and attempts to contact spirits that went terribly wrong. The broadcast features stories of protective entities, guardian spirits, and beneficial paranormal encounters. Callers describe objects moving without physical cause, voices of the dead, and manifestations witnessed by multiple people. The show captures the terror and mystery of genuine paranormal experiences. The broadcast builds what may be the internet's premier collection of authentic ghost stories shared by ordinary people encountering the extraordinary.

Jan 12

Kathleen Keating discusses her experiences investigating hell, demons, and dark spiritual realms. Keating examines theological and experiential perspectives on hell's nature and demonic hierarchies. The conversation explores Keating's research into exorcism, possession, and encounters with malevolent entities. Keating discusses the gates of hell concept and physical locations reportedly connected to dark spiritual forces. The discussion addresses near-death experiences of hell and the consistency of descriptions across cultures. Keating examines the spiritual battle between good and evil and humanity's role in this cosmic conflict. The broadcast explores Catholic demonology and the church's understanding of hell and fallen angels. Keating discusses protection from demonic influences and the spiritual practices that shield against darkness. The conversation addresses whether hell represents literal location or spiritual state and what awaits unrepentant souls. Keating examines evil's nature and whether demons possess independent existence or represent psychological projections. The discussion explores the reality of spiritual warfare and the forces threatening human souls.

Jan 11

Open lines encourages out-of-the-box thinking about terrorism and alternative perspectives on current threats. Callers share unconventional theories about September 11th and the anthrax attacks. The conversation explores whether the official narrative captures the complete truth or whether other forces are involved. Callers discuss connections between different events and patterns suggesting broader conspiracies. The broadcast examines alternative strategies for fighting terrorism beyond conventional military approaches. The discussion addresses civil liberties concerns and whether the response to terrorism threatens freedom. Callers share diverse perspectives on who benefits from terrorist attacks and cui bono analysis. The conversation explores the geopolitics of terrorism and whether American foreign policy contributes to the problem. The broadcast encourages critical thinking about official explanations and media narratives. Callers discuss preparation for future attacks and unconventional threats on the horizon. The discussion demonstrates the audience's skepticism toward mainstream narratives and appetite for alternative analysis of complex events.

Jan 10

Dr. Evelyn Paglini discusses parapsychology research and her investigations into psychic phenomena. Paglini examines the scientific study of psi including telepathy, clairvoyance, precognition, and psychokinesis. The conversation explores experimental protocols for testing psychic abilities under controlled laboratory conditions. Paglini discusses the evidence for psi phenomena and the statistical significance achieved in rigorous studies. The discussion addresses resistance from mainstream science to parapsychology despite experimental validation. Paglini examines theories about the mechanisms underlying psychic phenomena and consciousness. The broadcast explores applications of psi research from practical uses to understanding human potential. Paglini discusses the challenge of studying phenomena that seem elusive and resist reproducibility. The conversation addresses the relationship between quantum mechanics and psychic phenomena. Paglini examines whether psi represents normal human capabilities suppressed by cultural conditioning. The discussion explores the future of parapsychology and whether science will eventually accept consciousness effects as real physics. Paglini addresses what psi research reveals about the nature of mind and reality.

Jan 9

The Ghost Investigators Society demonstrates electronic voice phenomena and presents evidence of the dead communicating. The discussion explores EVP methodology and how paranormal investigators capture voices on electronic recordings. The conversation examines specific EVP recordings and the often disturbing or cryptic messages they contain. The broadcast addresses theories about how EVP works and whether spirits manipulate electronic devices to communicate. The discussion explores the history of EVP research from Friedrich Jurgenson to modern digital recording techniques. The investigators share their most compelling EVP evidence and the context in which these recordings were captured. The broadcast examines skeptical explanations for EVP including radio interference and pareidolia versus genuine anomalies. The conversation addresses what EVP suggests about consciousness surviving death and the nature of the afterlife. The discussion explores whether EVP represents the best evidence for life after death or merely reflects recording artifacts. The broadcast demonstrates EVP recordings allowing listeners to judge the phenomena for themselves.

Jan 8

Howard Bloom examines the paleopsychology of mass behavior and humanity's group dynamics throughout history. Bloom discusses how evolution shaped human tendencies toward conformity, tribalism, and collective action. The conversation explores the mechanisms driving mass movements, groupthink, and the surrender of individual judgment to collectives. Bloom examines historical examples of mass behavior from religious movements to political extremism to mob violence. The discussion addresses the September 11th attacks through the lens of understanding how groups radicalize and commit mass violence. Bloom explores the role of memes, ideas, and belief systems in programming mass behavior. The broadcast examines why humans evolved strong conformity instincts and how these instincts can be exploited. Bloom discusses the psychology of terrorists and how group dynamics enable individuals to commit acts they wouldn't alone. The conversation addresses whether understanding paleopsychology can help prevent future mass violence and extremism. Bloom examines the tension between individual autonomy and group belonging in shaping human behavior and civilization.

Jan 7

Steve Quayle discusses bioterrorism threats in the wake of the October 2001 anthrax letter attacks. Quayle examines the weaponization of biological agents and the catastrophic potential of bioterrorism. The conversation explores engineered pathogens, genetic manipulation, and designer bioweapons under development. Quayle discusses the vulnerability of food and water supplies to biological contamination. The discussion addresses the preparedness of medical and emergency systems for mass casualty bioterror events. Quayle examines the psychology of bioterrorists and what motivates deployment of disease weapons. The broadcast explores worst-case scenarios including smallpox, Ebola, and engineered super-pathogens. Quayle discusses defensive measures, quarantine procedures, and individual preparation for bioterror attacks. The conversation addresses the origins of the anthrax letters and evidence suggesting sophisticated state-level involvement. Quayle examines bioterrorism in end-times prophecy and spiritual warfare dimensions. The discussion explores whether bioterrorism represents the greatest threat facing modern civilization and how society can defend against invisible weapons.

Jan 6

Open lines features callers responding to the Princeton mass consciousness experiment discussed previously. Listeners share their experiences and intuitions on September 11th and whether they felt something before the attacks. The conversation explores what the random number generator anomalies suggest about collective consciousness and precognition. Callers discuss theories about consciousness, time, and the physics underlying these mysterious correlations. The broadcast examines spiritual perspectives on global consciousness and humanity's interconnectedness. Callers share diverse views on the experiment's implications ranging from scientific curiosity to profound spiritual significance. The discussion addresses skeptical explanations versus acceptance of consciousness as a real physical phenomenon. The conversation explores whether mass meditation or focused intention could be weaponized or used for positive global effects. Callers discuss their personal experiences with precognition, intuition, and consciousness phenomena. The broadcast demonstrates how the mass consciousness experiment resonates with people's direct experiences and spiritual beliefs.

Jan 5

Richard C. Hoagland discusses the Princeton mass consciousness experiment and anomalous data during September 11th. Hoagland examines the Global Consciousness Project's network of random number generators and their behavior during major world events. The conversation explores the statistically significant deviations detected hours before the September 11th attacks began. Hoagland discusses what this suggests about collective consciousness and potential precognition of traumatic events. The discussion addresses the physics that might explain how global consciousness affects random processes. Hoagland examines other events where the random number generators showed coherent patterns correlating with mass attention. The broadcast explores implications for understanding consciousness as a field phenomenon rather than merely brain activity. Hoagland discusses the resistance from mainstream science to evidence suggesting consciousness has physical effects. The conversation addresses what the September 11th data means about human consciousness and its relationship to future events. Hoagland examines whether this research provides evidence for Jung's collective unconscious or psi phenomena connecting all minds.

Jan 4

J. Richard Gott discusses the theoretical physics of time travel and whether it's scientifically possible. Gott examines solutions to Einstein's equations that permit time travel including rotating universes and cosmic strings. The conversation explores the grandfather paradox and other logical problems time travel creates. Gott discusses the concept of closed timelike curves and the physics allowing travel to the past. The discussion addresses practical challenges of building a time machine including the energy requirements and exotic matter needed. Gott examines evidence from quantum mechanics suggesting time's nature differs from common intuition. The broadcast explores whether time travelers from the future might already be present in our era. Gott discusses the implications of time travel for causality, free will, and the nature of reality. The conversation addresses whether physics fundamentally forbids time travel or merely makes it extremely difficult. Gott examines what time travel would mean for history, determinism, and whether the future already exists. The discussion explores the cutting edge of theoretical physics investigating time's deepest mysteries.

Jan 3

Linda Moulton Howe investigates bioterrorism threats before Chris Ruddy discusses investigative journalism. Howe examines the anthrax letters targeting media and government officials in October 2001. The conversation explores the weaponization of anthrax and the expertise required to produce weapons-grade spores. Howe discusses whether the anthrax attacks connect to September 11th or represent a separate threat. Ruddy examines investigative journalism in the internet age and the changing media landscape. The discussion addresses bioterrorism preparedness and the public health response to anthrax exposure. Howe investigates the origin of the anthrax used in the letters and evidence about the perpetrator. Ruddy discusses his investigative work on various stories and the challenges of finding truth in complex events. The broadcast explores the fear and disruption bioterrorism creates beyond the actual casualties. Howe examines worst-case bioterrorism scenarios and the potential for catastrophic releases of engineered pathogens. The conversation addresses the investigation into who sent the anthrax letters and their motivations.

Jan 2

Ralph Sarchie discusses his work as a New York police officer investigating demonic cases and performing exorcisms. Sarchie recounts specific cases where he encountered genuine possession and dark supernatural forces. The conversation explores how Sarchie distinguishes between mental illness, criminal behavior, and authentic demonic activity. Sarchie discusses his training in demonology and the Catholic exorcism tradition he practices. The discussion addresses the physical dangers exorcists face and the spiritual warfare involved in confronting demons. Sarchie shares his most disturbing cases and the evidence convincing him of evil's objective reality. The broadcast examines the theological understanding of demons and Satan's role in human affairs. Sarchie discusses warning signs of demonic oppression and possession. The conversation addresses skeptical explanations for possession phenomena versus Sarchie's firsthand experiences. Sarchie examines the connection between violent crime and demonic influence in his law enforcement work. The discussion explores whether evil represents merely human depravity or involves supernatural malevolent intelligence actively working against humanity.

Jan 1

Sean David Morton discusses Delphi Associates' analysis and predictions following the September 11th attacks. Morton examines what his sources and psychic intelligence reveal about the attacks' perpetrators and their motivations. The conversation explores Morton's predictions about America's response and the likely course of military action. Morton discusses warnings he claims to have issued before September 11th and why they weren't heeded. The discussion addresses Morton's forecasts about future terrorist threats and whether additional attacks are imminent. Morton examines the geopolitical implications of the attacks and how the event transforms global power dynamics. The broadcast explores Morton's predictions about the war in Afghanistan and potential expansion to other theaters. Morton discusses the economic consequences of September 11th and his forecasts about market recovery. The conversation addresses the spiritual dimension of the crisis and what it means for humanity's evolution. Morton examines his sources of information combining psychic perception with intelligence analysis. The discussion explores whether the attacks could have been prevented or represented inevitable events.

Dec 31, 2024

Major Ed Dames discusses remote viewing the September 11th attacks and what intelligence this method revealed. Dames examines whether remote viewing detected the plot beforehand and why such information wasn't acted upon. The conversation explores what remote viewing sessions after the attacks reveal about the perpetrators and their organization. Dames discusses remote viewing findings about Osama bin Laden's location and Al Qaeda's structure. The discussion addresses the challenge of actionable intelligence from remote viewing versus traditional intelligence gathering. Dames examines his remote viewing of future threats and whether additional attacks are planned. The broadcast explores the potential for remote viewing to support counter-terrorism operations. Dames discusses the government's historical use of psychic espionage and whether such programs continue. The conversation addresses Dames' predictions about America's response and the coming war in Afghanistan. Dames examines long-term threats revealed through remote viewing including WMD terrorism and future conflicts. The discussion explores whether remote viewing could have prevented September 11th if properly utilized.

Dec 30, 2024

David Hagberg discusses his thriller novel "Joshua's Hammer" featuring a plot eerily similar to the recent attacks. Hagberg examines the fiction versus reality convergence as his terrorism novel anticipated actual events. The conversation explores the research Hagberg conducted into terrorism threats that informed his fictional scenario. Hagberg discusses the publishing industry's response to the September 11th attacks and whether fiction depicting terrorism remains appropriate. The discussion addresses how thriller writers imagine future threats and whether intelligence agencies should pay attention. Hagberg examines the psychology of terrorists and the motivations driving individuals to commit mass murder. The broadcast explores whether fiction can help prepare society for emerging threats or inadvertently provides roadmaps for criminals. Hagberg discusses the responsibility of authors dealing with terrorism plots in the post-September 11th environment. The conversation addresses the cathartic value of fiction processing traumatic events versus concerns about glorifying violence. Hagberg examines his next book and how recent events influence his approach to writing thrillers.

Dec 29, 2024

Open lines examines the question of whether America should go to war following the September 11th attacks. Callers debate the appropriate response to terrorism and whether military action serves long-term interests. The conversation explores alternatives to war including diplomacy, intelligence operations, and targeted strikes. Callers discuss the risks of widening conflict and potential consequences of invading Afghanistan. The broadcast addresses concerns about civilian casualties and whether war creates more terrorists than it eliminates. The discussion examines the coalition building efforts and which nations support U.S. military action. Callers debate the balance between justice for the dead and practical considerations about war's effectiveness. The conversation addresses the Taliban's refusal to surrender Osama bin Laden and diplomatic efforts to avoid war. The broadcast explores the potential for protracted conflict in Afghanistan's difficult terrain. Callers share diverse perspectives on whether war represents the right choice or a tragic mistake. The discussion captures the national debate about how America should respond to unprecedented attack.

Dec 28, 2024

Craig O. Thompson discusses nuclear, biological, and chemical warfare threats in the post-September 11th environment. Thompson examines the vulnerability of American cities to WMD attacks and the challenges of detecting such weapons. The conversation explores the effects of different NBC weapons from nerve agents to bioweapons to radiological dispersal devices. Thompson discusses the preparedness of emergency response systems and the public health infrastructure for mass casualty events. The discussion addresses the availability of NBC weapons to terrorist organizations and rogue states. Thompson examines detection technologies and defensive measures to mitigate NBC attack consequences. The broadcast explores the particular threats posed by biological weapons including anthrax, smallpox, and engineered pathogens. Thompson discusses the psychology of NBC terrorism and the goal of creating mass panic. The conversation addresses what individuals can do to prepare for potential NBC attacks. Thompson examines the likelihood of terrorists deploying WMDs versus conventional explosives and the strategic calculations involved.

Dec 27, 2024

Four days after September 11th, callers continue processing the attacks and debating America's response. The broadcast examines the Bush administration's preparation for military action against Afghanistan. Art facilitates discussion about the authorization for use of military force working through Congress. Callers debate the wisdom of war versus alternative approaches to addressing terrorism. The conversation addresses the rescue efforts at Ground Zero and the diminishing hope for survivors. The broadcast examines airline security failures that allowed hijackers to board planes with weapons. Callers discuss profiling, surveillance, and the civil liberties implications of enhanced security measures. The discussion explores America's relationship with Saudi Arabia and other Middle Eastern nations. The program addresses the challenge of fighting non-state terror networks with conventional military force. The conversation captures the national mood as America prepared for war while still mourning the dead. The broadcast documents the transition from immediate crisis response to planning long-term action against global terrorism.

Dec 26, 2024

The third day following the September 11th attacks features continued caller reactions as details emerge. The broadcast examines the developing narrative about the 19 hijackers and their connections to Al Qaeda. Art facilitates discussion about Osama bin Laden and Afghanistan's Taliban government harboring terrorists. Callers express diverse views on appropriate military response and the balance between security and civil liberties. The conversation addresses the human stories emerging from Ground Zero and the Pentagon. The broadcast examines the airline industry's shutdown and when flights might resume. Callers discuss the economic impact of the attacks and fears about additional strikes. The discussion explores unity across America as people rally together following the tragedy. The program addresses conspiracy theories already emerging and the need for factual information. The conversation captures the national mood as initial shock transforms into determination to respond and prevent future attacks. The broadcast documents how America processed trauma and prepared to strike back.

Dec 25, 2024

Callers respond to the September 11th attacks on the second day as the nation struggles to comprehend the tragedy. The broadcast provides a forum for people to express grief, anger, fear, and determination in the attacks' wake. Art facilitates dialogue as callers share their emotional reactions and thoughts about America's response. The conversation examines theories about who perpetrated the attacks and evidence pointing to Al Qaeda responsibility. Callers discuss the human toll and stories emerging about victims and heroes from the disaster. The broadcast addresses the collapse of the towers and whether the buildings' design contributed to the catastrophe. The discussion explores what the attacks mean for American foreign policy and security going forward. Callers debate appropriate responses ranging from measured investigation to immediate military retaliation. The program captures the national mood on day two as shock begins yielding to anger and calls for justice. The conversation reflects a nation united in grief while grappling with how to respond to unprecedented terror.

Dec 24, 2024

The September 11th terrorist attacks unfold live as Art and listeners process the unfolding catastrophe. The broadcast captures the immediate shock as planes strike the World Trade Center towers and the Pentagon. Art provides updates as information emerges about the coordinated attacks across multiple locations. The conversation reflects the confusion, fear, and horror as the scope of the attacks becomes clear. Listeners call in sharing their locations, experiences, and reactions to the unprecedented assault. The broadcast documents the collapse of both towers and the mounting death toll. Art addresses the need for calm while acknowledging the gravity of what has occurred. The discussion examines who might be responsible and what this means for America's future. The program serves as a historical record of that terrible day as events unfolded in real time. The broadcast captures a nation processing trauma and facing an uncertain new reality in the attack's immediate aftermath.

Dec 23, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland , Colin Andrews , and Andrew Yoder analyze the extraordinary crop circle season of 2001. The discussion focuses on the Chilbolton formations including the face and disc glyphs that appeared to respond to the Arecibo message. Andrews presents his decades of crop circle research and the evidence distinguishing genuine formations from hoaxes. Yoder contributes analysis of the geometric and mathematical complexity in authentic crop circles. Hoagland examines the face formation's resemblance to the classic Gray alien archetype and its implications. The conversation explores the disc formation's apparent modifications to the Arecibo message and what information it encodes. Andrews discusses the physical anomalies in genuine crop circles including node changes and magnetic effects. The broadcast examines whether these formations represent extraterrestrial communication attempts or sophisticated human artistry. The discussion addresses the August 2001 formations appearing near chilbolton radio telescope. The conversation explores what intelligence might create crop circles and what messages they intend to convey.

Dec 22, 2024

Open lines covers Area 51 mysteries, earthquake concerns, crop circle discussions, and diverse caller topics. Listeners share theories about classified programs at Area 51 and other secret facilities. The conversation includes caller experiences with seismic activity and concerns about major earthquakes. Crop circle enthusiasts call in with observations about the 2001 formations and their interpretations. The broadcast features wide-ranging discussion from personal paranormal experiences to political commentary. Callers contribute knowledge about various subjects and engage in dialogue about ongoing mysteries. The discussion touches on recent guest topics and listener responses to previous programs. Open lines provides a forum for voices not heard in mainstream media to share unconventional perspectives. The broadcast demonstrates the eclectic interests of the listening audience across multiple anomalous subjects. The conversation ranges from serious investigation to speculative theory as callers engage with the unexplained.

Dec 21, 2024

Colm Kelleher provides updates on National Institute for Discovery Science research into cattle mutilations and anomalous phenomena. Kelleher discusses the scientific methodology NIDS employs to investigate events mainstream science ignores or dismisses. The conversation explores specific cattle mutilation cases and the evidence suggesting neither predators nor human cultists adequately explain the phenomenon. Kelleher examines physical findings in mutilation cases including precise surgical incisions and the absence of blood and evidence. The discussion addresses NIDS research at Skinwalker Ranch where multiple anomalies occur including UFOs, creatures, and poltergeist activity. Kelleher shares findings from surveillance efforts attempting to catch anomalous events in real time. The broadcast explores the challenge of studying phenomena that seem aware of observation and deliberately avoid documentation. Kelleher discusses the interdisciplinary approach NIDS takes combining biology, physics, and investigative techniques. The conversation examines what NIDS research reveals about the nature of anomalous phenomena and their potential intelligence. Kelleher addresses the resistance from academic institutions to funding or acknowledging this research.

Dec 20, 2024

Former FBI profiler Candice DeLong discusses her career investigating serial killers, violent criminals, and high-profile cases. DeLong shares insights into criminal psychology and the profiling methodology used to identify and capture dangerous offenders. The conversation explores specific cases from DeLong's FBI career including the Unabomber investigation. DeLong discusses the psychological profiles of different serial killer types and the patterns that help investigators narrow suspect pools. The discussion addresses the reality of FBI work versus Hollywood portrayals and the emotional toll of confronting human evil. DeLong examines the interview techniques used to elicit confessions and the psychology of interrogation. The broadcast explores how profilers analyze crime scenes to understand offender psychology and predict future behavior. DeLong discusses her transition from psychiatric nursing to FBI agent and the skills both professions require. The conversation addresses the challenges facing women in federal law enforcement and DeLong's groundbreaking role. DeLong examines whether violent criminals can be rehabilitated or whether some people are irredeemably dangerous.

Dec 20, 2024

Michael Glickman , Seth Shostak , and Richard C. Hoagland debate crop circle authenticity and extraterrestrial communication. Glickman presents his research into crop circle geometry and the sophisticated mathematics embedded in genuine formations. Shostak offers the SETI perspective on alien contact and his skepticism about crop circles as extraterrestrial messages. Hoagland analyzes specific crop glyphs including the famous Chilbolton formations suggesting direct communication attempts. The conversation examines the face and disc crop formation and its apparent response to the Arecibo message. Glickman discusses the physical evidence in crop formations including node elongation and cellular changes. Shostak addresses why mainstream science dismisses crop circles and the standards required for accepting ET communication. Hoagland explores hyperdimensional interpretations of crop circle geometry and encoded information. The debate highlights fundamental disagreements about evidence standards, scientific methodology, and the nature of potential alien contact. The discussion examines whether crop circles represent legitimate anomalies deserving serious study or merely human artistry and wishful thinking.

Dec 19, 2024

Gregg Braden discusses the Isaiah Effect and ancient wisdom about prayer and consciousness before Richard C. Hoagland continues analyzing crop glyphs. Braden explores the Dead Sea Scrolls and what ancient texts reveal about humanity's relationship to reality and creation. The conversation examines the science behind prayer and how focused intention may influence physical reality. Braden discusses the connection between human emotion, DNA, and the field that connects all things. Hoagland analyzes additional crop glyphs from the 2001 season and their potential meanings. The discussion explores Braden's synthesis of ancient spiritual knowledge and modern quantum physics. Braden examines the Isaiah Effect concept of changing probable futures through collective consciousness and prayer. Hoagland presents geometric analysis of crop formations suggesting intelligent mathematical encoding. The broadcast bridges ancient mystical traditions and contemporary scientific frontiers. The conversation explores whether humanity possesses untapped abilities to influence reality through consciousness that ancient cultures understood and practiced.

Dec 19, 2024

Reverend Sean Manchester recounts his vampire hunting experiences before Richard C. Hoagland analyzes crop circle glyphs. Manchester describes investigating the Highgate Vampire case and confronting supernatural entities. The conversation explores Manchester's methodology for identifying and combating genuine vampiric phenomena versus folklore and mental illness. Manchester discusses the theological understanding of vampires and the spiritual warfare involved in confronting demonic manifestations. Hoagland examines crop glyphs appearing in 2001 including formations with apparent messages or symbolic meaning. The discussion analyzes the famous face and disc crop formation and its potential extraterrestrial communication content. Hoagland applies hyperdimensional analysis to crop circle geometry and the information encoded in these patterns. The broadcast bridges the supernatural horror of vampire hunting with the mystery of crop circle intelligence. Manchester shares specific exorcism experiences and the evidence convincing him of vampires' reality. Hoagland discusses the scientific approach to decoding crop circle messages and their possible creators.

Dec 18, 2024

John Gribbin discusses various science topics before Linda Moulton Howe and Lucy Pringle examine crop circle phenomena. Gribbin explores frontiers of physics, cosmology, and scientific discovery across multiple disciplines. The conversation addresses current research into quantum mechanics, parallel universes, and the nature of reality. Howe and Pringle analyze the 2001 crop circle season and the increasingly complex formations appearing in fields worldwide. The discussion examines the geometric sophistication of crop circles and mathematical principles encoded in their designs. Pringle discusses the physical effects people report experiencing inside crop formations including healing and consciousness alterations. Howe presents evidence distinguishing genuine crop circles from human-made hoaxes. The broadcast explores theories about crop circle creation from earth energies to extraterrestrial communication. Pringle discusses her photographic documentation of crop circles and the patterns she has observed over decades of research. The conversation examines what messages the genuine formations might convey and who or what creates them.

Dec 17, 2024

Sean David Morton presents predictions based on his psychic visions and analysis of current trends. Morton discusses his forecasting methodology combining intuitive perception with research and pattern recognition. The conversation explores specific predictions about political events, earth changes, economic developments, and technological breakthroughs. Morton examines his track record with previous predictions and the accuracy rates he has achieved. The discussion addresses the challenges of timeline prediction and how human free will affects forecasted events. Morton shares his visions about humanity's near-term future and potential crisis points ahead. The broadcast explores Morton's predictions about disclosure, contact, and extraterrestrial-related developments. Morton discusses the spiritual dimension of his work and the sources informing his predictive insights. The conversation examines Morton's warnings about particular threats and his suggestions for preparation and mitigation. Morton addresses criticism of psychic prediction and his response to skeptics who dismiss forecasting as impossible or fraudulent.

Dec 16, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland examines the monuments of Mars and evidence for artificial structures in the Cydonia region. Hoagland analyzes geometric relationships between Martian features suggesting intelligent design and mathematical encoding. The conversation explores the Face on Mars, the D&M pyramid, and other anomalous structures defying geological explanation. Hoagland discusses NASA's imaging strategies and the politics surrounding Mars anomaly investigation. The discussion addresses hyperdimensional physics and the theoretical framework Hoagland proposes for understanding these structures. Hoagland examines connections between Mars monuments and ancient structures on Earth including the pyramids and Stonehenge. The broadcast explores the implications if Mars once hosted advanced civilization. Hoagland discusses the resistance from mainstream science and NASA to seriously investigating artificial origin hypotheses. The conversation examines the latest Mars imagery and what new data reveals about Cydonia anomalies. Hoagland addresses the question of who built the Mars structures, when, and what happened to them.

Dec 15, 2024

Stephan Schwartz discusses his remote viewing research and archaeological discoveries made through psychic archaeology. Schwartz presents cases where remote viewing successfully located historical artifacts and archaeological sites before excavation. The conversation explores the methodology Schwartz developed for using multiple remote viewers to corroborate findings. Schwartz discusses specific archaeological projects including the discovery of Cleopatra's palace and Alexander the Great's tomb site. The discussion addresses the scientific validation of remote viewing through archaeological confirmation of psychic descriptions. Schwartz examines the implications of remote viewing for understanding human consciousness and its capabilities. The broadcast explores Schwartz's research into remote viewing accuracy and the factors that enhance or diminish psychic perception. Schwartz discusses resistance from conventional archaeology to accepting remote viewing as a legitimate research tool. The conversation examines the theoretical models that might explain how remote viewing accesses information across space and time. Schwartz addresses the potential for remote viewing to accelerate archaeological discovery and historical understanding.

Dec 14, 2024

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath discuss geographic information systems and mapping technology applications. The conversation explores how GIS technology revolutionizes data visualization, analysis, and decision-making across multiple fields. Cook and McBeath examine specific applications of GIS from urban planning to environmental management to emergency response. The discussion addresses the integration of satellite imagery, GPS data, and layered information in GIS platforms. Cook and McBeath explore the future of mapping technology and how increasing data resolution transforms analytical capabilities. The broadcast examines privacy concerns related to detailed geographic data collection and surveillance potential. The conversation addresses how GIS technology contributes to scientific research, resource management, and infrastructure planning. Cook and McBeath discuss the accessibility of GIS tools and the democratization of mapping capabilities. The discussion explores connections between geographic data analysis and understanding complex systems from ecosystems to social networks. The broadcast examines how GIS technology changes human relationship to space and enables new ways of seeing patterns across landscapes.

Dec 13, 2024

Major Ed Dames discusses remote viewing techniques, training, and his latest predictions based on psychic intelligence gathering. Dames explains the remote viewing protocols developed during government psychic espionage programs. The conversation explores specific remote viewing sessions and the process of perceiving distant locations and events without normal sensory input. Dames shares his current remote viewing findings about future events and potential threats facing humanity. The discussion addresses the difference between natural psychic ability and trained remote viewing methodology. Dames examines the accuracy rates achieved by skilled remote viewers and the verification process for their findings. The broadcast explores Dames' predictions about earth changes, solar events, and geopolitical developments. Dames discusses the controversy surrounding his remote viewing of catastrophic future scenarios. The conversation examines whether remote viewing represents a reproducible skill set or remains an unreliable psychic phenomenon. Dames addresses applications of remote viewing for intelligence work, archaeology, and personal development.

Dec 12, 2024

Marilyn Schlitz discusses scientific studies of consciousness, remote viewing, and psychic phenomena at the Institute of Noetic Sciences. Schlitz presents research demonstrating the reality of consciousness effects beyond brain-generated epiphenomena. The conversation explores controlled experiments in remote viewing, distant healing, and the sense of being stared at. Schlitz discusses the methodology for scientifically studying subjective experiences and consciousness-related phenomena. The discussion addresses the challenges consciousness research poses to materialist scientific paradigms. Schlitz examines the implications if consciousness represents a fundamental aspect of reality rather than merely brain activity. The broadcast explores research into the connection between consciousness and quantum mechanics. Schlitz discusses the resistance from mainstream science to evidence challenging conventional views about mind and consciousness. The conversation examines practical applications of consciousness research including healing, enhanced performance, and expanded human potential. Schlitz addresses the philosophical questions raised by scientific evidence that consciousness may transcend physical limitations.

Dec 11, 2024

Psychic Sylvia Browne shares insights from her lifetime of paranormal experiences and spiritual communication. Browne discusses her methodology for connecting with the spirit world and delivering messages from deceased loved ones. The conversation explores Browne's understanding of the afterlife, reincarnation, and the soul's journey through multiple incarnations. Browne addresses her work with law enforcement on missing person and murder cases. The discussion examines Browne's spiritual philosophy and her beliefs about life's purpose and human destiny. Browne shares specific psychic readings and predictions she has made over her career. The broadcast addresses skeptical criticism of psychic phenomena and Browne's response to doubters. Browne discusses the development of psychic abilities and whether everyone possesses latent intuitive capacities. The conversation explores Browne's communication with spirit guides and the information she receives from non-physical entities. Browne addresses the responsibility psychics bear when delivering difficult messages and the ethical considerations guiding her work.

Dec 11, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe investigates reports of unknown creatures in the forests of Laos and Asian enigmas. Howe examines eyewitness accounts of unidentified primates or hominids observed in remote wilderness areas. The conversation explores the biodiversity of Southeast Asian forests and the possibility that unknown large animals remain undiscovered. Howe discusses scientific expeditions searching for cryptids and the physical evidence collected. The discussion addresses the cultural traditions describing forest creatures and indigenous knowledge of these beings. Howe examines the challenge of documenting elusive animals in dense jungle environments with limited access. The broadcast explores whether some reported creatures represent unknown species, misidentifications, or folklore manifestations. Howe discusses the intersection of cryptozoology and conservation biology. The conversation examines how habitat destruction and human encroachment increase encounters with previously isolated species. Howe addresses the scientific establishment's resistance to cryptozoological investigation despite ongoing discoveries of previously unknown animals.

Dec 10, 2024

Colm Kelleher discusses the National Institute for Discovery Science's research into anomalous phenomena before Ted Randall addresses electromagnetic pulse threats. Kelleher examines NIDS investigations of cattle mutilations, UFO encounters, and paranormal events at Skinwalker Ranch. The conversation explores the scientific methodology NIDS applies to studying fringe phenomena and the evidence collected. Kelleher discusses the challenges of investigating anomalies that seem to respond to observation and defy conventional study. Randall explains electromagnetic pulse bursts and their potential to disable modern electronics and infrastructure. The discussion addresses both natural EMP from solar storms and artificial EMP from nuclear weapons detonated at high altitude. Kelleher shares specific cases from NIDS research including unexplained animal deaths and technological anomalies. Randall examines America's vulnerability to EMP attack and the catastrophic societal breakdown that would follow grid failure. The broadcast bridges scientific investigation of paranormal phenomena with analysis of technological and strategic threats. The conversation explores the intersection of frontier science and national security concerns.

Dec 9, 2024

Neil Slade returns to discuss brain function, the frontal lobes, and techniques for accessing expanded consciousness. Slade explains the neurology behind the brain's pleasure centers and methods for consciously activating beneficial brain states. The conversation explores practical exercises anyone can use to shift from survival-based limbic system dominance to frontal lobe activation. Slade discusses the "amygdala tickle" technique and the simple physical practices that influence brain chemistry and consciousness. The discussion addresses how stress, fear, and modern life keep people stuck in primitive brain regions rather than accessing higher functions. Slade examines connections between brain activation and creativity, problem-solving, and psychic abilities. The broadcast explores the political implications of populations operating from expanded consciousness versus fear-based thinking. Slade discusses brain plasticity and the capacity for neurological change throughout life. The conversation provides accessible tools for brain development and consciousness expansion. Slade addresses scientific research supporting his methods and the resistance from institutions threatened by empowered, conscious populations.

Dec 8, 2024

Dr. Steven M. Greer continues his advocacy for extraterrestrial disclosure following the National Press Club event. Greer discusses witness testimony from military and intelligence personnel who encountered UFOs and evidence of government knowledge about alien presence. The conversation examines the secrecy apparatus protecting ET information and the institutional forces opposing disclosure. Greer presents documentation of UFO incidents at nuclear facilities worldwide. The discussion addresses the advanced energy technologies allegedly back-engineered from recovered extraterrestrial craft. Greer explores why these revolutionary technologies remain classified and the economic interests served by continued fossil fuel dependence. The broadcast examines Greer's strategy for forcing government transparency about extraterrestrial matters through public pressure. Greer discusses the Disclosure Project's collection of hundreds of credible witnesses willing to testify under oath before Congress. The conversation explores what full disclosure would mean for human civilization, energy policy, and our understanding of humanity's place in the cosmos. Greer addresses obstacles to disclosure and the timetable for potential government acknowledgment of ET reality.

Dec 7, 2024

Philip Hoag examines nuclear tensions between the United States, Russia, and China in the evolving post-Cold War landscape. Hoag discusses geopolitical factors driving nuclear confrontation risks despite the Soviet Union's collapse. The conversation explores China's nuclear arsenal expansion and the implications for regional and global stability. Hoag analyzes the missile defense debate and how American anti-ballistic missile systems affect strategic balance with Russia and China. The discussion addresses the deteriorating arms control framework and the risk of renewed nuclear arms races. Hoag examines scenarios that could trigger nuclear conflict between the major powers. The broadcast explores the philosophy of nuclear deterrence and whether mutually assured destruction doctrine remains viable. Hoag discusses the danger of nuclear terrorism and the risk of weapons falling into non-state actors' hands. The conversation examines whether the world is safer or more dangerous than during the Cold War. Hoag addresses the public's complacency about nuclear weapons despite the persistent threat they represent.

Dec 6, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe and Stephan Schwartz investigate the underwater structures discovered off Cuba through remote viewing and research. Schwartz discusses his remote viewing session targeting the Cuba site and the archaeological information he retrieved. Howe presents the latest sonar imaging and expedition planning to document the underwater formations. The conversation explores the depth at which these structures exist and geological theories about ancient sea levels. Schwartz describes specific architectural details he perceived through remote viewing before any direct observation. Howe examines the implications if these prove to be remnants of advanced pre-flood civilization. The discussion addresses mainstream archaeological resistance to evidence contradicting established human history timelines. Schwartz explains the remote viewing protocol and how multiple viewers corroborate findings. Howe discusses expedition logistics and the technological challenges of documenting structures at significant depth. The broadcast explores what discovering genuine ancient ruins in these locations would mean for understanding human development and lost civilizations.

Dec 5, 2024

Mike Heiser and Grant Jeffrey debate the validity of Bible codes and whether hidden messages exist in scripture. Heiser presents the skeptical scholarly position challenging Bible code methodology and statistical claims. Jeffrey defends Bible code research and argues that mathematical patterns demonstrate divine authorship. The conversation examines specific Bible code predictions and whether they represent genuine foreknowledge or data mining artifacts. David Ruppe discusses the Echelon surveillance system and global electronic eavesdropping programs. The discussion explores technical aspects of Bible code research and competing interpretations of the same data. Heiser addresses theological problems with the concept that God would hide important information in codes rather than clear text. Jeffrey presents examples he considers most compelling evidence for Bible code authenticity. Ruppe explains how Echelon intercepts communications worldwide and the privacy implications of this surveillance network. The broadcast examines both ancient mysteries encoded in scripture and modern surveillance technologies monitoring global communications.

Dec 4, 2024

Ed Dames remote views the underwater structures discovered off Cuba before Robert Kiviat discusses UFO video evidence. Dames describes his remote viewing session targeting the Cuba anomaly and the impressions he received about the site's nature and origins. The conversation explores whether the underwater formations represent ancient ruins and what civilization might have constructed them. Dames discusses the remote viewing process and the information that emerges through this trained psychic methodology. Kiviat examines compelling UFO videos and the challenge of authenticating footage in an era of sophisticated digital manipulation. The discussion addresses the Cuba structures' depth and what geological explanations might account for manmade construction at that location. Dames shares additional remote viewing findings about hidden history and lost civilizations. Kiviat discusses his documentary work investigating UFO evidence and encounters. The broadcast explores multiple frontiers of anomalous phenomena from underwater archaeology to extraterrestrial contact. The conversation examines evidence evaluation and the process of distinguishing genuine anomalies from hoaxes and misidentification.

Dec 3, 2024

Robert W. Morgan discusses his Bigfoot research and evidence for the creature's existence in North American wilderness. Morgan examines footprint casts, hair samples, eyewitness accounts, and photographic evidence accumulated over decades. The conversation explores the most credible Bigfoot encounters and sightings from reliable witnesses. Morgan discusses the challenges of researching an apparently intelligent creature that actively avoids human contact. The discussion addresses skeptical arguments against Bigfoot's existence and Morgan's responses based on field investigation. Morgan examines possible origins of Sasquatch and whether the creature represents an undiscovered primate or something more unusual. The broadcast explores the science of cryptozoology and the difficulty of proving a large animal's existence without a body. Morgan discusses expeditions into remote wilderness areas and techniques for documenting Bigfoot evidence. The conversation examines Native American traditions about Sasquatch and indigenous knowledge of these beings. Morgan addresses why definitive proof remains elusive despite thousands of reported encounters over centuries.

Dec 2, 2024

Callers share diverse perspectives and experiences on an open lines edition covering multiple topics. The broadcast features listener calls on everything from personal paranormal encounters to political commentary. Discussion includes updates on current events and ongoing investigations into various mysteries. Callers contribute their expertise, theories, and firsthand accounts across a wide range of subjects. The conversation touches on recent guest topics and listener responses to previous programs. Art addresses questions from the audience and facilitates dialogue between callers with different viewpoints. The broadcast demonstrates the eclectic nature of the listening audience and their varied interests in anomalous phenomena. Open lines provides a forum for voices not typically heard in mainstream media to share unconventional ideas and experiences. The discussion ranges from serious investigation to speculative theory to personal stories that challenge conventional understanding of reality.

Dec 1, 2024

Morgan Spence investigates the shadow people phenomenon and the thousands of reports flooding in from listeners. Spence examines characteristics consistently described across shadow people encounters including human-like silhouettes, darkness without features, and unsettling presence. The conversation explores theories about what shadow people might be, from interdimensional entities to psychological projections. Spence discusses the emotional impact of shadow people encounters and the fear these experiences generate. The discussion addresses differences between shadow people and traditional ghost encounters or other paranormal phenomena. Spence examines cultural and historical precedents for shadow being reports across different societies. The broadcast explores whether shadow people represent a real external phenomenon or emerge from the human psyche. Spence discusses investigative approaches to documenting and studying these encounters. The conversation examines patterns in when, where, and to whom shadow people appear. Spence addresses whether shadow people pose danger or simply exist as mysterious observers in our reality.

Nov 30, 2024

Richard Perez discusses Home Power Magazine and the movement toward energy independence through renewable power systems. Perez explains solar, wind, and hydroelectric technologies available for homeowners seeking to disconnect from the electrical grid. The conversation explores the economics of home power systems and how costs have decreased as technology improves. Perez discusses real-world examples of people successfully living off-grid with renewable energy. The discussion addresses the political and corporate resistance to distributed power generation that threatens utility monopolies. Perez examines California's energy crisis as motivation for pursuing energy independence. The broadcast explores technical aspects of home power systems including battery storage, inverters, and system sizing. Perez discusses the environmental benefits of renewable energy and the personal satisfaction of energy self-sufficiency. The conversation examines whether home power represents a realistic path toward solving energy problems and reducing fossil fuel dependence. Perez addresses common misconceptions and practical challenges people face when implementing renewable energy systems.

Nov 29, 2024

David M. Jacobs presents his research into UFO abductions and the alien agenda based on decades of hypnotic regression work with experiencers. Jacobs discusses disturbing patterns suggesting a systematic program of genetic harvesting and hybridization. The conversation examines the consistency of abduction accounts and the detailed procedures abductees describe undergoing. Jacobs shares his conclusions about alien intentions and the hybrid breeding program he believes evidence reveals. The discussion addresses the emotional and psychological trauma many abductees experience. Jacobs examines the progression of the abduction phenomenon and whether alien activity has intensified over recent decades. The broadcast explores Jacobs' controversial theories about alien infiltration and the hybrid population's role. Jacobs discusses the physical evidence of abductions including scars, missing time, and multiple witness events. The conversation tackles difficult questions about human agency, the aliens' ultimate goals, and whether humanity faces an existential threat from this ongoing intervention in human affairs.

Nov 28, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland and Kynthia examine the latest imaging of the Face on Mars and Cydonia region anomalies. Hoagland analyzes new photographs from Mars Global Surveyor and what they reveal about the controversial structures. The discussion explores NASA's imaging strategies and whether the agency deliberately obscures or enhances different features. Kynthia contributes her perspective on the geometric relationships between Cydonia structures and mathematical patterns suggesting intelligent design. The conversation examines public reaction to updated Face images and the debate about pareidolia versus artificial construction. Hoagland discusses the hyperdimensional physics model and how it relates to Mars anomalies. The broadcast addresses criticism from skeptics and mainstream scientists dismissing Cydonia research. Hoagland and Kynthia explore connections between Mars structures and ancient monuments on Earth. The discussion examines political forces preventing serious scientific investigation of possible Mars artifacts and the implications if these structures prove artificial.

Nov 28, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe investigates mysterious horse deaths linked to tent caterpillar infestations before Richard C. Hoagland provides Mars updates. Howe examines the unusual phenomenon of pregnant mares suffering fatal complications after exposure to tent caterpillars. The discussion explores the bizarre connection between caterpillar hairs and equine reproductive system damage. Howe presents veterinary findings about this previously unknown danger to horses during caterpillar season. The conversation addresses the scale of horse deaths and economic impact on breeding operations. Hoagland analyzes new Mars data and the latest information from ongoing missions. The broadcast examines NASA's evolving approach to Mars exploration and public communication about discoveries. Howe's investigation demonstrates the unexpected dangers lurking in nature and the complex interactions between species. Hoagland discusses the political and scientific pressures shaping Mars mission priorities. The conversation bridges terrestrial biological mysteries and extraterrestrial archaeological investigation.

Nov 27, 2024

Brian Walker discusses building homemade rockets and the growing amateur rocketry movement. Walker explains the engineering challenges of creating functional rockets on limited budgets using accessible materials. The conversation explores the community of rocket enthusiasts pushing boundaries of private space technology. Walker describes specific rocket designs, fuel systems, and the incremental progress toward higher altitudes and more sophisticated capabilities. The discussion addresses regulatory issues facing amateur rocketeers and the balance between innovation and safety. Walker examines how amateur rocketry contributes to advancing spaceflight technology and inspiring future aerospace engineers. The broadcast explores the dream of private individuals building craft capable of reaching space without government or corporate resources. Walker discusses failures, explosions, and lessons learned through trial and error in rocket development. The conversation examines whether amateur rocketeers might achieve suborbital flights and what this would mean for democratizing space access. Walker shares the passion driving people to invest time and money pursuing this challenging hobby.

Nov 26, 2024

Dr. Jeffrey Long discusses his research into near-death experiences before Richard C. Hoagland and Peter Gersten examine NASA's Cydonia imaging. Long presents findings from his database of thousands of NDE accounts showing consistent patterns across different cultures. The conversation explores the scientific study of consciousness surviving clinical death and the implications for understanding human nature. Long discusses the transformative effects NDEs have on experiencers' lives, beliefs, and priorities. Hoagland and Gersten analyze NASA's latest Mars imagery and the agency's treatment of Cydonia anomalies. The discussion examines legal strategies for forcing NASA disclosure about artificial structures on Mars. Hoagland presents evidence of NASA image manipulation and the ongoing controversy about the Face on Mars. Gersten, an attorney, discusses using Freedom of Information Act requests and litigation to extract truth from government agencies. The broadcast bridges consciousness research and space anomaly investigation, exploring two frontiers challenging mainstream scientific paradigms.

Nov 25, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe investigates reports of underwater structures discovered off Cuba that may represent ancient ruins. Howe examines sonar imagery showing geometric formations on the ocean floor at depths suggesting great antiquity. The conversation explores whether these structures could be remnants of advanced civilization predating known history. Howe discusses expeditions planned to investigate the site with underwater photography and documentation. The discussion connects the Cuba discovery to Atlantis legends and other stories of lost civilizations. Howe examines the geological questions about how structures could exist at such depths. Open lines follow with callers sharing perspectives on the Cuba findings and related ancient mysteries. The broadcast addresses mainstream archaeological resistance to evidence contradicting conventional human history timelines. Howe discusses other underwater sites worldwide that challenge understanding of ancient human capabilities. The conversation explores what discovering genuine pre-flood civilization ruins would mean for understanding human origins and development.

Nov 24, 2024

Russell Targ and Paul Smith discuss remote viewing from their backgrounds in the government's psychic espionage programs. Targ, a physicist who helped develop remote viewing protocols at SRI, explains the scientific methodology behind this trained psychic ability. Smith, a military remote viewer, shares his experiences in the operational unit conducting intelligence-gathering missions. The conversation examines how remote viewing works, training procedures, and the surprisingly consistent results achieved by trained viewers. Targ discusses the physical theories that might explain remote viewing and his research demonstrating the phenomenon under controlled conditions. Smith describes specific remote viewing sessions and the process of transcribing perceptions without conscious analysis. The discussion addresses the CIA's controversial rejection of remote viewing despite apparent successes. The broadcast explores differences between natural psychic ability and trained remote viewing protocols. Targ and Smith examine current applications of remote viewing and its potential for both intelligence work and scientific discovery.

Nov 23, 2024

Bob Larson discusses his experiences performing exorcisms and confronting demonic possession. Larson describes characteristics of genuine possession versus mental illness or other psychological conditions. The conversation examines the exorcism ritual and Larson's methodology for determining when spiritual warfare is appropriate. Larson shares specific cases from his ministry involving individuals he believes were demonically oppressed or possessed. The discussion addresses theological perspectives on demons, Satan, and the spiritual battle between good and evil forces. Larson explains warning signs of demonic influence and the process of deliverance ministry. The broadcast examines controversial aspects of Larson's work and criticism from both skeptics and some Christian denominations. Larson discusses dangers exorcists face and the spiritual preparation required for this ministry. The conversation explores cultural differences in how various societies understand and address possession phenomena. Larson addresses the line between legitimate spiritual ministry and religious exploitation of vulnerable people.

Nov 22, 2024

Matthew Alper presents his theory that religious experience and belief in God originate from specific brain structures and neurological functions. Alper discusses evidence that the brain evolved mechanisms generating spiritual experiences for evolutionary survival advantages. The conversation explores neuroscience research identifying brain regions activated during religious experiences, meditation, and prayer. Alper examines universal patterns in religious belief across cultures suggesting hardwired neurological origins rather than divine revelation. The discussion addresses the controversial implications of this materialist explanation for spirituality and whether it invalidates religious truth claims. Alper explores why natural selection might favor individuals and groups with strong religious beliefs and experiences. The broadcast examines studies of temporal lobe stimulation producing mystical experiences and near-death phenomena. Alper discusses the relationship between epilepsy, temporal lobe disorders, and heightened religiosity in some individuals. The conversation tackles whether understanding the neurology of spiritual experience enriches or diminishes the meaning people find in religion.

Nov 21, 2024

David Livingston discusses the emerging space tourism industry and prospects for commercial spaceflight. Livingston examines companies developing vehicles for paying customers to experience weightlessness and view Earth from space. The conversation explores technical challenges of creating affordable, safe space tourism including reusable launch systems. Livingston discusses the economics of space tourism and what price points might make it accessible beyond ultra-wealthy individuals. The discussion addresses regulatory hurdles facing commercial spaceflight and government's role in either facilitating or hampering private space industry. Livingston explores potential destinations for space tourists from suborbital flights to orbital hotels to lunar visits. The broadcast examines how space tourism could drive technological advancement and reduce launch costs through economies of scale. Livingston discusses the transformative effect of seeing Earth from space and the philosophical implications of making this experience widely available. The conversation explores timelines for when ordinary people might realistically afford space travel.

Nov 20, 2024

Michael Heiser examines biblical Watchers and their connection to ancient texts describing divine beings interacting with humanity. Heiser discusses the Book of Enoch and other extra-biblical sources describing these mysterious entities who descended to Earth. The conversation explores academic and theological interpretations of the Watchers and their offspring the Nephilim. Heiser analyzes original Hebrew and Aramaic texts to understand what ancient authors intended to convey about these beings. The discussion connects Watchers mythology to broader ancient Near Eastern literature about divine councils and heavenly hierarchies. Heiser addresses mainstream theological resistance to taking these texts literally versus his scholarly approach to understanding them in historical context. The broadcast examines parallels between ancient Watcher accounts and modern UFO abduction narratives. Heiser discusses the Watchers' role in corrupting humanity and bringing forbidden knowledge to Earth. The conversation explores whether these accounts describe supernatural entities, extraterrestrial visitors, or symbolic representations of spiritual truths.

Nov 19, 2024

Kent Walker discusses growing up as the son of notorious grifter Sante Kimes and his experiences with his criminal mother. Walker recounts his childhood amid his mother's increasingly elaborate scams, thefts, and manipulation. The conversation explores the psychological impact of being raised by someone pathologically incapable of honesty or normal human connection. Walker describes his mother's progression from petty crime to serious felonies including murder. The discussion examines how Walker ultimately broke free from his mother's influence and cooperated with authorities. Walker shares insights into the criminal mind and the twisted logic that drives sociopathic behavior. The broadcast addresses questions about nature versus nurture in creating criminals. Walker discusses the emotional toll of testifying against his own mother and reconciling love for a parent with horror at their actions. The conversation explores Walker's process of building a normal life after an extraordinarily abnormal upbringing in a family built on deception and crime.

Nov 18, 2024

Neil Slade explores brain function, consciousness expansion, and techniques for accessing dormant mental capacities. Slade discusses the frontal lobes and methods for activating these brain regions associated with creativity, bliss, and heightened awareness. The conversation examines practical exercises people can use to shift brain states and access expanded consciousness. Slade explains his "brain buttons" technique and the neurological basis for these simple practices. The discussion explores connections between brain function, psychic abilities, and human potential. Slade addresses how modern life often keeps people stuck in primitive brain regions associated with fear and survival rather than higher consciousness. The broadcast examines scientific research on neuroplasticity and the brain's capacity for change throughout life. Slade discusses the political and social implications of populations that activate their frontal lobes versus those operating from reptilian brain regions. The conversation provides practical tools for brain development accessible to anyone interested in expanding their mental capabilities.

Nov 17, 2024

Dr. Patch Adams discusses his Gesundheit Institute and revolutionary approach to healthcare through humor and compassion. Adams explains his philosophy of treating patients as whole human beings rather than diseases or case numbers. The conversation explores how laughter and joy contribute to healing and patient recovery. Adams describes the Gesundheit Institute model providing free healthcare while incorporating humor therapy and human connection. The discussion addresses problems with conventional medical education and the healthcare industry's profit-driven approach. Adams shares stories from his medical practice demonstrating the power of compassion, playfulness, and authentic human interaction in healing. The broadcast examines resistance from mainstream medicine to Adams' methods and his advocacy for healthcare reform. Adams discusses plans for the Gesundheit hospital facility designed to embody his healing philosophy. The conversation explores how society can transform healthcare delivery to prioritize patient wellbeing over corporate profits.

Nov 16, 2024

Dr. Steven M. Greer presents The Disclosure Project's case for government acknowledgment of extraterrestrial contact. Greer discusses testimony from military and intelligence witnesses regarding UFO encounters and reverse-engineered alien technology. The conversation examines the National Press Club event where dozens of credible witnesses came forward with their experiences. Greer outlines evidence for a decades-long cover-up of ET presence and advanced energy technologies that could transform civilization. The discussion addresses why disclosure matters and the societal implications of acknowledging non-human intelligence. Greer presents documentation of UFO incidents at nuclear facilities and military installations worldwide. The broadcast explores the secrecy apparatus protecting this information and the interests served by continued concealment. Greer discusses the potential for zero-point energy and other breakthrough technologies allegedly derived from recovered craft. The conversation examines obstacles to disclosure and strategies for forcing government transparency about extraterrestrial matters.

Nov 15, 2024

Reverend Howard Storm shares his transformative and terrifying near-death experience that led him from atheism to faith. Storm describes descending into hellish realms populated by hostile entities before being rescued by beings of light. The discussion explores the life-changing impact of this NDE on Storm's worldview, career, and spiritual understanding. Storm recounts specific details of his experience, including the psychological torture and eventual redemption he underwent. The conversation examines theological implications of NDEs and how Storm's experience aligns with and diverges from traditional religious teachings. Storm discusses his transition from art professor to minister following this profound encounter. The broadcast addresses skeptical explanations for NDEs versus Storm's conviction about the reality of what he experienced. The discussion explores what Storm learned about human purpose, the nature of love, and the choices that determine spiritual destiny during this harrowing journey beyond death's threshold.

Nov 14, 2024

Dr. Peter D. Ward examines climate change from a geological and paleontological perspective. Ward discusses Earth's history of dramatic climate shifts and mass extinction events triggered by environmental transformation. The conversation explores current climate trends and how they compare with historical patterns from the fossil record. Ward presents evidence about the speed at which climate can change and the threshold points beyond which shifts become irreversible. The discussion addresses the role of carbon dioxide, methane, and other greenhouse gases in driving temperature changes throughout Earth's history. Ward examines the connection between climate change and species extinction, drawing parallels to current biodiversity loss. The broadcast investigates whether humanity faces another major extinction event and what geological evidence suggests about our current trajectory. Ward's research combines paleontology, oceanography, and climate science to understand the mechanisms driving planetary transformation.

Nov 13, 2024

Alan Mesher discusses psychic healing techniques before Richard C. Hoagland provides updates on Antarctica and Mars. Mesher explains methodologies for channeling healing energy and the mind-body connection in alternative therapeutic approaches. The conversation explores documented cases of psychic healing and scientific attempts to measure these phenomena. Hoagland continues tracking mysterious Antarctic activities and analyzes new Mars imagery. The discussion connects ancient knowledge about human potential with modern research into consciousness and healing. Mesher describes training processes for developing psychic healing abilities and the ethical considerations practitioners must navigate. Hoagland examines parallels between suppression of alternative healing modalities and suppression of information about extraterrestrial artifacts. The broadcast explores whether consciousness plays a more fundamental role in health and reality than conventional science acknowledges. The conversation bridges spiritual traditions, frontier science, and ongoing investigation into anomalous phenomena both terrestrial and extraterrestrial.

Nov 12, 2024

David Wilcock and Dr. Scott Mandelker explore the phenomenon of extraterrestrial identity and walk-ins. The discussion examines individuals who report feeling they originate from other star systems or dimensions, and the psychological reality of these experiences. Mandelker presents his research into wanderers, starseeds, and souls who believe they volunteered to incarnate on Earth to assist humanity's evolution. Wilcock contributes his perspective on the interface between metaphysics and theoretical science. The conversation addresses how these individuals recognize their ET identity, common characteristics they share, and the purpose behind their presence on Earth. Mandelker discusses his multimedia seminar "The Time of Global Shift" traveling to cities nationwide. The broadcast examines whether ET identity experiences represent psychological phenomena, spiritual reality, or something bridging both domains. The discussion explores how mainstream psychology and psychiatry address patients reporting extraterrestrial origins.

Nov 11, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland examines magnetic anomalies detected at Lake Vostok beneath Antarctica's ice sheet. The discussion explores scientific findings about this massive subglacial lake and unusual readings that defy conventional explanations. Hoagland analyzes the connection between the magnetic anomalies and unprecedented winter evacuation flights from Antarctic research stations. The conversation examines why authorities might be concerned about discoveries beneath the ice and the potential implications for understanding Earth's history. Russian and American research teams have drilled close to the lake's surface, raising questions about what they might have found. The broadcast investigates whether ancient ruins, unknown organisms, or geophysical phenomena could explain the magnetic signatures. Hoagland discusses the strategic importance of Lake Vostok and the intense scientific interest in this pristine environment isolated for millions of years beneath miles of ice.

Nov 11, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe exposes Deek Richards as the same hoaxer Kent from years earlier who falsely claimed JPL employment. Richards admits on tape that his entire Germany UFO crash retrieval story was fabricated, apologizing to listeners and military personnel. Howe's investigation revealed no Interior Department employment in Maine and no record of anyone named Deek Richards in federal databases. Richards confesses he repeated the hoax to see if he could fool people again, admitting his pattern of calculated disinformation. The conversation examines chronic liars and deliberate misinformers in the UFO field, though Howe notes legitimate military witnesses have reported strange aircraft over Germany including at Fulda Gap. Richard C. Hoagland provides updates on Antarctic mysteries with multiple sources tracking unusual winter activity. The broadcast addresses the ethical problems with hoaxers who undermine serious investigation and damage credibility of authentic witnesses sharing genuine experiences.

Nov 10, 2024

Deek Richards recounts his story of UFO crash retrieval with alien bodies in Germany, later joined by James Gilliland . Richards describes his military service in the 29th at Baumholder, Germany, when he allegedly witnessed recovery operations involving a downed craft and non-human entities. The discussion provides details about the retrieval process and the bodies recovered from the site. Art announces impressive Winter Ratings results showing significant increases across major markets, including an 81.6 percent jump in Los Angeles and a 79.5 percent increase in Chicago. Richards' account generates intense interest from top UFO researchers. The broadcast also updates the Antarctic situation with mainstream news reporting Dr. Ronald Chemensky's evacuation for gallbladder ailment, while suggesting more significant events may be occurring. Gilliland shares his experiences with UFO sightings and contact. The show's ratings surge demonstrates growing public appetite for alternative news and paranormal investigation.

Nov 10, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland investigates mysterious events at Lake Vostok in Antarctica and their potential implications. The discussion examines unusual illness affecting personnel at McMurdo Station during the Antarctic winter when such sickness is virtually unknown. An old Antarctic explorer emails Art explaining that white blood cell counts crash during winter isolation, making illness extremely rare until new personnel arrive months later. Hoagland reveals information from multiple sources in New Zealand tracking unusual activity at the bottom of the world. The conversation explores theories about what might be happening beneath the Antarctic ice, including speculation about ancient discoveries or environmental hazards. Electronic voice phenomena research with the Ghost Investigators Society is also featured. The broadcast examines the puzzling flight to evacuate an ailing doctor, which may be obscuring more significant developments. Hoagland's sources suggest something beyond routine medical emergency motivates the unprecedented winter activity.

Nov 9, 2024

Mark Pesce explores the revolutionary potential and dangers of nanotechnology while Richard C. Hoagland provides updates. Pesce discusses how nanobots could be programmed for specific military applications, from defusing explosives to creating them from inert materials. The technology could theoretically target specific populations through genome-specific weapons, though such applications raise profound ethical concerns. DARPA, the same agency that created the internet, now funds nanotechnology research at MIT, University of Michigan, and UCLA. Pesce emphasizes the positive applications, including eradicating disease, solving malnutrition, and converting garbage into edible food. The conversation examines the need for CDC-level containment facilities to prevent accidental environmental release of self-replicating nanites. Japanese researchers have created single-atom transistors, demonstrating their advancement in the field. NASA explores nanotechnology for space exploration applications. Pesce advocates for ethical guidelines governing this powerful technology that promises utopia and threatens extinction in equal measure.

Nov 8, 2024

Open lines on a Friday night features a caller who asked Vice President Dick Cheney about UFOs on the Diane Rehm show. Grant Cameron from Winnipeg describes how he got through as the first caller on NPR and confronted Cheney with questions about the government's knowledge of extraterrestrial phenomena. The Washington Times reported on the exchange, though some details were incomplete. Art addresses Deke Richards' incredible UFO crash retrieval story from Germany, which Richards had permission to tell. The broadcast examines caller experiences including Sarah's near-death experience. Discussion includes political commentary on the two-party system and corporate control of government. The show touches on disinformation tactics and the challenge of verifying extraordinary claims. Listeners call in with various topics ranging from conspiracy theories to personal paranormal experiences during this wide-ranging open lines edition.

Nov 7, 2024

Dannion Brinkley shares insights from his near-death experiences before Zecharia Sitchin discusses explosive findings from the human genome project. Sitchin reveals that scientists have discovered 223 genes in human DNA that cannot be accounted for through evolutionary progression from bacteria to higher organisms. Newsweek's science editor referred to these as alien genes, supporting Sitchin's ancient Anunnaki theory. The conversation explores Sitchin's interpretation of Sumerian texts describing how beings from planet Nibiru genetically engineered humans by combining their DNA with hominid genes approximately 300,000 years ago. Scientists deciphered the human genome faster than expected, revealing we have only about 30,000 genes, barely twice as many as a worm and differing from chimpanzees by just one percent. Sitchin discusses the ancient texts describing how humans were created to mine gold. Brinkley's near-death experiences provide spiritual context for understanding human consciousness and our place in the cosmos.

Nov 6, 2024

Professor John Mack , the Harvard psychiatrist and Pulitzer Prize-winning author, examines the alien abduction phenomenon from an academic perspective. Mack discusses his research into experiencer accounts and the psychological reality of abduction events, regardless of their physical nature. The conversation addresses the academic controversy surrounding Mack's work at Harvard and the pressure faced by respected scholars investigating anomalous phenomena. Mack presents case studies from his latest book "Passport to the Cosmos" exploring human transformation through alien encounters. The discussion delves into common patterns among abduction experiences, including the appearance of human-like beings and transformative after-effects. Shadow people phenomenon continues to generate thousands of listener reports. Mack explores the intersection of extraordinary experience research and traditional psychiatric practice, examining how the human psyche processes encounters that challenge conventional reality frameworks.

Nov 5, 2024

Gordon Michael Scallion presents his predictions about pole shifts and coming Earth changes based on his visions and research. The discussion examines potential geographic transformations including coastline alterations, seismic activity increases, and climate pattern disruptions. Scallion describes his methodology for forecasting future Earth changes and the timeline for these predicted events. The conversation explores how solar activity, planetary alignments, and electromagnetic field shifts may trigger catastrophic geological changes. Art addresses the ongoing controversy with Peter Davenport, explaining the ethical policy against paying guests and why Davenport will no longer appear on the program. The broadcast also touches on caller reports about severe weather patterns, tornadoes, and unusual atmospheric conditions across North America. Scallion discusses preparations individuals can make and regions that may be affected by coming transformations.

Nov 4, 2024

David Wilcock discusses unprecedented solar activity and anomalous phenomena while Harold Ort addresses radio technology. Wilcock examines the recent mega solar flares that have exceeded previous classification systems, forcing scientists to create new categories beyond severe and extreme. The sun has produced two massive X-class flares, including an X-20 or possibly X-22, the biggest ever measured. These flares came dangerously close to directly impacting Earth, which could have destroyed satellites, disrupted communications, and devastated the global economy. Wilcock explores connections between solar activity, consciousness, and planetary transformation. Mysterious haze from Mongolian dust carried across the Pacific by jet streams blankets the western United States. The broadcast examines whether this atmospheric phenomenon could be more than simple dust particles. Wilcock's research draws from his Ascension2000 website and upcoming book on quantum mechanics and galactic energy systems.

Nov 3, 2024

The annual Ghost to Ghost special takes over the airwaves with callers sharing their most terrifying and authentic paranormal experiences. Art sets strict ground rules requiring only serious, interesting, and scary ghost stories from listeners nationwide. The broadcast features firsthand accounts of supernatural encounters, apparitions, and unexplained phenomena experienced by ordinary people. Callers describe everything from shadow figures to full-bodied apparitions, poltergeist activity, and encounters with the deceased. The discussion includes examination of ghost photographs submitted by listeners, with Art filtering out obvious fakes like camera strap blur and cigarette smoke. One particular photograph on the website's fifth page shows an arm apparently emerging from a television set. The show maintains its tradition of collecting premium ghost stories and building what may be the internet's best collection of authentic paranormal photographs and experiences.

Nov 2, 2024

Thunder Strikes discusses the shadow people phenomenon before Richard C. Hoagland presents stunning evidence of writing on Mars. Hoagland reveals photographs of the D&M area on Mars that appear to show lettering, challenging conventional explanations about the red planet. The discussion examines the chain of custody for these NASA images and whether the markings could be natural formations or something more extraordinary. Shadow people reports continue to flood the show with over 4,000 emails describing encounters with these mysterious entities. Three classifications of shadow people are proposed, ranging from inorganic beings summoned by practitioners to Earth energies manifesting in folklore. The conversation shifts to Arthur C. Clarke's recent statements about large life on Mars and his email to the Mars Odyssey team. Current events include mad cow-like disease confirmation in Canadian wildlife and Pacific Gas bankruptcy proceedings.

Nov 1, 2024

Paul Coulbeck examines connections between UFO sightings, crop circle formations, and ancient archaeological sites around the world. The discussion explores patterns suggesting intelligent design behind crop circle phenomena and their possible relationship to extraterrestrial activity. Coulbeck presents evidence of UFO activity near ancient monuments and sacred sites throughout history. The conversation analyzes geometric patterns found in both crop formations and ancient architecture. Current events include the sun's strange behavior with jokes circulating about it burning out on Thursday, though this proves to be satirical content making the rounds online. The broadcast addresses the return of the U.S. spy plane crew from China and ongoing diplomatic tensions. Severe weather patterns continue with tornado activity in Iowa and Oklahoma while record snowfall blankets the Rocky Mountains.

Oct 31, 2024

Dr. Carla Willis Brandon explores deathbed visions and the experiences reported by those approaching the end of life. The discussion examines phenomena witnessed by dying patients and their caregivers, including visions of deceased loved ones and glimpses of what may lie beyond. Dr. Brandon presents research on the consistency of these experiences across different cultures and belief systems. The conversation delves into the psychological and spiritual significance of deathbed visions and their potential comfort to both the dying and their families. Extreme weather continues with tennis ball-sized hailstones battering Missouri and powerful winds tearing through Kansas City. The broadcast also touches on the U.S. spy plane crew's return from China after diplomatic negotiations resulted in their release. Discussion includes the crowded soccer stadium disaster in South Africa that killed 43 people.

Oct 30, 2024

Major Ed Dames returns with remote viewing predictions that he warns will be grim in nature. The discussion focuses on tense diplomatic negotiations between President Bush and China following the collision between a U.S. surveillance plane and a Chinese fighter. Dames presents his latest remote viewing findings and forecasts about global events. The conversation also addresses Pacific Gas and Electric filing for bankruptcy in the wake of California's deregulation crisis, and the confirmation of mad cow-like disease in wild deer in western Canada. Shadow people phenomenon continues to dominate listener emails with thousands of reports flooding the show. NASA prepares to launch the 2001 Mars Odyssey mission named in tribute to Arthur C. Clarke. The broadcast examines growing concerns about energy deregulation spreading to other states despite California's economic troubles.

Oct 29, 2024

Dr. Albert Taylor addresses the shadow people phenomenon through his expertise in out-of-body experiences. As shadow people reports flood Art's email with over 4,000 messages, Taylor proposes that some sightings may represent people having OBEs who appear as shadowy figures to physical observers. Taylor shares his background as an aerospace engineer who worked on the U-2 spy plane, SR-71 Blackbird, F-117 stealth fighter, and B-1 bomber before devoting himself to consciousness research. His book Soul Traveler chronicles decades of spontaneous OBEs beginning at age five when his grandmother terrified him by saying witches were stealing his soul. Taylor describes the sleep paralysis state that precedes OBEs, the sensation of leaving the physical body, and the ability to visit any location through focused intention. Art relates his own dramatic OBE in Paris where he experienced indescribable ecstasy while floating above the city. The discussion explores whether shadow people might be astral travelers, death omens, nature spirits, or multiple phenomena sharing similar manifestations, offering the most comprehensive analysis yet of this puzzling topic.

Oct 28, 2024

Bart Kosko explores the world of fuzzy logic and the mathematical frameworks that challenge binary thinking. The episode breaks major news about chemtrails as reporter Tiffany Brendt presents explosive interviews with an air traffic control manager who reveals insider information about aerial operations. The source, dubbed Deep Sky, provides unprecedented testimony about chemtrail activities observed from major metropolitan airports, though voice alteration protects his identity. Kosko's discussion of fuzzy logic and probabilistic thinking provides counterpoint to the certainty often demanded in controversial topics. The conversation explores how complex systems operate in shades of gray rather than absolute true-false dichotomies. Art examines how fuzzy logic applies to artificial intelligence, decision-making systems, and understanding phenomena that resist simple categorization. The episode marks a significant moment in chemtrail research as mainstream media credibility enters the investigation. The convergence of cutting-edge mathematics with boots-on-ground testimony demonstrates how multiple perspectives illuminate complex truths that binary thinking obscures.

Oct 27, 2024

Dr. Gilbert Lavoi e presents his medical and scientific research on the Shroud of Turin, arguing evidence proves the cloth wrapped Jesus Christ. As an internist who has spent years studying the controversial relic, Dr. Lavoie analyzes the anatomical details, bloodstain patterns, and forensic evidence visible on the shroud. The discussion explores how medical knowledge allows modern physicians to interpret wounds, body positioning, and crucifixion trauma recorded in the fabric. Art examines the carbon-14 dating controversy that placed the shroud in medieval times, while Dr. Lavoie presents alternative explanations and evidence supporting authenticity. The conversation covers the unique properties of the image formation, three-dimensional information encoded in the discoloration, and details that would have been impossible for a medieval forger to create. The episode provides scientific perspective on one of Christianity's most debated artifacts, exploring how faith and forensic science intersect in analyzing this mysterious cloth that bears what many believe to be the actual image of Christ's crucified body.

Oct 26, 2024

Dr. Nick Begich joins Art Bell to discuss HAARP and electromagnetic weapons as Earth narrowly escapes a record-breaking mega solar flare. The episode opens with breaking news about the largest solar flare ever recorded, an X-22 class event that saturated monitoring equipment. Had it been Earth-directed instead of rotating off the solar limb, the flare could have destroyed satellites and knocked out communications worldwide. The conversation explores mysterious electromagnetic pulse incidents in Bremerton, Washington and Pahrump, Nevada where entire regions experienced electronic failures. Art describes his own experience with the strange phenomenon as federal investigators tracked the source before it mysteriously ceased. Begich provides expert analysis on HAARP transmissions detected on 3.39 and other frequencies, discussing electromagnetic weapons capabilities and ionospheric manipulation. The show examines the Chinese seizure of a US spy plane and crew on Hainan Island, with Art and Begich analyzing intelligence implications. The convergence of solar activity, electromagnetic warfare technology, and international tensions creates an atmosphere of technological vulnerability and geopolitical uncertainty.

Oct 26, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland provides live eyewitness reporting of a spectacular aurora display visible far south of normal latitudes following a massive coronal mass ejection. Broadcasting from 8,000 feet in the Manzano Mountains of New Mexico, Hoagland describes unprecedented auroral streamers extending past zenith to the south, with brilliant red and blue-green colors visible at 35 degrees north latitude. Art observes the same phenomenon from Nevada, noting movement patterns differ between locations. The mega sunspot complex sits precisely at the hyperdimensional 19.5 degree latitude on the solar surface. Hoagland urges everyone to witness this once-in-a-lifetime event as particles from the enormous solar storm ring Earth's magnetic field like a bell, cascading into the atmosphere and creating cathode-ray-tube effects overhead. The display appears bright enough to see colors despite limited night vision, with pale red streamers to the west and spiky blue-green shafts to the north. The episode captures the excitement of a rare celestial phenomenon as listeners across North America rush outside to witness nature's spectacular light show.

Oct 25, 2024

Leland Gregory III brings humor to the airwaves with his compilation of absurd and outrageous 911 emergency calls. The former Saturday Night Live writer and author of multiple bestselling books shares stories from his audio CD and book "What's the Number for 9-1-1." As a chronicler of stupid America, Gregory reveals how criminals call 911 to get police to help them escape buildings they've broken into. The episode provides comic relief while honoring the serious work of 911 dispatchers whom Gregory calls some of the most stressed professionals in America. Art relates his own experience as a 911 dispatcher in Monterey County, describing the overwhelming responsibility of simultaneously tracking 20-25 police cars while handling emergency calls and fire dispatches. The conversation explores how fear and panic lead people to make absurdly illogical calls to emergency services. Gregory's background in political consulting and entertainment writing brings perspective to human foolishness, offering listeners a much-needed break from the program's typically serious paranormal and crisis-oriented content.

Oct 24, 2024

Matthew Stein joins Art to discuss his book "When Technology Fails" as California approves massive electricity rate increases and real-world infrastructure failures mount. The episode chronicles a dramatic near-miss with a record-breaking mega solar flare that could have destroyed satellites and knocked out critical systems had it been Earth-directed. Art interviews Bill Marquette from Big Bear Solar Observatory who confirms the flare potentially reached X-22 class, the largest ever recorded. The discussion explores electromagnetic pulse effects in Bremerton, Washington and Pahrump, Nevada, where entire regions experienced mysterious failures of keyless car remotes and electronic locks. A nuclear accident at San Onofre that contributed to California blackouts went virtually unreported. Art examines the fragility of modern technological systems from power grids to water supplies, with Florida facing its worst drought in history. The conversation explores low-tech survival strategies and self-reliance as technological complexity increases vulnerability to catastrophic cascading failures.

Oct 23, 2024

Art Bell opens special phone lines exclusively for Antichrists and time travelers in this wildly unconventional open-lines program. While acknowledging uncertainty about whether the Antichrist has arrived, Art expresses confidence that time travelers likely exist among us, reasoning that once time travel is invented, people from the future would naturally visit our present. The episode explores mounting global tensions including Russian spy expulsions, deteriorating stock markets, and continued spread of animal diseases in Europe. Art discusses the Vermont sheep quarantine over mad cow concerns and shares reports of mysterious electromagnetic interference in Washington State affecting car remotes. The show captures millennial anxieties about prophecy, Y2K aftershocks, and apocalyptic scenarios. Weather anomalies continue with Alaska experiencing an unprecedented winter without temperatures dropping below zero. Callers share predictions about China problems and speculate about convergence points in history where multiple crises intersect unexpectedly.

Oct 22, 2024

Eugene Mallove and Richard C. Hoagland discuss infinite energy possibilities as the Russian space station Mir makes its historic plunge to Earth. The episode begins with technical difficulties and Art literally smacking his microphone to make it work, joking about how they fixed things on Mir. Dr. Sky joins to discuss the spectacular re-entry, with eyewitness accounts describing fingers of material streaking across the Pacific sky near Fiji and Tonga. The conversation turns to concerns about a fungus aboard Mir that reportedly consumed titanium and whether it survived the ocean impact. Hoagland notes the sunspot that triggered the event sits at the hyperdimensional 19.5 degree latitude. The discussion explores whether Russia might build Mir 2, the fate of organisms from space entering Earth's biosphere, and the possibility of a Godzilla-type creature emerging from contaminated debris. The space station's end marks a poignant moment in Soviet aerospace history.

Oct 21, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe joins Art Bell to discuss the escalating crisis of animal diseases threatening North America. The show opens with urgent coverage of foot-and-mouth disease spreading across Europe despite massive slaughter operations, and the alarming discovery of sheep in Vermont potentially carrying a mad cow-like disease. Art expresses deep concern about the potential devastation to America's beef industry. The discussion expands to global weather anomalies, market volatility, and the quickening pace of unusual events. Linda provides expert analysis on the animal disease outbreaks and their implications. Throughout the program, Art monitors reports of the deteriorating situation in Europe while fielding listener observations about the haunted railroad crossing in San Antonio where ghost children allegedly push stalled cars to safety. The episode captures a moment of mounting anxiety about converging crises.

Oct 20, 2024

Ginny Porter and Diana Burney discuss exponential increases in entity attachments and psychic disturbances affecting their clients, confirming predictions made by Gordon Michael Scallion in 1994. These energy clearing practitioners describe dramatic uptick in cases requiring intervention over the past 18 months, suggesting growing spiritual turbulence affecting sensitive individuals. The conversation explores remote energy clearing techniques, entity identification and removal protocols, and protection methods for those experiencing unwanted spiritual intrusions. Porter and Burney connect this phenomenon to broader patterns of increasing darkness and negative energy coinciding with millennial transition and heightened collective anxiety. Discussion covers differences between earthbound spirits, negative thought forms, and more malevolent entities requiring professional intervention. The practitioners offer insights into recognizing attachment symptoms including unexplained mood changes, energy depletion, and personality shifts. This rising tide of spiritual disturbance raises questions about whether dimensional boundaries are thinning, allowing increased cross-dimensional contact.

Oct 19, 2024

Dr. Seth Shostak from the SETI Institute reports from Arecibo Observatory following three weeks of intensive searching for extraterrestrial signals. The 1000-foot radio telescope's 56 million channel receiver monitors target star systems for narrow-band transmissions indicating artificial origin. Shostak explains how satellites generate false positives requiring careful verification protocols, including cross-checking with Jodrell Bank in England and telescope repositioning tests. No confirmed alien signals emerged this session, but Shostak remains optimistic about the Allen Telescope Array currently under development. Discussion covers optical SETI initiatives searching for laser pulses rather than radio transmissions, expanding search strategies beyond traditional approaches. Shostak predicts success within coming years as technology improves and searches expand. The conversation addresses why radio searches focus on narrow-band signals, how detection protocols distinguish satellites from genuine extraterrestrial beacons, and what discovery would mean for humanity's place in the universe.

Oct 18, 2024

Dr. Jonathan Reed presents his controversial claim of encountering and capturing an extraterrestrial being, subsequently preserved through freezing. Reed describes the circumstances surrounding this alleged incident, including physical evidence he maintains supports his extraordinary account. The interview explores photographs, video footage, and artifact specimens Reed offers as proof of alien contact and technology beyond current human capabilities. Skeptics have challenged Reed's narrative on multiple fronts, questioning the authenticity of presented evidence and consistency of his account over time. The program examines what would constitute credible proof of such claims, the difficulty of verifying extraordinary evidence, and why this case generates such polarized responses. Discussion addresses the broader question of how alleged contactees can substantiate their experiences when physical evidence proves controversial and eyewitness testimony alone proves insufficient to convince skeptical investigators demanding reproducible scientific proof.

Oct 17, 2024

Dr. Evelyn Paglini, practicing witch and expert on natural magic, discusses authentic witchcraft traditions beyond Hollywood stereotypes and cultural misconceptions. The program explores Wicca as legitimate spiritual practice, addressing recent Bush administration statements questioning its recognition as valid religion. Paglini emphasizes natural magic's focus on herbal healing, energy work, and connection with earth cycles rather than dark arts sensationalism. Discussion covers the increasing mainstream acceptance of alternative spiritual practices, the difference between white and dark magic traditions, and historical persecution that drove these practices underground. The conversation touches on psychic cleansing, entity attachment, and spiritual protection techniques drawn from ancient practices. Paglini argues that Wiccan practitioners deserve the same religious freedom and respect afforded other belief systems, pushing back against attempts to delegitimize earth-based spiritual traditions through political or cultural marginalization.

Oct 16, 2024

William Thomas presents disturbing new evidence on the chemtrail phenomenon, examining persistent contrails containing unusual chemical compounds including seven times normal aluminum levels detected in rainwater samples. Thomas discusses whether these aerial operations represent weather modification experiments, atmospheric engineering to combat global warming, or something more sinister. The program explores possible government motivations for covert atmospheric spraying programs, including climate manipulation to offset greenhouse gas effects without politically unpopular emission controls. Peter Davenport of the National UFO Reporting Center follows with analysis of current sighting patterns suggesting a significant uptick in unusual aerial activity. Callers report chemtrail observations from multiple states, describing grid patterns and persistent trails unlike normal contrails. The conversation connects environmental concerns with unexplained aerial phenomena, questioning whether these programs operate with public consent or represent unauthorized experimentation on populations without informed knowledge of potential health and environmental consequences.

Oct 15, 2024

Dr. Richard L. Thompson , mathematician and author of Mysteries of the Sacred Universe, reveals how ancient Vedic texts contain surprisingly accurate astronomical knowledge that predates modern scientific discovery. His analysis of a 3000 BC document describing what initially appears as flat-earth mythology actually contains precise measurements of planetary orbits accurate to modern standards, with odds of coincidental accuracy calculated at one in twenty thousand. Thompson's research suggests these texts describe the solar system's ecliptic plane through geographical metaphor, encoding sophisticated cosmological understanding in seemingly primitive language. The implications point toward scientifically advanced civilizations existing thousands of years ago, possessing knowledge that conventional archaeology cannot explain through gradual cultural evolution. Thompson discusses how this ancient astronomical precision could only have been achieved through actual observation and mathematical calculation, challenging mainstream timelines of human technological development and raising profound questions about lost civilizations and forgotten sciences.

Oct 14, 2024

David Sereda presents evidence from NASA footage suggesting unidentified objects captured during space missions, arguing these represent genuine anomalous phenomena. His book Evidence 2001 examines shuttle mission videos and photographs showing objects displaying flight characteristics inconsistent with space debris, ice particles, or conventional explanations. James Oberg , NASA mission specialist and self-described debunker of space mythology, may join to provide counterpoint perspective on these controversial images. The debate centers on interpretation of visual evidence, with Sereda pointing to intelligent maneuvering and Oberg offering prosaic explanations rooted in spaceflight operations experience. Discussion covers famous incidents including tether footage, formation-flying objects, and mysterious lights documented by astronauts. The program examines whether NASA footage provides smoking gun evidence of extraterrestrial visitation or merely demonstrates how easily conventional phenomena can be misinterpreted when viewed out of context.

Oct 13, 2024

Dr. Dennis McKenna , brother of the late Terence McKenna, brings scientific rigor to the study of psychoactive healing plants and their traditional uses in indigenous cultures. Unlike his brother's more experiential approach, Dennis focuses on the pharmacological and anthropological research surrounding ayahuasca, psilocybin mushrooms, and other ethnobotanical substances used for healing and spiritual purposes. The discussion explores the emerging legitimacy of psychedelic research in Western medicine, indigenous knowledge systems that have preserved understanding of these compounds for millennia, and the potential therapeutic applications being investigated in controlled clinical settings. McKenna addresses the cultural clash between shamanic traditions and modern pharmaceutical paradigms, arguing for respectful integration of indigenous wisdom with scientific methodology. His work represents a bridge between ancient plant medicine practices and contemporary neuroscience research into consciousness and healing.

Oct 12, 2024

The broadcast opens with the ongoing controversy surrounding Kathleen Keating's identification of the Antichrist, generating massive response and website traffic difficulties. An extraordinary email arrives from someone claiming to be the actual Antichrist, offering detailed theological corrections and mocking Keating's research methodology. This sets the stage for Brian Alexander from Wired Magazine discussing the rapidly advancing frontier of human cloning technology and its ethical implications. Open lines segments feature callers weighing in on the Antichrist controversy, with Keating herself appearing to address the unprecedented reaction to her revelations. The program balances cutting-edge science reporting on cloning with esoteric speculation about biblical prophecy, demonstrating the show's willingness to explore both technological futures and apocalyptic possibilities in equal measure.

Oct 11, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland returns with stunning new evidence of artificial structures on Mars. Fresh on the heels of Senator John Glenn's cryptic statements on the Frasier show about seeing strange things in space, and Sir Arthur C. Clarke's declaration that he's convinced we've discovered large forms of life on Mars, Hoagland presents photographs of what appear to be glass tunnels on the Martian surface. These extraordinary images from NASA's Mars Global Surveyor defy conventional explanations and suggest sophisticated construction defying natural formation. Hoagland discusses Clarke's escalating statements since September 2000, culminating in his claim that JPL photographs provide convincing proof of large life forms on Mars. The conversation explores whether this represents a carefully orchestrated disclosure campaign, with prominent figures like Glenn and Clarke preparing the public for an announcement that would justify renewed Mars exploration missions.

Oct 10, 2024

Kathleen Keating reveals disturbing information about the end times and the suppressed third secret of Fatima. As a confidant of the late Father Malachi Martin, Keating confirms that the Vatican's June 2000 release was a deliberate lie designed to mislead the public. A Vatican intelligence officer warned her beforehand that the document would be gobbledygook meant to mollify concerns. The authentic secret contains horrific prophecies including nuclear annihilation of major U.S. cities, massive earthquakes swallowing Midwestern cities whole, UFO invasion scenarios, establishment of internment camps with operational guillotines awaiting believers, and the rise of the Antichrist. Father Martin described the true contents as exponentially worse than anyone could imagine. Keating's book The Final Warning experienced extraordinary shipping problems including 10,000 invoices lost by UPS for months, books vanishing from bags and tables, and anomalous incidents surrounding readers. She warns that Russia is not a beleaguered nation but thriving militarily, preparing for invasion alongside China, with American heads destined for light poles.

Oct 9, 2024

Sean David Morton delivers predictions with his characteristic accuracy, having correctly forecast the Seattle earthquake in his February 21st newsletter. Morton predicted a deep earthquake in the 7.0 range at the Juan de Fuca Fault, describing it as an old Indian man readjusting his position with asleep legs. The quake struck at 6.8 magnitude, confirming his specific warning about Rainier activating with deep tremors approximately one year before eruption. Morton discusses artificial weather manipulation through HAARP technology, explaining how electromagnetic pulses can create holes in weather patterns and induce extreme temperature swings. He identifies mysterious radio signals at 3.39 megahertz as possible HAARP operations conducting electron acceleration experiments. The newsletter warns of catastrophic earth changes including the activation of Mount Popocatepetl, invasion scenarios involving Russia and China, and fulfillment of Mayan prophecies. Morton explores UFO phenomena at Popocatepetl through contactee Carlos Diaz, who encounters plasma-based craft that travel into subterranean caverns.

Oct 8, 2024

Brittany Petros reflects on her experience as a contestant on CBS's reality television experiment Big Brother. Selected from thousands of applicants after a casual audition, Petros quit her pharmaceutical sales job and entered the house with nine strangers under 24-hour surveillance. She describes the rigorous selection process, strict confidentiality requirements, and the challenge of living with diverse personalities in close quarters. Unlike other contestants who formed strategic alliances, Petros made decisions based on emotional connections and genuine friendships rather than gameplay, repeatedly changing nominations in the red room based on who she bonded with most. Burt Kearns , a tabloid television producer who declined to produce Big Brother, provides industry perspective on reality TV's emergence. The conversation explores how participants were kept isolated before entering the house, with some candidates disqualified for breaking contact rules. Petros offers insight into the psychological dynamics of constant surveillance and the authentic human drama that unfolded beyond the edited broadcast versions.

Oct 7, 2024

Ghost to Ghost features callers sharing firsthand accounts of paranormal encounters. The broadcast follows a major 6.8 earthquake in Seattle, with Jim Berkland explaining how he predicted the seismic event using tide window methodology. Peter Davenport of the National UFO Reporting Center describes experiencing the quake's intense shaking and disorienting sensation in downtown Seattle. The program includes a remarkable prediction made two weeks earlier by a caller named Reba, who foresaw a devastating earthquake in the Seattle area occurring on a bright, beautiful, sunny spring morning. Her vision was so vivid that she relocated from Seattle to Caldwell, Idaho at 3,500 feet elevation years earlier. The earthquake struck precisely as predicted, demonstrating the power of precognitive ability. Berkland discusses how animals and sensitives detected electromagnetic changes preceding the event, with numerous people reporting unusual symptoms, cranky pets, and strong premonitions in the days before the quake.

Oct 6, 2024

Jose Escamilla presents what he claims is incontrovertible proof that invisible flying creatures called rods coexist with humanity on Earth. The program features approximately 15 moving videos in real audio and MPEG format, along with numerous still photographs documenting these anomalous entities captured on film. Escamilla argues that rods represent an unknown life form that moves too quickly for human perception but can be recorded by cameras. The evidence spans multiple locations and independent observers, with footage showing elongated cylindrical objects with membranous appendages moving at high velocity through various environments. The presentation challenges mainstream science to acknowledge this potentially intelligent species living undetected among us. The broadcast stresses the magnitude of this claim, with extensive visual documentation posted online for listeners to examine. Escamilla's years of research culminate in this comprehensive display of evidence, positioning rods as perhaps the most significant cryptozoological discovery of the modern era.

Oct 5, 2024

Dr. Lorraine Day, former chief of orthopedic surgery at San Francisco General Hospital, challenges mainstream medical approaches while discussing mad cow disease and prion transmission. Having reversed her own advanced cancer through natural therapies rather than chemotherapy and radiation, Day questions conventional treatment protocols. She explains that mad cow disease, or bovine spongiform encephalopathy, has been known to government since 1976 and spreads through feeding rendered animal parts to herbivorous livestock. The disease-causing prions cannot be destroyed even by incineration, raising concerns about aerosol transmission and environmental contamination. Day argues that factory farming practices, including confining animals in pens and feeding them meat despite their vegetarian nature, suppress immune systems and create conditions for disease. She controversially suggests that prions are not the cause but rather the result of animals with dead and dying tissue from unnatural raising practices, challenging the germ theory itself and advocating for natural immunity.

Oct 4, 2024

Brendan Cook and Barbara McBeath of the Ghost Investigators Society present compelling evidence of electronic voice phenomena captured on electromagnetic tape. The team explains their methodology using brand new tapes and external microphones to record anomalous voices at haunted locations. Barbara describes ghosts as fragments of personalities from those who have died, often unaware of their predicament or in denial of their own death. The discussion explores whether ghosts are conscious entities or residual recordings in the atmosphere, comparing them to living ghosts where patterns of the living continue at former residences. The guests distinguish between ghosts and darker entities encountered through Ouija boards, which they believe are natural spirit beings that never had physical bodies. Multiple audio recordings demonstrate apparent communication from beyond, with voices responding directly to investigators' questions, suggesting these are not mere loops but interactive consciousnesses trapped between worlds.

Oct 3, 2024

Don Ecker investigates mysterious signals detected on 3.39 megahertz and explores UFO phenomena. The program focuses on an unprecedented radio transmission that appeared without warning, broadcasting at tremendous strength across Hawaii, Alaska, and worldwide. Nick Begich joins to discuss whether the signal originates from HAARP, the High Frequency Active Auroral Research Project in Alaska. Dr. Bernard Eastland, inventor of HAARP technology, suggests the transmission could be an attempt to accelerate electrons in the ionosphere. The conversation examines HAARP's potential to manipulate weather patterns, create over-the-horizon radar systems, and generate extremely low frequency signals for submarine communication and Earth-penetrating tomography. Concerns arise about whether these electromagnetic experiments could trigger earthquakes or induce biological effects on humans. The mysterious signal's sudden appearance and disappearance raises questions about undisclosed military operations and the weaponization of atmospheric science.

Oct 2, 2024

Dr. Melvin Morse discusses his 15 years of research studying near-death experiences in children. As a pediatrician and neuroscientist who worked in critical care medicine, Morse reveals that most patients who require resuscitation unfortunately die, with success rates as low as one in 100 to one in 300. He explains that the final moments of life are neither frightening nor horrible, and that when people die they become fully conscious and aware of their surroundings. Morse identifies an underused area of the brain responsible for spiritual intuitions, paranormal abilities like telepathy and remote viewing, and the power to heal both soul and body. He describes this as our biological link with an interactive universe. The discussion explores how children's accounts of dying and returning offer profound insights into consciousness, spirituality, and what lies beyond death.

Oct 1, 2024

Dr. David Anderson explores time travel theory while Richard C. Hoagland and Wayne Green debate the authenticity of the Apollo moon missions. A controversial Fox documentary questioning whether NASA faked the lunar landings sparks heated discussion between Hoagland, who firmly believes we went to the moon, and Green, a longtime moon hoax proponent. The guests dissect photographic anomalies including crosshairs appearing behind objects, missing stars in lunar photographs, and inconsistent shadows. Hoagland argues the photographs were altered to remove evidence of ancient ruins rather than to fake the missions entirely, while Green challenges the radiation belt transit and other technical claims. The debate reveals tensions between mainstream scientific narrative and alternative theories, with Hoagland presenting detailed technical rebuttals while Green maintains skepticism about humanity's greatest space achievement.

Sep 30, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe provides detailed analysis of NASA's historic asteroid landing on 433 Eros, where the NEAR Shoemaker spacecraft accomplished the first touchdown on an asteroid 196 million miles from Earth. Despite never being designed to land, the craft survived impact at four miles per hour and continued transmitting data, capturing 69 high-resolution photographs showing surface features as small as one centimeter. Dr. Lucy McFadden discusses extending the mission to gather gamma-ray spectroscopy data revealing elemental composition and mineral structures, potentially determining whether Eros represents primitive solar system material or has experienced subsequent heating. The images reveal mysterious square-shaped depressions, fractured boulders, dust-filled craters called "ponds," and areas where the surface appears collapsed inward. Howe explores theories about asteroid belt formation, debunking planetary explosion scenarios in favor of Jupiter's gravitational interference preventing planet formation. Discussion touches on potential extraterrestrial threats, the Yucatan impact that killed dinosaurs, and implications for Earth's protection, while honoring Dr. Eugene Shoemaker's legacy in planetary geology and asteroid research.

Sep 29, 2024

Dr. Stuart Meloy discusses his accidental discovery of a spinal cord stimulation technique that induces orgasms while attempting to treat chronic pain. Originally designed to modify pain signals by positioning electrodes near the spinal cord, Meloy inadvertently stimulated a specific location causing immediate orgasmic response in a female patient. The discovery, initially dismissed as merely interesting, gained significance when a gynecologist colleague recognized its potential for treating orgasmic dysfunction, a widespread condition. Meloy explains spinal cord stimulation technology, which has existed for decades managing chronic pain through microvolts delivered via pacemaker-sized devices. The procedure requires patients remain conscious during electrode positioning to provide feedback as doctors systematically test locations. Meloy addresses broader pain management issues including the under-medication of terminal patients due to societal stigma and regulatory concerns. The broadcast explores applications for various conditions including intractable chest pain and headaches, revealing how this serendipitous discovery could revolutionize treatment for sexual dysfunction affecting millions.

Sep 28, 2024

Cryptozoologist Loren Coleman analyzes controversial "skunk ape" photographs that emerged from Florida, potentially representing the first credible photographic evidence of North American cryptid primates. The images, submitted to the Sarasota County Sheriff's Department by a woman experiencing repeated backyard visits from an unknown primate, show a large reddish creature near hedgerows. Coleman discusses the photographs' authenticity, enhanced computer analysis revealing anatomical details, and comparisons with known great apes. The broadcast examines witness credibility, the creature's physical characteristics, and its relationship to broader Bigfoot phenomena. Bell welcomes new affiliates and introduces "Maggie the liner girl," whose memorable opening became show iconography. Discussion explores cryptozoology methodology, evidence standards, and the challenge of documenting elusive creatures. Coleman addresses the difference between skunk apes and Sasquatch, regional distribution patterns, and the scientific community's reluctance to seriously investigate despite accumulating photographic and testimonial evidence from credible witnesses nationwide.

Sep 27, 2024

Ian Xel Lungold presents research correlating the Mayan calendar with the acceleration of creation itself, arguing that time is not speeding up but rather evolution and consciousness are. Lungold describes nine levels of creation spanning from the Big Bang 16.4 billion years ago to present day, each level occurring twenty times faster than the previous. He reveals a formula converting the Gregorian calendar to the Mayan system, allowing individuals to attune their consciousness to natural rhythms rather than artificial timekeeping. The discussion explores how the same amount of evolutionary change that took billions of years now occurs in mere years or even days. Lungold explains the calendar's 13-section structure alternating between enlightenment and adjustment periods, with historical validation across cellular evolution, mammalian development, human consciousness, and technological advancement. The broadcast examines predictions for the "fifth night" disaster periods and what awaits humanity as creation accelerates toward the calendar's conclusion in 2012. Later, Dr. Gary Schwartz joins to discuss empirical research into life after death. He outlines controlled experiments using double-blind testing of mediums, examining whether accurate information can be obtained without sensory cues. The conversation probes the possibility that consciousness survives bodily death, touching on energy models of awareness, ethical limits of experimentation, and implications for science and religion. Bell and Schwartz weigh skepticism against emerging data that point toward an expanded view of mind and matter.

Sep 26, 2024

Whitley Strieber presents shocking revelations about a potential vegetative-based alien life form, discussing laboratory analysis of what appears to be an alien claw recovered from an abduction witness. The specimen exhibits plant-like cellular structures with crystalline adhesive substances suggesting biological sap, contradicting conventional assumptions about extraterrestrial biology. Strieber connects this finding to decades-old testimony from his uncle, Colonel Edward Strieber, who handled Roswell debris and described biological material as "vegetative matter." The discussion explores witness Raven Dana's encounter with a being that emitted a forest floor smell and caused severe allergic reactions. Strieber introduces the concept of Von Neumann machines, self-replicating probes that could spread throughout the galaxy using spore-like genetic encoding. The theory suggests these entities might not be programmed to encounter intelligent life, explaining their confused interaction patterns with humans and the perpetual just-beyond-focus nature of the phenomenon.

Sep 25, 2024

Theoretical physicist Dr. Michio Kaku joins to discuss cutting-edge physics, future technology, and the mysterious "Ginger" invention speculation. Bell welcomes additional affiliates and addresses current events including dramatic weather patterns and California's rolling blackouts. The discussion explores theoretical physics applications, the acceleration of technological advancement, and humanity's relationship with natural cycles versus artificial systems. Bell presents the Mayan Calendar Conversion Codex concept, examining how creation itself appears to be accelerating through measurable cycles. The conversation touches on Dean Kamen's secretive invention project, with industry leaders predicting revolutionary impact. Bell draws connections between rapid technological change, environmental challenges including unprecedented snowstorms and energy crises, and the feeling many experience that time itself seems to be speeding up as events compound with increasing frequency and intensity.

Sep 24, 2024

Peter Davenport from the National UFO Reporting Center returns with detailed UFO reports from across the nation. The broadcast marks Bell's second night back on air, welcoming new affiliates including the powerful 100,000-watt KFTK in St. Louis. Bell addresses various topics including the newly published U.S. News and World Report cover story on climate change, validating predictions from his book "The Coming Global Superstorm" written with Whitley Strieber. The episode explores recent UFO sightings with particular attention to witness credibility and corroborating evidence. Discussion touches on the mysterious "It" invention by Dean Kamen, later revealed as the Segway, with speculation about its revolutionary potential. The broadcast emphasizes the importance of serious UFO investigation and the ongoing phenomena of unexplained aerial objects reported by credible witnesses nationwide.

Sep 24, 2024

Art Bell returns from retirement in a candid interview with webmaster Keith Rowland, revealing the personal and legal challenges that drove his departure and the negotiations that brought him back. Bell discusses family crises, including his beloved cat Abby's miraculous recovery from liver failure, and the resolution of legal matters. He explains his new contract demands, notably requesting fewer commercials rather than higher pay, and the expansion from four to five hours nightly. Bell details his time away, which included purchasing a 37-foot RV, attending the Super Bowl, and establishing radio station KNYE in Pahrump. The conversation addresses audience speculation about his return, website changes during his absence, and the loss of archived programs. Bell emphasizes his commitment to unscreened open lines and promises a return to the show's spontaneous, impromptu nature that made it successful.

Sep 23, 2024

Art Bell announces his retirement from Coast to Coast AM in an emotional farewell broadcast featuring theoretical physicist Dr. Michio Kaku . Bell opens by playing Crystal Gale's "Ready for the Times to Get Better," a song holding deep personal meaning, before bringing Crystal herself on air for a touching conversation. Mike Siegel, Bell's designated successor, joins to discuss the transition and the program's future direction. Bell emphasizes that the show has developed its own life and consciousness, shaped by the audience rather than the host. The broadcast reflects on the unique nature of Coast to Coast AM as alternative talk radio, exploring topics beyond conventional political discourse. Bell expresses confidence that Siegel will find his own path while maintaining the show's genre and allowing it to continue evolving organically.

Sep 22, 2024

Peter Davenport from the National UFO Reporting Center discusses a remarkable UFO sighting over Clearfield, Utah, where two witnesses observed five clusters of glowing objects streaking across the sky in V-shaped formations. Witnesses Debbie and Jennifer describe seeing seven lights in each formation, moving silently at tremendous speed from horizon to horizon in mere seconds, ruling out geese, aircraft, and searchlights. The objects appeared as if attached to something invisible, with witnesses comparing the lights to headlights on an unseen craft. The encounters produced profound physical reactions including goosebumps and shaking. Following the UFO segment, the broadcast transitions to Ghost to Ghost, an entire night dedicated to paranormal encounters and ghost stories from callers nationwide.

Sep 21, 2024

Mel returns with updates on the bottomless hole discovered on his Washington property near Ellensburg. Years earlier, Mel contacted the show about a nine-foot diameter hole with stonework edging where locals had dumped thousands of tires, refrigerators, dead animals, and household waste for generations without ever filling it. Using fishing equipment, Mel initially dropped line to 3,600 feet without reaching bottom or water. Ultimately he extended monofilament line to eighty thousand feet—over fifteen miles—with no indication of reaching the hole's end. The lifesavers attached to test for water remained dry. Mel explains the hole's mysterious origins, noting it predates Ellensburg's recorded history and was always associated with the property. He mentions a whale bone inexplicably growing from a tree in town for over a century, suggesting the region harbors unexplained phenomena. The hole never filled despite decades of dumping massive quantities of material. Mel's matter-of-fact account of this geological impossibility captivated millions of listeners and spawned investigations, though the hole's ultimate nature remains unexplained. This stands as one of radio's most compelling unsolved mysteries.

Sep 21, 2024

Dr. Jonathan Reed recounts his controversial alien encounter in Washington's Cascade Mountains during October 1996. While hiking with his golden retriever Susie, Reed witnessed a small alien being brutally attack and kill his dog using some form of vibrational energy that caused the animal to implode. In rage and shock, Reed struck the creature with a branch, opening what appeared to be a fatal head wound. He also discovered a hovering obelisk-shaped craft approximately nine feet long. After photographing both the alien and craft, Reed transported the seemingly dead entity home and placed it in a freezer. Robert Wraith, who brought Reed's story public, joins the discussion. The case generated immense controversy within ufology due to the dramatic photographic and video evidence Reed presented. Skeptics questioned authenticity while others found the documentation compelling. Reed describes the profound psychological impact of the encounter and the difficult decisions he faced regarding the alien body. This remains one of the most debated contact cases, with evidence that continues generating intense analysis and disagreement.

Sep 20, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe reports on alarming environmental developments threatening planetary stability. NASA and European Commission research reveals sixty percent ozone loss over the Arctic at eleven miles altitude, among the largest chemical losses observed in a decade. Dr. Paul Newman from NASA Goddard explains how greenhouse gases paradoxically cool the stratosphere while warming surface temperatures, creating conditions that accelerate ozone destruction through polar stratospheric clouds. The weakened ozone layer increases ultraviolet radiation reaching mid-latitudes where most humans live, with documented cases of severe burns occurring within minutes under ozone holes. Ocean temperature data confirms global warming predictions, with seas warming as far down as ten thousand feet. The North Atlantic shows unprecedented warming that surprised researchers. Howe presents scientific evidence that climate models accurately predicted these changes decades ago. The conversation addresses what these interconnected environmental crises mean for humanity's immediate future and whether mitigation remains possible. This report synthesizes cutting-edge research demonstrating Earth systems approaching dangerous tipping points.

Sep 19, 2024

James Oberg brings two decades of NASA Mission Control experience to examine space program history and Soviet disasters. The first hour features Peter Davenport analyzing the Windsor Incident, where television footage captured a fireball over Ontario with a projectile visibly rising from ground level to intercept it. Investigator Amy Hebert presents animation of the stunning footage showing what appears to be a missile fired at the descending object. Multiple witnesses across Pennsylvania reported the fireball illuminating the sky moments later. Oberg then discusses his research into NASA operations and previously concealed Soviet space failures. His insider perspective reveals institutional patterns of secrecy and information management within space agencies. The conversation covers dangerous incidents, close calls, and disasters hidden from public knowledge during the Cold War space race. Oberg examines how organizational culture within NASA has evolved and persisting issues with transparency. His unique position as both former NASA insider and current critic provides rare insight into how space agencies actually function versus their public image.

Sep 18, 2024

Kathleen Keating presents apocalyptic warnings from her book The Final Warning, discussing end times prophecy and spiritual warfare. As a close confidant of the late Father Malachi Martin, Keating shares eschatological information that mirrors Martin's own alarming predictions. The first hour features open lines for alien encounter witnesses, yielding dramatic accounts including a black energy entity with glowing red eyes attempting to harm a child, and a time-traveling cannibal observed on Halloween night. These disturbing encounters set the stage for Keating's discussion of demonic activity intensifying as prophesied end times approach. She addresses Marian apparitions, Third Secret of Fatima implications, and signs indicating humanity approaches a crucial spiritual crossroads. The conversation explores the intersection of supernatural evil, alien encounters, and biblical prophecy. Keating warns that demonic deception will increase as events accelerate toward prophesied tribulations. Her message emphasizes spiritual preparation and discernment as humanity faces unprecedented challenges from both supernatural and terrestrial sources.

Sep 18, 2024

Richard Hoagland and Tom Van Flandern provide detailed analysis of high-resolution Mars photographs showing the Cydonia complex. After years of pressure from researchers and public demands, NASA's Mars Global Surveyor captured stunning new images of controversial Martian structures. Hoagland recounts the political struggle to force NASA to photograph Cydonia, including the role of listener campaigns and formal agreements that were subsequently violated when images sat unreleased. The new photographs reveal extraordinary detail of the Tholus, a raised oval structure with what appears to be a deteriorated tetrahedral building on top. The geometric relationships between structures continue displaying the 19.5 degree tetrahedral constant predicted by Hoagland's hyperdimensional physics model. Van Flandern offers astronomical context while they examine evidence for artificial construction. The conversation explores NASA's institutional resistance to seriously investigating potential extraterrestrial artifacts and the troubling pattern of withholding or degrading Cydonia imagery. This represents a crucial chapter in the ongoing investigation of possible ancient Martian civilization.

Sep 17, 2024

Peter Davenport opens with reports of Dallas area UFO sightings before Richard Hoagland and Tom Van Flandern examine newly released NASA photographs of the Cydonia region on Mars. The Dallas sightings involve multiple witnesses observing unusual aerial phenomena. The main focus shifts to controversial images from Mars Global Surveyor showing the Tholus structure and surrounding Cydonia complex. Hoagland reveals the photos sat unreleased despite previous agreements with NASA to promptly publish Cydonia imagery. Analysis of the Tholus reveals what appears to be a ruined tetrahedral structure positioned at precisely 19.5 degrees relative to another tetrahedral formation. This geometric relationship reinforces the hyperdimensional physics model Hoagland has championed for years. Van Flandern contributes astronomical expertise as they examine additional anomalous features in the photographs. The discussion exposes NASA's pattern of withholding or delaying release of images showing potential artificial structures on Mars, raising questions about institutional resistance to investigating extraterrestrial archaeology.

Sep 17, 2024

Neil Slade explores brain function and human potential through the lens of the amygdala and frontal lobes. As assistant to brain researcher T.D. Lingo for eleven years, Slade explains the three-layered brain structure from reptilian core to advanced frontal lobes. The discussion centers on deliberately activating the amygdala to unlock dormant intelligence, creativity, and paranormal abilities. Slade describes how clicking the amygdala forward sends energy to advanced brain regions, producing sustained pleasure and enhanced cognitive function. Topics include frontal lobotomies and their effects, the connection between brain activation and extended orgasmic experiences, and practical methods for conscious brain control. The conversation touches on weather modification experiments, pain management through neural manipulation, and the relationship between brain function and psychokinetic abilities. Slade presents accessible techniques for listeners to activate latent brain potential and experience measurably enhanced mental capabilities. The dialogue demonstrates how understanding brain mechanics empowers individuals to consciously evolve their consciousness.

Sep 16, 2024

Dr. David Anderson presents groundbreaking research on time travel physics and practical time control technology. With twenty years developing his time-warped field theory, Anderson discusses how his work at the Air Force Flight Test Center led to revolutionary concepts in space-time manipulation. The conversation begins with open lines for self-proclaimed time travelers before Anderson arrives to explain the scientific foundation for temporal displacement. He describes the Time Travel Research Center, the world's most advanced laboratory dedicated to time control technology development. Anderson addresses theoretical frameworks that could make time travel reality and explains why, if time travel becomes possible in the future, time travelers should already be present in our timeline. The discussion covers temporal paradoxes, the energy requirements for time displacement, and practical applications of time control. Anderson's research represents humanity's first real promise for developing functional time manipulation technology.

Sep 15, 2024

Brad Steiger returns to discuss the paranormal realms of ghosts, spirits, and supernatural encounters. The conversation ranges from documented hauntings to the nature of spirit entities and their interaction with the living world. Steiger shares decades of research into ghostly phenomena and spirit communication, examining evidence from across cultures and time periods. The discussion delves into the mechanics of how spirits manifest, why certain locations become haunted, and what these encounters reveal about the afterlife. Drawing on case studies and historical accounts, Steiger offers perspectives on distinguishing authentic paranormal activity from psychological phenomena. The dialogue explores whether ghosts are conscious entities or residual energy imprints, and examines protection methods for those experiencing unwanted supernatural contact. This exploration provides a comprehensive look at one of humanity's most enduring mysteries.

Sep 15, 2024

Major Ed Dames discusses advanced remote viewing techniques and his work training military personnel in psychic intelligence gathering. Dames explains how remote viewing provides actionable intelligence when conventional methods fail, sharing examples from his military career. The conversation addresses the reliability and limitations of remote viewing, protocols for verification, and how the technique evolved from Ingo Swann's foundational work. Richard C. Hoagland joins to discuss breaking Antarctic news as a second massive iceberg calved from the Ross Ice Shelf, this one 80 miles by 12 miles. Hoagland analyzes the accelerating ice shelf collapse in context of his hyperdimensional physics theory and rapid climate change evidence from ice cores. The discussion examines NASA's continued Mars mission failures, Daniel Golden's testimony before Congress, and James Oberg's accusations of cover-up. Dames and Hoagland explore connections between remote viewing discoveries about Mars and physical evidence suggesting ancient civilization.

Sep 14, 2024

Ingo Swann , the father of remote viewing, discusses his pioneering work developing psychic espionage techniques for U.S. intelligence agencies. Swann explains how he helped create controlled protocols transforming intuitive perception into a trainable skill for military and intelligence applications. The conversation covers his breakthrough experiments at Stanford Research Institute, including the famous Jupiter probe prediction that later proved accurate when Voyager arrived. Swann describes the development of coordinate remote viewing, where viewers receive only geographic coordinates yet accurately describe distant locations. He addresses skepticism from the scientific community while detailing the rigorous methodology that distinguished his work from previous parapsychology research. The discussion explores the nature of consciousness, how information can be accessed non-locally, and implications for understanding reality beyond conventional physics. Swann shares insights from decades of work with intelligence agencies and reflects on remote viewing's proven applications and continuing mysteries.

Sep 13, 2024

John Milor presents his research into ancient astronaut theories and evidence of extraterrestrial contact within biblical texts. Milor examines passages describing encounters with beings from the sky, advanced technology misunderstood as divine miracles, and the possibility that religious texts preserve accounts of alien visitation. The discussion analyzes specific biblical stories through the lens of modern UFO encounters, noting similarities in descriptions of craft, lights, and otherworldly visitors. Milor explores the Ezekiel vision, references to the Nephilim, and passages suggesting genetic manipulation of early humans. The conversation addresses theological implications and how mainstream religion interprets these texts versus alternative researchers. Milor argues that ancient peoples lacked vocabulary to describe advanced technology, instead using religious language to convey their experiences with beings possessing capabilities beyond human understanding. The discussion considers whether humanity's relationship with extraterrestrials extends far deeper into history than commonly acknowledged.

Sep 13, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland discusses multiple breaking stories including massive Antarctic ice shelf calving and disturbing cattle mutilations in Oregon. An iceberg twice the size of Delaware broke from the Ross Ice Shelf, visible from satellites and raising concerns about accelerating climate change. Hoagland presents his hyperdimensional physics theory explaining rapid climate shifts documented in ice cores. The conversation shifts to mysterious cattle mutilations in Oregon where authorities imposed a gag order, preventing investigators from discussing findings publicly. Hoagland analyzes the symbolic and ritualistic patterns in mutilation cases spanning decades, arguing they represent messages rather than random acts or simple environmental sampling. The discussion also covers NASA's continuing Mars mission failures, UPI journalist James Oberg's stunning accusation that NASA knew Mars Polar Lander would fail before launch, and Daniel Golden's defensive response before Senate committees.

Sep 12, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland leads a panel discussion analyzing the Mission to Mars film following its theatrical release. The conversation examines what audiences actually saw versus the controversy surrounding NASA's involvement and the mysterious trailer. Hoagland and guests dissect the film's content, identifying specific references to his research including hyperdimensional physics, the 19.5-degree constant, and depictions of Cydonia's interior structures matching previous investigations. The panel explores Brian De Palma's continued silence and the implications of NASA's script approval on a film suggesting ancient Martian civilization seeded human DNA. Discussion includes audience reactions, critical reception, and whether the film represents soft disclosure or elaborate marketing. The conversation addresses the two different endings rumor and analyzes symbolic elements throughout the production. Hoagland argues the film's existence and NASA's participation mark a significant shift in how mainstream culture approaches the Mars anomalies question.

Sep 12, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland continues his investigation into the Mission to Mars film controversy with entertainment writer David Giamarco joining the discussion. They examine why director Brian De Palma fled to Europe immediately after the premiere, abandoning all promotional duties. Giamarco confirms seeing the controversial trailer showing actual Viking imagery of the face on Mars with text accusing NASA of a 25-year cover-up. NASA officials claim they cannot comment on the film despite their documented involvement as consultants with script approval. The discussion reveals Disney created the provocative trailer only two weeks before release, coinciding with Hoagland's radio coverage of the controversy. Story Musgrave, NASA astronaut and film consultant, defended the agency publicly while the trailer simultaneously accused NASA of conspiracy. Giamarco's firsthand accounts from the press junket reveal unprecedented dysfunction and contradictory messaging from a major Hollywood studio.

Sep 11, 2024

John Nolan examines the expanding surveillance state and emerging technologies that threaten personal privacy. The discussion focuses on Project Echelon, the massive global surveillance network capable of monitoring phone calls, emails, and electronic communications worldwide. Nolan explains how this system operates through international cooperation between intelligence agencies, capturing and analyzing communications using keyword recognition. The conversation addresses the implications for civil liberties, constitutional protections, and the balance between national security and individual rights. Nolan details the technical capabilities of modern surveillance, from satellite interception to fiber optic tapping, and how rapidly advancing technology outpaces legal frameworks. The episode explores what citizens can do to protect their privacy and the troubling trend toward normalized government monitoring of private citizens without warrants or oversight.

Sep 11, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland presents explosive revelations about the upcoming Mission to Mars film and NASA's involvement in its production. Hoagland details how Disney's film received NASA script approval, making this a NASA-sanctioned production about the face on Mars. Director Brian De Palma mysteriously disappeared from all press events following the premiere, refusing interviews despite having a $120 million film at stake. Hoagland reveals two different trailers exist, one showing the actual Viking face on Mars with narration stating the government concealed evidence for 25 years. The discussion examines the connection between De Palma and his late brother Bruce, a physicist who worked closely with Hoagland's research. NASA's strange silence and the film's embedded references to Enterprise Mission research, including repeated appearances of 19.5 degrees, suggest something unprecedented is unfolding in Hollywood's relationship with space agency secrets.

Sep 10, 2024

Albert Taylor explores the fascinating realm of out-of-body experiences and the scientific study of consciousness. Taylor discusses his research into OBEs, examining the intersection between physics, neuroscience, and human consciousness. The conversation delves into techniques for inducing OBEs, the implications for understanding the nature of reality, and how these experiences challenge conventional scientific paradigms. Taylor presents case studies and experimental data suggesting that consciousness may extend beyond the physical body. The discussion covers the role of the brain versus mind, quantum theories of consciousness, and the potential applications of OBE research for medicine and human understanding. Taylor emphasizes rigorous scientific methodology while remaining open to phenomena that push the boundaries of current knowledge.

Sep 9, 2024

Seth Shostak from SETI discusses the search for extraterrestrial intelligence from the Arecibo Observatory in Puerto Rico, home to the world's largest radio telescope. Built into a canyon and featured in the film Contact, Arecibo listens for signals from intelligent civilizations across the cosmos. Live webcams broadcast from the facility's control room during the interview, offering viewers real-time glimpses of active SETI operations. The program also addresses climate change, as new government research indicates Earth is warming at unprecedented rates, with effects arriving decades earlier than predicted. Steep warming trends suggest more severe and sudden impacts than previously forecast, including continued mild winters, extreme summers, and intensifying storms. The conversation touches on Elizabeth Taylor's near-death experience, Carlos Santana attributing his comeback to an angel named Metatron, and a peculiar leap year occurring only once every 400 years. Shostak explains SETI methodology, the data processing involved, and humanity's attempt to answer the ultimate question of whether we are alone in the universe.

Sep 8, 2024

The annual Ghost to Ghost special opens phone lines for five hours of listener-submitted paranormal encounters. The format features no scheduled guests, only caller stories of ghosts, hauntings, demons, and unexplained phenomena. These accounts provide potential evidence for life after death, addressing humanity's fundamental question about existence beyond physical mortality. The program includes discussion of a bizarre image captured during the Democratic presidential debate showing what appears to be an evil entity positioned between Al Gore and Bill Bradley. The photograph, taken during the live CNN broadcast and visible in video footage, sparked widespread internet discussion about supernatural presence or photographic anomaly. Ghost to Ghost episodes consistently demonstrate an inexhaustible supply of paranormal experiences from credible witnesses nationwide. Stories range from frightening to comforting, from malevolent to benign, collectively suggesting consciousness persists beyond bodily death. The sheer volume and consistency of testimony makes dismissal increasingly difficult, building a case through accumulated evidence rather than single incidents.

Sep 7, 2024

Beverly Jaegers , founder of the U.S. Psi Squad, discusses training ordinary people to develop psychic abilities like remote viewing. Jaegers, a third-generation police officer and professional journalist, explains she had no natural psychic talent but taught herself these skills after researching Russian paranormal programs during the Cold War. The Psi Squad, composed mostly of trained police officers, offers services to law enforcement pro bono. Jaegers emphasizes anyone can learn these abilities through proper training rather than relying on innate gifts. She describes Russian experiments that demonstrated trained individuals could stop a frog's heart using mental intention, leading to sudden Soviet secrecy in 1964. The Iron Curtain slammed down once weaponization potential became apparent. Jaegers advocates for systematic training in remote viewing, telepathy, and other psi phenomena, countering the notion that only special individuals possess such abilities. Her work demonstrates practical applications in criminal investigations while demystifying paranormal capabilities through disciplined methodology and practice.

Sep 6, 2024

Katia Romanoff leads a focused look at alleged contact with the dead as Lauri Quinn Loewenberg and Lawrence Notts join to probe bizarre dreams and a sustained haunting in rural West Virginia. Romanoff frames the question of what qualifies as credible spirit activity, while Loewenberg brings a behavioral lens to dream reports that blur into waking phenomena. Notts recounts a three year ordeal that began after selling timber on land tied to Native American graves. He describes unseen hands grabbing his wrists, sharp pain to the eyes, beds lifting, doors slamming, and objects shaking. He documents activity on videotape, watches a compass needle track an unseen presence, and notes that bright light and strobe effects briefly deter attacks. An attempted exorcism appears to expel one entity before two more arrive with greater force. A friend reports corroborating events, including needlelike eye pain and a sudden nasal sensation consistent with physical contact. The conversation weighs physical evidence, witness consistency, and the role of belief, asking whether the boundary between dreams and visitation can hold. The result is a methodical examination of fear, faith, and data points that refuse to fit simple explanations.

Sep 5, 2024

Dr. Hugh Ross and Dr. Fuzz Rana from Reasons to Believe discuss the intersection of faith, science, and creation. Ross, an astrophysicist who researched quasars at Caltech, argues that scientific evidence supports biblical accounts rather than contradicting them. The conversation confronts Matthew Alper's God Part of the Brain hypothesis, which claims religious belief is hardwired neurology rather than spiritual truth. Ross counters that while spiritual expression utilizes brain structures, severely brain-damaged individuals still manifest spiritual consciousness, suggesting something beyond biology. The discussion examines prayer studies showing measurable healing effects across different faiths, with Ross noting the research wasn't sufficiently refined to distinguish between religious traditions. Ross emphasizes that biblical faith means acting upon established truth, aligning with scientific methodology. The program explores whether God created the universe or humanity created God through evolutionary adaptation, examining evidence from physics, astronomy, and human cognition. Ross maintains the harmony between scientific discovery and theological revelation.

Sep 4, 2024

Dr. Larry Dossey, a physician and researcher, explores the non-local nature of consciousness and the scientific evidence for distant healing and prayer. Dossey challenges the conventional materialist view that mind is confined to the brain, presenting data suggesting consciousness can transcend space and time. He discusses double-blind studies at Duke University and other institutions demonstrating that prayer produces measurable healing effects regardless of the patient's awareness or the religious tradition of those praying. Prayer worked equally well for Christians, Buddhists, Muslims, and other faiths, raising profound questions about the mechanism behind these effects. Dossey argues for reinventing medicine to incorporate this evidence rather than dismissing phenomena that don't fit mechanistic models. His work examines remote viewing, premonitions, and dreams as further examples of non-local mind. The conversation explores how consciousness might insert and acquire information beyond the brain, challenging fundamental assumptions about the nature of reality and human potential.

Sep 3, 2024

Matthew Alper returns to discuss his controversial book The God Part of the Brain, which argues religious belief is hardwired into human neurology as an evolutionary defense against mortality anxiety. Alper contends that stimulating specific brain regions reliably produces religious experiences, near-death episodes, and out-of-body sensations, suggesting spirituality originates in biology rather than divine revelation. The program also features updates from Colm Kelleher of the National Institute for Discovery Science on the Illinois UFO sightings, where multiple police officers witnessed a massive triangular craft traveling at impossibly slow speeds before accelerating to thousands of miles per hour in seconds. NIDS investigators constructed a detailed flight path spanning hundreds of miles over nine hours. The craft displayed blazing lights inconsistent with secret military operations, and eyewitness quality was exceptional since officers were in observation mode rather than surprised. Debates arise over whether consciousness transcends physical brain function or emerges solely from neural activity.

Sep 2, 2024

Joel Rothschild , perhaps the longest-surviving AIDS patient in America, discusses his book Signals about communication from beyond the grave. Rothschild and a friend made a pact that whoever died first would attempt to send signals from the other side. The program also features Peter Gersten reporting on his precedent-setting court appearance in Phoenix, where a federal judge refused to dismiss his Freedom of Information Act lawsuit against the Department of Defense regarding triangular UFO sightings. Standing room only crowds packed the courthouse as Gersten presented affidavits from numerous witnesses, including Art Bell himself. Judge McNamee took under advisement claims that the government conducted its search for information in bad faith. The Justice Department had requested summary dismissal, but the judge insisted on hearing arguments. Gersten's breakthrough represents a crack in decades of government stonewalling on UFO evidence, offering hope that courts may finally compel transparency.

Sep 1, 2024

Dr. Ronald Klatz discusses cutting-edge anti-aging research and life extension technologies. Richard Hoagland joins the program to address the controversy surrounding the film Mission to Mars, which features Cydonia and the Face on Mars yet excludes researchers like Hoagland who pioneered study of these formations. Hoagland describes how NASA consultants heavily influenced the film while independent investigators were ignored, despite decades of work on Martian anomalies. The Mission to Mars website lists only NASA-affiliated organizations, pointedly omitting The Enterprise Mission and other non-NASA researchers. Hoagland argues this represents a coordinated disclosure effort controlled by government agencies rather than genuine transparency. The discussion explores the politics of space exploration, proprietary claims to knowledge, and whether the film represents propaganda disguised as entertainment. Issues of intellectual property and credit in Mars research are examined.

Aug 31, 2024

Kathleen Keating explores apocalyptic prophecy and political intrigue surrounding the new millennium. A friend and collaborator of the late Father Malachi Martin, Keating discusses her books Torn Sky and The Final Warning, warning that cataclysmic events may be imminent. The program begins with breaking UFO news as Peter Gersten announces a federal judge in Phoenix has agreed to hear arguments against the Department of Defense regarding triangular craft sightings. Witness testimony and affidavits are presented as evidence. Peter Davenport from the National UFO Reporting Center reports on fresh sightings over Seattle, including detailed accounts of low-flying cigar-shaped objects with unusual light configurations. Keating ties together themes of secrecy, prophecy, and impending global transformation, suggesting the countdown has begun for events that will reshape humanity.

Aug 30, 2024

Dr. Leo Sprinkle, pioneer in UFO contactee research and reincarnation studies, shares four decades of investigating extraordinary phenomena. After two UFO sightings in 1949 and 1956 shattered his conventional scientific worldview, Sprinkle devoted his career to understanding consciousness beyond materialist paradigms. He discusses his book Soul Samples and techniques for exploring past-life memories through hypnotic regression. Sprinkle emphasizes how close encounters fundamentally transform witnesses, creating existential crises that challenge accepted reality. His academic journey from conventional psychology to paranormal research demonstrates courage in pursuing truth despite professional risks. The conversation explores whether reported past lives represent genuine reincarnation, genetic memory, psychic phenomena, or expanded consciousness capabilities. Sprinkle's work with contactees reveals patterns suggesting systematic contact programs. His presence on major television programs with scientists like Hynek and Sagan helped legitimize serious study of phenomena academia typically dismisses, bridging scientific rigor with open-minded exploration.

Aug 29, 2024

Major Ed Dames discusses remote viewing applications and predictions, addressing his "Dr. Doom" reputation. Art proposes a provocative new remote viewing target: the resurrection of Jesus, noting this unique event should stand out dramatically in the timeline as no one else has been dead three days and risen. The program opens with State of the Union coverage and continuing Elian Gonzalez saga exhausting media attention. Weather chaos dominates headlines as forecasters miss another explosive storm developing off the Atlantic coast earlier, in different locations, and with greater intensity than predicted. Houston experiences January tornado warnings amid wild temperature swings from 80 to 35 degrees. Art describes bizarre recurring dreams where he inhabits completely different lives in unfamiliar time periods and locations, experiencing excruciatingly detailed scenarios with no connection to his current existence, leaving him deeply unsettled and seeking explanations from dream interpreters.

Aug 28, 2024

Stephen Bassett and Dr. Heather Ann Harder examine prospects for UFO disclosure during the 2000 election cycle. Bassett reviews previous disclosure predictions derailed by the Monica Lewinsky scandal and Clinton impeachment proceedings. Dr. Harder, the leading female presidential candidate with explicit UFO positions, discusses her campaign in New Hampshire during severe winter storms missed entirely by forecasters. The conversation addresses governmental secrecy, citizen empowerment, and why mainstream candidates avoid extraterrestrial topics despite public interest. Bassett emphasizes this election's importance for good or ill, occurring six days before the New Hampshire primary. Ice chunks continue falling globally, with 440-pound blocks reported in China and Brazil. Sprint's request to remove their Area 51 outage report from FCC records generates suspicion, especially following another mysterious 13-minute communications blackout during Art's discussion of the incident. Richard Hoagland promises revelations about the Mars Polar Lander.

Aug 27, 2024

Lloyd Pye presents evidence regarding the Star Child skull's unusual characteristics suggesting potential hybrid origins. Peter Davenport from the National UFO Reporting Center facilitates a witness account of a fresh Bigfoot sighting in southeastern Washington. The anonymous witness describes encountering a seven-foot-two creature with grayish-brown hair looking through his window at 3:30 a.m. while retrieving firewood. The being stood 20 feet away, appeared ape-like with three-to-four-inch hair in colors never seen on wild animals, prompting the witness to slam doors and lock himself inside for over an hour. Matthew Moneymaker from the Bigfoot Field Research Organization provides expert analysis. Dogs that typically bark ferociously had remained silent during the encounter despite showing agitation on previous nights. The witness emphasizes credible detail, outdoor lifestyle experience, and genuine fear. Sprint's FCC letter requesting removal of their outage report mentioning Area 51 adds intrigue to the evening.

Aug 26, 2024

Dr. Michio Kaku explores revolutionary technologies emerging in the 21st century, predicting computer chips will cost one penny by 2020, enabling ubiquitous computing embedded in clothing, glasses, and walls. He describes stage three computing where one human interfaces with one million chips distributed throughout the environment. Kaku envisions glasses providing heads-up displays for facial recognition, teleconferencing, and downloading movies, while intelligent toilets monitor health by analyzing bodily fluids and warning of cancer cells a decade before tumors form. The discussion covers the AOL-Time Warner merger as validation of physicist predictions, Moore's Law projecting computational power doubling every 18 months, and Internet access through watches and wearable devices. Kaku addresses privacy concerns, emergency response capabilities enabled by intelligent clothing, and how ubiquitous sensors will transform daily life, mixing convenience with surveillance in ways both beneficial and unsettling.

Aug 25, 2024

Nick Begich provides updates on HAARP technology and its potential applications in weather modification and atmospheric manipulation. The program opens with reports of devastating Pacific Northwest windstorms producing 115 mph gusts that knocked a house 12 feet off its foundation, killing two and leaving hundreds of thousands without power. Begich discusses high-frequency active auroral research capabilities, electromagnetic weapons potential, and ionospheric heating experiments. The conversation addresses failed missile defense tests at Kwajalein Atoll, demonstrating America's vulnerability to ballistic threats while Iran develops nuclear capabilities with Russian assistance. Reports surface of massive ice blocks falling from clear skies in Spain, some weighing 8 pounds, baffling scientists unable to explain their formation in moisture-poor stratospheric layers. Y2K aftermath reveals spy satellites were blinded for three days, contradicting official claims of smooth transitions.

Aug 24, 2024

Linda Moulton Howe joins Art fresh from his New York media tour promoting The Coming Global Superstorm. The discussion follows NBC coverage questioning how meteorologists missed predicting a major East Coast storm despite sophisticated computer models. Art recounts his trip including appearances on the Today Show with Matt Lauer, interviews at Fox and WABC, encounters with Curtis Sliwa, and discovering a large alien gray figure in Rush Limbaugh's studio. Extreme weather reports dominate: Pacific Northwest windstorms with 115 mph gusts moving houses off foundations, basketball-sized ice blocks weighing 8 pounds plummeting from Spanish skies, hundreds of thousands of dead fish in Indiana rivers, and 70-degree temperatures in January New York. The lunar eclipse captures attention as clouds obstruct desert viewing. Discussion touches on Alan Greenspan's economic stewardship, cloning breakthroughs with rhesus monkeys, and spy satellite failures.

Aug 23, 2024

Mike Castle presents an environmental chemist's perspective on persistent contrails, proposing they may involve atmospheric remediation rather than biological warfare. Castle identifies iron compounds and bacteria in samples, materials typically used in groundwater cleanup of chlorinated contaminants. He suggests the spraying could involve ozone repair following damage from classified energy technology, possibly related to weather modification systems. Richard Hoagland's theory connects chemtrails to emergency ozone hole patching caused by secret radar installations creating massive ionization. William Thomas joins later to discuss opposing viewpoints on the phenomenon. The debate examines whether respiratory illness epidemics correlate with spraying patterns, selenium as an ozone-generating compound, and government motives for concealing atmospheric operations. Castle demonstrates how Fenton's reagent and bioremediation bacteria work, drawing parallels to environmental cleanup technologies now possibly deployed at stratospheric altitudes.

Aug 22, 2024

Wayne Green discusses major developments in amateur radio, covering regulatory changes and technical advances reshaping the hobby. The conversation addresses unprecedented weather events devastating France, where two massive storms destroyed over 300 million trees and caused billions in damage. Reports emerge of catastrophic hailstorms in South America depositing ice feet deep during summer, massive fish kills in Indiana rivers from industrial pollution, and basketball-sized ice blocks falling from Spanish skies. Green and Art explore mysterious headless humanoid legends from Baja California reported by Spanish explorers. Extreme weather dominates the discussion, with 100-plus mph winds becoming disturbingly common across multiple continents. The dialogue touches on cloning advances, spy satellite failures attributed to Y2K bugs, and concerns about Iranian nuclear ambitions supported by Russian technology.

Aug 21, 2024

John Hogue examines Y2K in the wake of the millennium rollover, analyzing why the anticipated catastrophe became largely a non-event. The discussion explores whether $250 billion in remediation efforts prevented disaster or if fears were overblown from the start. Hogue addresses spiritual and prophetic dimensions of the year 2000, connecting Nostradamus predictions to contemporary events. Debate emerges over early church teachings on reincarnation, with callers challenging historical interpretations of figures like Origen. The conversation ranges from potential futures to questions of faith, consciousness expansion, and whether past-life memories represent genuine reincarnation or unexplored mental capabilities. Preparations made for Y2K are framed as prudent insurance rather than wasted effort, with emphasis on maintaining emergency supplies for unpredictable weather and future disruptions.

Aug 20, 2024

The historic millennium broadcast begins early to track Y2K developments worldwide. Gordon Michael Scallion, America's premier intuitive, joins for three hours of detailed predictions about the coming millennium despite battling flu. His visions cover half-hour segments addressing different aspects of future events, from Earth changes to technological shifts. Initial reports from Asia and Europe show minimal Y2K disruptions as midnight passes through early time zones. The Eiffel Tower produces the most spectacular light display as Paris celebrates. Russia's acting President Vladimir Putin assumes power after Boris Yeltsin's shocking resignation announcement, raising questions about hardline policies ahead. Credit card systems in Britain experience Y2K failures days before midnight, with machines rejecting cards due to software not recognizing the year 2000. Officials insist American systems remain safe despite British failures. Seattle cancels millennium celebrations citing security concerns, though the official explanations seem insufficient for such drastic action. Scallion discusses Egyptian discoveries that will soon be revealed, including hidden chambers beneath the Sphinx that could change understanding of human history. The broadcast monitors civilization's transition into a new thousand-year cycle while contemplating what profound changes may emerge.

Aug 19, 2024

Legendary investigative journalist Jack Anderson shares decades of Washington insider knowledge. The Pulitzer Prize-winning columnist discusses his new book "Peace, War, and Politics" and epic battles with J. Edgar Hoover and the Nixon administration. Anderson reveals how power operates behind closed doors in the nation's capital, exposing corruption and holding officials accountable through fearless reporting. His confrontations with Hoover demonstrated the dangers of unchecked government power and surveillance abuse. The discussion covers his investigations into political scandals, intelligence operations, and the hidden mechanisms that drive policy decisions. Anderson's institutional memory spans administrations and provides context for understanding how Washington truly functions versus public perception. He addresses questions about government secrecy, including potential knowledge about extraterrestrial matters and classified programs. The interview offers rare insight from someone who spent a career making powerful people uncomfortable by reporting truths they wanted buried. As one of America's most respected journalists, Anderson's perspectives on government accountability remain urgently relevant as the millennium approaches and new challenges to transparency emerge.

Aug 18, 2024

Dr. Gary Schwartz presents groundbreaking scientific research on consciousness survival after death. The University of Arizona professor discusses rigorous laboratory experiments designed to test whether mediums can actually communicate with deceased individuals under controlled conditions. His research employs double-blind protocols to eliminate fraud and cold reading, producing results that challenge materialist assumptions about consciousness. The discussion covers how science is beginning to approach questions previously relegated to religion and philosophy. Schwartz explains the statistical significance of results showing information transfer that cannot be explained by conventional means. The implications extend beyond proving survival to understanding the nature of consciousness itself and what happens when the physical body ceases functioning. As a respected academic bringing scientific rigor to controversial subjects, Schwartz bridges the gap between skeptical inquiry and open-minded investigation. His work suggests that consciousness may indeed continue beyond physical death, supported by data rather than faith alone, opening new frontiers for both science and human understanding of existence beyond mortality.

Aug 18, 2024

Open lines during the winter solstice as the millennium approaches. Pahrump residents call in during a total long-distance communications blackout affecting the entire valley, parts of Las Vegas, and mysteriously noted as impacting Military Base Area 51 on government outage reports. Extreme high winds with unusual wind shear characteristics batter the region, prompting discussion about whether this represents Y2K testing or natural phenomena. Callers share observations of the bizarre weather patterns and communication failures. Local residents report credit card machines nonfunctional due to inability to dial out for authorization. One caller describes seeing green particle beam weapons tests over Wheeler Pass Road on July 4th, 1998, visible from multiple locations. The conversation reveals how living near classified facilities means witnessing unexplained phenomena regularly. As phone service remains down for hours, the program becomes a lifeline for the isolated community. The coincidental timing of infrastructure failures just days before Y2K raises questions about whether this preview indicates vulnerabilities in interconnected systems that may face larger tests at midnight.

Aug 17, 2024

Robert Ghost Wolf and Dannion Brinkley unveil potentially history-changing archaeological discoveries from the American heartland. Incredible photographs displayed on both websites show artifacts that appear impossible to have originated in North America, including Egyptian pieces from the Greek Ptolemaic period. Dr. Zahi Hawass examined images and identified the dynasty, suggesting items were stolen millennia ago. The discoveries may represent an American Hall of Records containing evidence of civilizations predating current Native American tribes. Ghost Wolf's long quest to prove the Pale Prophet legend has led to this extraordinary find that could rewrite everything taught about pre-Columbian America. Brinkley, the famous near-death experiencer struck by lightning, joined the investigation after feeling something profound move through him when examining artifacts. Breaking news reveals that Egypt has canceled plans to place the gold capstone on the Great Pyramid at millennium, with insiders suggesting deeper reasons than officially stated. The convergence of these discoveries points to suppressed history and knowledge that someone fears revealing as the new millennium dawns.

Aug 16, 2024

Open lines focus on Y2K preparations and concerns with callers sharing reports and preparations. The program addresses growing anxiety about the millennium bug as the final weeks approach. A Nebraska bank's posted signs limiting cash withdrawals to three thousand dollars between December 15 and January 10 trigger alarm before being hastily removed. The discussion covers whether this represents an isolated incident or preview of broader banking restrictions to prevent runs. High winds continue battering the desert region, causing equipment damage and service disruptions. Callers debate appropriate preparation levels, from reasonable precautions to more extreme measures. The program examines the psychological tension between official reassurances and underlying fears about infrastructure failures. Tales from around the nation reveal varying degrees of preparation, from those who have stocked supplies for months to those waiting until the last minute. The open format allows listeners to share local observations, creating a grassroots intelligence network as the world counts down to an uncertain technological transition on the stroke of midnight.

Aug 15, 2024

Whitley Strieber and Art Bell unveil their alarming new book detailing an apocalyptic climate scenario. The Coming Global Superstorm presents researched fiction built on a scientifically sound premise about rapid climate change. Evidence continues mounting that the book's warnings are manifesting in real-time, with unprecedented storms battering Europe featuring 100-mile-per-hour winds that meteorologists cannot explain. The freezing future described includes the North Atlantic Current potentially changing course, threatening civilization itself. A recent New York Times article titled "Freezing Future" confirms scientific concerns about the Gulf Stream and abrupt climate shifts. The authors argue that deforestation visible from space, record heat islands in cities like Atlanta, and increasingly violent weather patterns worldwide demonstrate that climate change is not merely coming but already underway. The book's fictional narrative wraps around hard scientific data about how a global superstorm could trigger a new ice age within weeks. As real-world precursor events accelerate, the terrifying scenario outlined may be less fiction than forecast.

Aug 14, 2024

Dr. Jonathan Reed presents the controversial case of an alleged alien encounter and captured specimen. This historic and wildly controversial program features new photographic evidence never before seen, including images of a mysterious obelisk object described during the initial interview. The negatives from the original photographs have been examined and determined genuine. Harold Chacon, a microbiologist, discusses his examination of tissue or bodily fluids from the alleged alien. Larry Arthur, Reed's landlord, and Sean Atlante, a MUFON member from Southern California, provide supporting testimony. Complete documentation of Reed's credentials, including his PhD, doctoral dissertation, employment history, and education, is presented to address skeptics. The program represents the single most controversial story ever aired, featuring detailed examination of physical evidence, witness testimony, and forensic analysis. Curtis Sliwa threatens protests in New York over unrelated matters while the focus remains on evaluating extraordinary claims with extraordinary evidence in this unprecedented examination of potential alien contact.

Aug 13, 2024

Major Ed Dames returns with a remarkable track record of recent remote viewing hits. Fresh off correctly predicting an altercation in the cockpit of Egypt Air Flight 990 and the loss of the Mars Polar Lander, the former government remote viewer known as "Dr. Doom" discusses the power and accuracy of technical remote viewing. Dames explains how mastered remote viewing skills allow practitioners to trust the data enough to make public predictions with their reputation on the line. He emphasizes that remote viewing is not prediction but rather viewing events across past, present, and future timelines. The discussion covers his government work in the classified program, the training methods now available through PSI TECH, and why intermediate-level skills were sufficient to determine the cause of Flight 990. As the millennium approaches, Dames shares his visions of tumultuous times ahead, warning that the short-term accuracy of his recent viewings suggests listeners should pay close attention to what he sees coming in the immediate future.

Aug 12, 2024

Richard C. Hoagland expands on the “face on Mars” controversy and other planetary anomalies, arguing that NASA has systematically downplayed geometric structures suggesting ancient intelligence. He reviews high-resolution imagery from the Mars Global Surveyor and claims that mathematical symmetries among the Cydonia formations indicate intentional design. Hoagland dissects how lighting conditions, photo filters, and contrast adjustments can alter public perception of these features and fuel debates between scientists and independent researchers. He explores connections between Mars and terrestrial monuments, proposing a shared mathematical language rooted in tetrahedral geometry and energy harmonics. Hoagland links these patterns to theories of a once-advanced civilization whose ruins now lie beneath Martian dust. The discussion touches on political and institutional resistance to paradigm-shifting data, suggesting that disclosure of extraterrestrial archaeology would undermine scientific and religious orthodoxy. His argument frames the Mars investigation as a test of intellectual courage and transparency. Hoagland contends that genuine discovery requires confronting evidence that challenges accepted limits of human history and cosmic isolation.

Aug 11, 2024

Peter Hadfield discusses growing evidence of seismic strain beneath Tokyo and the probability of a major earthquake striking the Kanto region. He reviews Japan’s seismic monitoring network, historical quake cycles, and the science behind plate subduction that makes the area one of the most volatile on Earth. Hadfield details how modern engineering, early warning systems, and community drills aim to minimize casualties, while also acknowledging the limits of prediction and the dangers of complacency. Peter Davenport provides new reports from the National UFO Reporting Center involving luminous craft observed over Missouri. Witnesses describe multiple bright objects executing sharp turns, rapid accelerations, and hovering formations not consistent with conventional aircraft. Davenport outlines methods for verifying radar returns and cross-referencing military flight data to separate authentic anomalies from misidentified aerial traffic. Together, Hadfield and Davenport explore how public response to unexplained events, whether natural or aerial, reveals humanity’s need for certainty in the face of the unknown. Both investigations underscore how observation, documentation, and open inquiry remain essential tools for confronting mystery.

Aug 10, 2024

Dr. Walter Semkiw presents a systematic study of reincarnation, arguing that evidence from children’s memories, personality traits, and facial resemblance across lifetimes supports continuity of identity. Drawing on cases first documented by Dr. Ian Stevenson, he explains how verifiable past-life memories often emerge before age six, then fade as new life experiences accumulate. Semkiw describes cross-cultural examples where birthmarks or phobias correspond precisely to fatal injuries or experiences from prior lives. He examines how reincarnation research may clarify debates about destiny, morality, and interpersonal bonds, proposing that groups of souls reincarnate together to resolve unfinished dynamics. Semkiw outlines his method for mapping present identities to historical counterparts through behavioral analysis and photographic comparison, suggesting that artistry, leadership, or ideology can persist across centuries. The discussion also addresses skepticism and the challenge of testing metaphysical claims within scientific frameworks. Semkiw contends that rigorous documentation and statistical modeling can elevate reincarnation from belief to empirical hypothesis. His framework positions personal transformation and compassion as natural consequences of recognizing that human life operates within a continuous, evolving field of consciousness.

Aug 9, 2024

Major Ed Dames reports on recent remote viewing operations aimed at detecting demonic or nonhuman intelligence, describing how psychic surveillance can reveal malevolent entities that mimic human thought. He outlines structured remote viewing protocols and recounts specific cases where teams identified destructive energies linked to occult activity. Dames explains the difference between symbolic impressions and direct psychic contact, stressing the psychological risk of exposure to what he calls “nonphysical predators.” Richard C. Hoagland joins to discuss the investigation into EgyptAir Flight 990, exploring whether anomalies in data or cockpit behavior suggest hidden causes beyond official explanations. Peter Davenport contributes reports of concurrent aerial phenomena logged by the National UFO Reporting Center, including luminous formations observed along the Atlantic corridor. Together they assess correlations between psychic data, radar anomalies, and eyewitness accounts. The conversation moves between intelligence analysis and metaphysical speculation, questioning whether unseen forces influence catastrophic events. It frames remote viewing as both a research tool and a warning system for understanding interactions between consciousness, technology, and potentially hostile unseen agencies.

Aug 8, 2024

George Carlin delivers an unfiltered critique of government power, media manipulation, and the illusion of public choice. Drawing from decades of social observation, he dissects how authority maintains control through language, distraction, and the engineered compliance of citizens. Carlin exposes contradictions in patriotism and economic policy, arguing that systems sold as freedom often function as instruments of quiet coercion. He analyzes political theater as performance art designed to obscure material realities—where laws serve corporate interests, elections mask continuity of power, and dissent is commodified as entertainment. Carlin’s perspective extends to education and mass communication, warning that critical thinking is discouraged because it disrupts profitable narratives. His dark humor serves as both shield and scalpel, using irony to illuminate collective denial. The discussion becomes a larger meditation on personal autonomy in a managed democracy. Through satire and precision, Carlin challenges listeners to reject passive consumption and reclaim agency through awareness, skepticism, and linguistic clarity.

Aug 7, 2024

Richard Hoagland reports that objects filmed during the August eclipse in Turkey were actually flashbulbs and light poles, debunking the November 7th threat rumors. However, investigation led to discovery of deeper patterns involving Egyptian ritual alignments in NASA mission timing and government power struggles. Hoagland notes Operation Bright Star military exercises in Egypt received no media coverage despite involving eleven nations, providing motive for terrorism against Egypt Air Flight 990. Analysis of radar data from multiple stations shows the aircraft descended in forward motion rather than a death spiral, ruling out thrust reverser deployment. Hoagland suggests computer sabotage, noting the 767 is flown by wire and the aircraft sat four hours at LAX with poor security. He proposes terrorists could have reprogrammed avionics to seize control at specific altitude, making it appear mechanical. The aircraft went into a power dive approaching supersonic speed, indicating deliberate electronic attack from inside rather than traditional bomb or missile. Hoagland promises more evidence connecting Flight 990 to Operation Megiddo.